ZONE DISTRICT REGULATIONS
This Article divides the Town into Zone Districts of such number, shape and area, and of such common unity of purpose or use as are deemed most suitable to effectively accomplish the intent of the Telluride Master Plan. To manage land development, each Zone District has a stated purpose, uses permitted by right and uses permitted by review, dimensional limitations, and off-street parking requirements. All development within each Zone District shall be consistent with the purposes stated for that Zone District.
This Article also contains street and utility design requirements, sign regulations, landscaping and illumination standards, and short term rental restrictions, which are applicable to land development as provided in their particular Division.
Zone districts are classified according to the predominant character of development and current or intended use of the area as expressed in the Telluride Master Plan. The zone districts in Telluride are as follows:
(HT) | Hillside Transitional |
(HD-1) | Hillside Developing One |
(HD 2) | Hillside Developing Two |
(R) | Residential |
(HR) | Historic Residential |
(MDR) | Medium Density Residential |
(AC l) | Accommodations One |
(AC 2) | Accommodations Two |
(R/C) | Residential/Commercial/Gondola Corridor Overlay District |
(C) | Commercial |
(HC) | Historic Commercial |
(OSCE) | Open Space CE |
(OS) | Open Space |
(P) | Park |
(PP) | Public Purpose |
(WH) | West Hillside |
(CD) | Cemetery |
(AHW) | Affordable Housing West |
The boundaries of the districts set out in this Division are shown on the Town’s official zone district map, entitled Town of Telluride “Zone District Map”, dated 1992, and as subsequently amended, which map accompanies the ordinance codified in this Division and is made a part of this Division. The original of this Map, as amended, is properly attested to, and is on file with the Town Clerk. If, pursuant to the terms of this Title, amendments are made to the boundaries of the Zone District Map, such amendments shall be promptly entered on the map after their effective date. The Zone District Map and all the information shown thereon shall have the same force and effect as if fully set forth or described in this Division.
The Planning Director is authorized to interpret the boundaries of the Zone District Map, utilizing the rules set out in Article 1, Division 2 of this Title.
Every building erected or structurally altered shall be located on a single lot, as defined in Article 2. No more than one principal building shall be located on a lot, unless modified by H.A.R.C. within the Commercial, Historic Commercial or Accommodations Two, or Public Purpose Zone Districts, or approved pursuant to the provisions of Article 6, Division 3, Planned Unit Developments, or the Town Council’s general waiver authority set forth in Section 5-205.C.
3-105.A. General. Uses permitted by right and uses permitted on review shall comply with the dimensional limitations, parking requirements, street and utility design requirements, sign regulations, landscaping and illumination standards, and short term rental restrictions of this Article, and all other generally applicable provisions of this Title. Uses permitted on review are also subject to the application requirements of Article 6, Division 1 of this Title.
3-105.B. Multiple Uses. Permitted uses and uses permitted on review may be located in the same building or upon the same lot.
3-105.C. Uses Not Listed. Any use not authorized as a use permitted by right or a use permitted on review within a zone district is prohibited, unless the Planning Director shall interpret the Code to mean that such use is generally authorized within a specific use category, or unless an amendment to the use table for that zone district shall be approved by Town Council. Any such interpretation by the Planning Director shall be performed pursuant to the provisions of Section 1-202 of this Title.
Tables 3-1 and 3-2 summarize the dimensional limitations applicable to all development in each of Telluride’s zone districts. Tables 3-1 and 3-2 should be used in conjunction with the dimensional limitations for each zone district, found in Division 2 of this Article 3, which illustrate the dimensional limitations for each zone district.
Whenever HARC is authorized to modify any dimensional limitation, such modification shall be evaluated utilizing Design Guidelines, applicable design review criteria of Article 7 of this Title, and with regard to the purpose of the applicable zone district.
Table 3-4 summarizes the off-street parking requirements applicable to each type of use permitted in Telluride’s zone districts. The off-street parking requirements for each zone district are also found in Division 2 of this Article 3.
Off street parking shall be provided for each use in accordance with the requirements set forth in Table 3-4 and Division 2 of this Article 3; provided, however, if the requirements for a particular use are not herein below specified, P&Z shall determine the number of off street parking spaces required, based upon a comparison of the particular use with the uses hereinafter specified.
3-109.A. Location. Parking required for a use located in the C, HC, R/C (including the GCOD), ACI, AC2 Districts shall not be located in an adjacent residential zone district. In addition to the above required parking for a use located in the HT, HD-1, R, HR, MDR, C, HC, R/C (including the GCOD), AC1, AC2 Districts may be provided on abutting lots, provided such parking is secured in perpetuity through a recorded easement or other document acceptable to the Town Attorney and the Planning Director.
3-109.B. Use. Parking required for a use shall be available to on-site employees and residents. For Commercial and Accommodation uses, parking spaces shall be available to customers.
3-109.C. Size, Design And Access. Each off street parking space shall have an unobstructed area measuring not less than eight feet (8') in width by eighteen feet (18') in length and seven feet (7') in height and have legal, unobstructed area for access to a street or alley. The Design Guidelines and Standards for Building in Telluride shall also considered in the design of parking areas.
The minimum parking space dimension length of eighteen feet (18') for a parcel in the THLD may be reduced should the parcel be a receiving site for a relocated rated or non-rated THAS Secondary Structure and the structure is utilized for the purposes of covered parking. The variation shall be conditioned upon maintaining or upgrading the rating of the structure according to the Telluride Historic and Architectural Survey. A requested dimensional variation shall be reviewed by HARC when the application for relocation of the structure is also reviewed.
3-109.D. Tandem Parking. The Planning Director may approve tandem or stacked off-street parking. Tandem configurations consisting of three (3) spaces or deeper shall require approval by the Planning and Zoning Commission pursuant to Article 6, Division 1, Part 1, Use Permitted on Review. A parking attendant shall be designated and shall be on duty during hours of operation for an institution, commercial or assembly use, and continuously for accommodations or residential use.
3-110.A. In the Residential Zone Districts, on lots with a pre-construction grade or slope of the building’s site coverage of less than 25%, residential and accessory/secondary structures shall contain no more than one floor level that is below the post-construction grade low point of the building’s site coverage. A basement with a stepped floor is allowed. The finished floor level of the basement shall be no more than 12 feet below the finished floor above.


3-110.B. In the Residential Zone Districts, on lots with a pre-construction grade or slope of the building’s site coverage of 25% or greater, residential and accessory/secondary structures shall contain no floor levels that are below the post-construction grade low point of the building’s site coverage.


New lots below the minimum size specified within each zoning district shall only be permitted through PUD review. Existing lots below the minimum size specified in each zoning district shall be considered nonconforming and subject to the provisions of Section 4-105.B.
Table 3-1. Dimensional Limitations: Accommodations, Commercial, Park and Open Space-Type Zone Districts
Accommodations One(AC-1) | Accommodations Two (AC-2) | Residential/Commercial/ Gondola Corridor Overlay (R/C) | Commercial (C) | Historic Commercial (HC) | Open Space (OS) | Park (P) | |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
Minimum Lot Area | 2,500 s.f. Maximum 7,000 s.f. | 2,500 s.f. | 2,500 s.f. | 2,500 s.f. Maximum 11,750 s.f.; see 3-212.C.2.b. | 2,500 s.f. Maximum 11,750 s.f. | Not applicable: Subdivision of open space lands not permitted; no buildings are allowed | 2,500 s.f. for a single family residence on private lands |
Minimum Lot Width | 25 feet Maximum 62.5 feet | 25 feet | 25 feet | 25 feet | 25 feet | Not applicable | No limitation |
Minimum Lot Frontage | 25 feet | 25 feet | 25 feet | 25 feet | 25 feet | Not applicable | No limitation |
Maximum Facade Width | Not applicable | Not applicable | Not applicable; additions > 100 s.f. are not permitted within 15 feet to the rear of the primary facade of a historically rated principal structure | 50 feet, unless modified, to a maximum-of 75 feet* | 50 feet, unless modified, to a maximum of 75 feet* | Not applicable | Not applicable |
Minimum Front Yard | The average setback of structures in the block at the time of passage of the ordinance from which this subsection derives* | No limitation* except along Park or Open Space, River Park Trail, River | The average setback of structures in the block at the time of passage of the ordinance from which this subsection derives, or 6 feet* | No limitation except along River, River Trail, River Park | 0 feet* | Not applicable | 20 feet |
Minimum Side Yard | 3 feet* | No limitation* | 3 feet GCOD:lot width<50'=3' lot width>50'=5' San Juan Ave=0' | No limitation | No limitation | Not applicable | 3 feet |
Minimum Rear Yard | 5 feet | No limitation* | 5 feet | 5 feet | 5 feet | Not applicable | No limitation |
Minimum Yards For Corner Lots | 5 feet for the front and side yard | No limitation* | 5 feet for the front and side yard; 0' to San Juan | No limitation | No limitation | Not applicable | Not applicable |
Maximum Floor Area | No limitation | No limitation 30,000 s.f. per structure*; see 3-210.C.11.b | No limitation | Ratio of 1.5:1, see Section 3-212.C.13 for calculation methodology | Ratio of 1.5:1, see Section 3-213.C.10 for calculation methodology | Not applicable | 2,500 s.f. per dwelling unit |
Maximum Site Coverage | 50% total principal use, 45%; by structures or 2,500 s.f. per building, whichever is less | Principal use, 30-40%; 40-50% when all parking is covered | R/C No limitation GCOD 45% | No limitation | No requirement | Not applicable | No limitation |
Minimum Roof Pitch | 1:4* | 1:4* Maximum ridge line length 50'* | 1:4* | No limitation* | Flat roof* | Not applicable | 1:4* |
Maximum Height - Principal Buildings Accessory Buildings | 25 feet average of block +20% or 16 feet | N. of River, 35 feet S. of River, 40 feet with slopes > 15%, 45 feet for highest ridge | 25 feet or average of existing principal structures in GCOD +35% 16 feet | 35'*; special restrictions apply to architectural elements and historically rated structures; minimum ceiling height 11.75' | 35'*; special restrictions apply to architectural elements and historically rated structures; minimum ceiling height 11.75' | Not applicable | 25 feet 16 feet |
*Means a dimensional limitation which may be modified by H.A.R.C.
Table 3-2. Dimensional Limitations: Residential Type Zone Districts
Hillside Transitional (HT) | Hillside Developing One (HD-1) | Hillside Developing Two (HD-2) | Residential (R) | Historic Residential (HR) | Medium Density Residential (MDR) | |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
Minimum Lot Area | 2,500 s.f. | 5,000 s.f. | 10,000 s.f | 2,500 s.f. | 2,500 s.f. | 1,500 s.f. affordable housing 2,500 s.f. free market |
Maximum Density | 2,500 s.f./d.u., unless designated as affordable housing | 5,000 s.f./d.u., unless designated as affordable housing | 10,000 s.f./d.u. | 2,500 s.f./d.u. unless designated as affordable housing | 2,500 s.f./d.u. unless designated as affordable housing | 2,500 s.f./d.u. unless designated as affordable housing |
Minimum Lot Width | 25 feet | No limitation | 50 feet | 25 feet | 25 feet | 25 feet |
Minimum Lot Frontage | 25 feet | 25 feet | 50 feet | 25 feet | 25 feet | 25 feet |
Minimum Front Yard | 15 feet* | 15 feet* | 15 feet* | 15 feet or the average setback of the block in which the parcel lies* | 15 feet or the average setback of the block in which the parcel lies but not less than 5'* | 15 feet |
Minimum Side Yard | 3 feet on lots with frontage less than 40 feet* 5 feet on lots with frontage of 40 feet or greater but less than 65 feet* 7 feet on lots with frontage of 65 feet or greater* | 3 feet | 3 feet | 3 feet on lots with frontage less than 40 feet* 5 feet on lots with frontage of 40 feet or greater but less than 65 feet* 7 feet on lots with frontage of 65 feet or greater* | 3 feet on lots with frontage less than 40 feet* 5 feet on lots with frontage of 40 feet or greater but less than 65 feet* 7 feet on lots with frontage of 65 feet or greater* | 3 feet |
Minimum Rear Yard | 15 feet* | 15 feet* | 15 feet* | 15 feet or the average setback of the block in which the parcel lies, but not less than 5 feet* | 15 feet or the average setback of the block in which the parcel lies, but not less than 5 feet* | Principal buildings: 15 feet Accessory buildings: 5 feet |
Minimum Yards For Corner Lots | Not applicable | Not applicable | Not applicable | 15 feet or the average setback of the block in which the parcel lies, but not less than 5 feet for front and side yard* | 15'or the average setback of the block in which the parcel lies, but not less than 5' for front and side yard* | 15 feet |
Maximum Floor Area | See Section 3-201.C.8 | 5,000 s.f. if lot size is 5,000 s.f. or greater; 1,200 s.f. if lot size is less than 5,000 s.f. | No limitation; see Section 3-203 C.9 for maximum building volume limitation | See Section 3-204.C.8 | See Section 3-205.C.8 | Principal Structure: 5,000 s.f. Accessory/Secondary Bldg: 50% of principal structure or 1200 s.f., whichever is less |
Maximum Site Coverage | See Section 3-201.C.11 | 40% | 40%; 50% when all parking is covered | See Section 3-204.C.11 | See Section 3-205.C.11 | 40% |
Minimum Roof Pitch | 1:4* | 1:4* | No limitation | 1:4* | 1:4* | 1:4* |
Maximum Height - Principal Building Secondary/Accessory Buildings | 25 feet 16 feet 30'/20' to highest ridge | 25 feet 16 feet | 31 feet 16 feet | 25 feet 16 feet with slopes >15' 15'* | 25 feet 16 feet with slopes > 15' 15* | 25 feet 16 feet 30'/20' to highest ridge |
*Means a dimensional limitation which may be modified by H.A.R.C.
Table 3-3. Dimensional Limitations: Park, Open Space and Public Purpose Type Zone Districts
Open Space (OS) | Park (P) | Public Purpose (PP) | |
|---|---|---|---|
Minimum Lot Area | Not applicable: Subdivision of open space lands not permitted; no buildings are allowed | 2,500 s.f. for a single family residence on private lands | 10,000 s.f. |
Minimum Lot Width | Not applicable | No limitation | 50 feet* |
Minimum Lot Frontage | Not applicable | No limitation | 50 feet* |
Maximum Facade Width | Not applicable | Not applicable | Not applicable |
Minimum Front Yard | Not applicable | 20 feet | No limitation* |
Minimum Side Yard | Not applicable | 3 feet | No limitation* |
Minimum Rear Yard | Not applicable | No limitation | No limitation* |
Minimum Setback to Colorado Avenue | Not applicable | Not applicable | 20 feet* |
Minimum Yards For Corner Lots | Not applicable | Not applicable | No limitation* |
Maximum Floor Area | Not applicable | 2,500 s.f. per dwelling unit | No limitation* |
Maximum Site Coverage | Not applicable | No limitation | 40% except as provided in §3-218.C.12 |
Minimum Roof Pitch | Not applicable | 1:4* | 1:4* |
Maximum Height - Principal Buildings Accessory Buildings | Not applicable | 25 feet 16 feet | 35 feet except for buildings within 200 feet of Colorado Avenue for which the height is 16 feet |
*Means a dimensional limitation which may be modified by H.A.R.C.
Table 3-4. Parking Requirements for Use Categories
USE CATEGORIES | PARKING REQUIRED |
|---|---|
All Residential Uses, including Accommodations Units with a kitchen | One space per unit |
Short-term Dwelling Unit | Two spaces per three units |
Hotel, Lodge, Roominghouse, Boardinghouse | Two spaces per three units |
Low Intensity uses: Assembly areas - exhibit rooms; gymnasiums; and skating rinks. Retail stores and shops. Offices - professional (excluding medical and dental); general business offices; utility; telephone; telegraph; radio and broadcasting. Personal Services. | One space per 1,000 square feet of Net Floor Area |
High Intensity Uses: Assembly areas – bar (assembly area); theater; auditorium; dance floor (including room or hall); church; chapel; assembly hall; bowling alley (assembly area only); stadium (bleacher area only); and swimming pool (including deck area); laundromat. Offices - medical and dental (including clinics); financial institutions, banks and loan companies. | One space per 500 square feet of Net Floor Area |
High Intensity Uses: Restaurant | No spaces required |
Hospitals and Schools, Public Facility, Institutional Use | Set by review of P&Z |
3-201.A. Purpose. The purpose of the Hillside Transitional Zone District (HT) is to allow hillside land located adjacent to established residential areas of Town to be used for residential purposes and accessory uses. Development in the HT Zone District is expected to be mostly in-fill of new residential units among existing units and renovation of existing units.
3-201.B. Uses Table. The uses permitted by right and the uses permitted on review in the Hillside Transitional Zone District are as follows:
Hillside Transitional Zone District Use Table
Uses Permitted By Right | Uses Permitted On Review |
|---|---|
1. One-Family Dwelling Units | 1. School, Church, Hospital or Public Building |
2. Two-Family Dwelling Units | 2. Recreation Facilities and Uses |
3. Designated Employee Dwelling Units and Affordable Housing Units | 3. Home Occupations |
4. Accessory Buildings and Uses | 4. Three-Family Dwelling Units |
5. Parks and Open Space | |
6. Short-Term Rentals pursuant to Article 3, Division 6 (pursuant to and subject to Note 1 below) | |
7. Multi-family Dwelling Units pursuant to Section 3-201.C.1.c. |
Note 1: Pursuant to and subject to all applicable terms and limitations imposed in the Telluride Municipal Code Chapter 6, Article 1 (Business Licenses).
Note 2: Lots in this zone district for all Uses Permitted by Right and Uses Permitted on Review are subject to the prohibition on certain lot line vacations contained in Section 6-408.W.
3-201.C. Dimensional Limitations. The following dimensional limitations apply to all uses permitted by right and uses permitted on review in the Hillside Transitional Zone District:
3-201.C.1. Minimum Lot Area and Maximum Density.
a. Minimum lot area shall be two thousand five hundred (2,500) square feet.
b. Maximum density shall be two thousand five hundred (2,500) square feet per dwelling unit, except as provided for designated employee dwelling units and affordable housing units.
c. Maximum density shall be one thousand two hundred and fifty (1,250) square feet per dwelling unit, provided at least fifty percent (50%) of dwelling units are designated employee dwelling units or affordable housing units.
3-201.C.2. Minimum Lot Width. Twenty five feet (25').
3-201.C.3. Minimum Lot Frontage. Twenty five feet (25').
3-201.C.4. Minimum Front Yard. All buildings, fifteen feet (15'), unless modified by H.A.R.C.
3-201.C.5. Minimum Side Yard.
a. All buildings, three feet (3'), on lots with frontage less than forty feet (40').
b. All buildings, five feet (5'), on lots with frontage of forty feet (40') or greater, but less than sixty-five feet (65').
c. All buildings, seven feet (7'), on lots with frontage of sixty-five feet (65') or greater.
d. H.A.R.C. may reduce the minimum side yard setbacks, but in no case less than three feet (3'), provided the H.A.R.C. determines that important resources or site features are being preserved, such as historic structures or context, preservation of mature vegetation, or avoidance of steep slopes, and that reducing the setback results in an overall development plan that is in greater compliance with the applicable review criteria.
3-201.C.6. Minimum Rear Yard. All buildings, fifteen feet (15'), unless modified by H.A.R.C.
3-201.C.7. Minimum Yard Between Principal Building and Secondary or Accessory Buildings on Lot. Fifteen feet (15') unless modified by H.A.R.C., however, the setback shall not be less than six feet (6').
3-201.C.8. Minimum Floor Area. No limitation.
3-201.C.9. Maximum Floor Area.
a. Principal Building in the Hillside Transitional Zone District.
Lot Area in Square Feet | Maximum Gross Floor Area in Square Feet of Principal Building | If under Section C.1.c., then | |
|---|---|---|---|
Over | But Not Over | ||
0 | 2,500 | 0.73 x lot area | 0 s.f. |
2,500 | 3,000 | 1,825 + 0.58 x lot area over 2,500 s.f | +100 s.f. |
3,000 | 4,000 | 2,115 + 0.248 x lot area over 3,000 s.f. | +200 s.f. |
4,000 | 5,000 | 2,364 + 0.248 x lot area over 4,000 s.f. | +300 s.f. |
5,000 | 6,000 | 2,613 + 0.244 x lot area over 5,000 s.f. | +400 s.f. |
6,000 | 8,596 | 2,858 + 0.44 x lot area over 6,000 s.f. | +400 s.f. |
b. In no case shall the total gross floor area of any principal building on any lot be greater than four thousand (4,000) square feet.
c. The total floor area of all secondary and accessory buildings on any lot shall not exceed the maximum gross floor area allowed as described by Table d (below). No single secondary or accessory structure shall exceed nine hundred and fifty (950) square feet.
d. Accessory and Secondary Buildings in the Hillside Transitional Zone District
Lot Area in Square Feet | Maximum Gross Floor Area in Square Feet of Accessory or Secondary Building | |
|---|---|---|
Over | But Not Over | |
0 | 2,500 | (0.73 x lot area) x .33 |
2,500 | 3,000 | (1,825 + (0.58 x lot area over 2,500 s.f.)) x .33 |
3,000 | 4,000 | (2,115 + (0.285 x lot area over 3,000 s.f.)) x .33 |
4,000 | 5,000 | (2,400 + (0.35 x lot area over 4,000 s.f.)) x .33 |
5,000 | 6,000 | (2,750 + (0.35 x lot area over 5,000 s.f.)) x .33 |
6,000 | 7,500 | (3,100 + (0.60 x lot area over 6,000 s.f.)) x .33 |
3-201.C.10. Maximum Building Height.
a. Principal buildings, twenty five feet (25'); however, no portion of any building, excluding chimneys, shall exceed a height of thirty vertical feet (30') above the pre-construction grade of a building’s site coverage or the post-construction grade at the perimeter of the building’s site coverage (including window and door wells which extend greater than four feet (4') from the building’s site coverage perimeter) whichever is more restrictive.
b. Accessory and secondary buildings, sixteen feet (16'); however, no portion any building, excluding chimneys, shall exceed a height of twenty (20) feet vertically above the pre-construction grade of the building’s site coverage or the post-construction grade at the perimeter of the building’s site coverage (including window and door wells which extend greater than four feet (4') from the building’s site coverage perimeter) whichever is more restrictive.
3-201.C.11. Minimum Roof Pitch. For all buildings, one (1) unit of vertical rise to four (4) units of horizontal run unless modified or otherwise required by H.A.R.C.
3-201.C.12. Maximum Site Coverage.
a. For lots size of two thousand five hundred (2,500) square feet to three thousand one hundred twenty-five (3,125) square feet:
When all required parking is enclosed
0.45 - ([(Lot Area - 2,500) x 0.15]) / (3,125) = Maximum Percent Site Coverage
When all required parking is not enclosed
0.38 - ([(Lot Area - 2,500) x 0.15]) / (3,125) = Maximum Percent Site Coverage
b. For lots greater than three thousand one hundred twenty-five (3,125) square feet but less than seven thousand five hundred (7,500) square feet:
When all required parking is enclosed
0.42 - ([(Lot Area - 3,125) x 0.17]) / (7,500) = Maximum Percent Site Coverage
When all required parking is not enclosed
0.35 - ( [(Lot Area - 3,125) x 0.17]) / (7,500) = Maximum Percent Site Coverage
c. For lot sizes of seven thousand five hundred (7,500) square feet or greater, the site coverage shall not exceed twenty-five percent (25%), or when all required parking is enclosed, thirty-two percent (32%). For lots less than two thousand five hundred (2,500) square feet, the site coverage shall not exceed thirty-eight percent (38%), or when all required parking is enclosed, forty-five percent (45%).
d. Site coverage may be increased, by an amount up to ten percent (10%) of the lot area, so long as all of the following criteria are met:
(1) The site coverage increase area, for the purposes of this Section, means basement or cellar space having one hundred percent (100%) of its floor-to-ceiling height below the finished level of the adjoining ground (meaning entirely below grade). No portion of the building or structure’s site coverage increase area shall project above the finished grade except in the following instance: If the portion of building or structure associated with the site coverage increase area is located beneath ground floor porches or decks, then portions may project less than eighteen inches (18") above the finished grade so long as the H.A.R.C. finds the design treatment adequately screens the area between the porch or deck and the ground beneath the porch or deck. Detailed plans illustrating the treatment of the area beneath the porch or deck shall be submitted for H.A.R.C. review.
(2) The site coverage increase area, for the purposes of this Section, is measured where the exterior wall meets the foundation and includes those portions that project beyond the foundation wall of the above grade building and enclosed floor area.
(3) The site coverage increase area may not include elements visible from the exterior such as light wells, egress wells or egress stairs.
(4) The gross site coverage increase may not exceed ten percent (10%) of the lot area, up to a maximum of five hundred twenty-five (525) square feet.
(5) The site coverage increase may not be located less than three feet (3') from the property lines.
(6) Should the site coverage increase be applied to more than one (1) level below grade, where permitted, then it is counted separately for each level below grade regardless of floor height.
(7) The site coverage increase area shall not affect the Height of Building.
e. For lots of five thousand (5,000) square feet or less which contain a rated THAS secondary structure, the total maximum site coverage may be increased up to three percent (3%) by H.A.R.C. provided it finds the development application maintains or improves the historic rating of all historic structures on the lot.
3-201.D. Additional Development Requirements. The following additional requirements shall apply to all development in the Hillside Transitional Zone District.
3-201.D.1. Grading Permit.
a. A grading permit shall be required pursuant to Chapter 70 of the Uniform Building Code for all grading done within this zone district.
b. When reviewing the grading plans submitted with the application for a grading permit, the Building Official may require a report prepared by a registered civil engineer as to the adequacy of safeguards provided against the hazard of rocks dislodged during the grading operation.
3-201.D.2. Access Roads.
a. If access roads are proposed other than existing roads (not including unused platted streets), a separate grading permit shall be required for their construction. The issuance of this permit shall be approved by the Town Council, following P&Z recommendation.
b. In addition to meeting the requirements for a grading permit, as specified in Chapter 70 of the Uniform Building Code, the applicant shall also provide the following information to both P&Z and the Town Council:
(1) The proposed location of roads, the right of way width, roadbed width, grade and proposed surface treatment;
(2) If the proposed roads are not on existing street rights of way, a statement explaining if such roads will be private or offered to be dedicated to the Town;
(3) A report prepared by a registered civil engineer as to the adequacy of safeguards provided against the hazard of rocks dislodged during the roadbed grading operation.
3-201.D.3. Geologic and Flood Hazard Reports. Reports are required by a civil engineer and an engineering geologist, evaluating the degree of potential hazard that may be present and recommending action that would be practical in reducing the potential hazard(s) to an acceptable level. These reports must be prepared and submitted prior to issuance of a building permit. The potential hazards to be evaluated include, but are not limited to, rockfall, avalanche, flash flood, landslide and mud flows. Such reports and proposed corrective measures, at the option of the Town, may be reviewed for adequacy by the Colorado Geological Survey, or by a disinterested independent consultant that the Town may select.
3-201.E. Off Street Parking Requirements. The following number of off street parking spaces shall be provided for each use in the Hillside Transitional zone district:
Parking Requirements in the Hillside Transitional Zone District
Use Category | Required Parking |
|---|---|
All Residential Units | 1 space per dwelling unit |
Home Occupations | Set by review of P&Z |
Hospital or School | Set by review of P&Z |
Church, Public Building | One space per 500 square feet of floor area |
Public Swimming Pool (including deck area) or Stadium (bleacher area only) | One space per 500 square feet of floor area |
3-202.A. Purpose. The purpose of the Hillside Developing One Zone District (HD-1) is to allow hillside land that is largely undeveloped to be used for residential purposes and accessory uses.
Master planning is required for the entire zone district to locate residential units, access, and utilities with sensitivity to site conditions, open space and visual resources on and off the property in this area, through the planned unit development (PUD) review process. Less site coverage, clustering of units, low visibility, minimal impact on terrain and reduced densities are encouraged.
3-202.B. Use Table. The uses permitted by right and the uses permitted on review in the Hillside Developing One Zone District are as follows:
Hillside Developing One Zone District Use Table
Uses Permitted By Right | Uses Permitted On Review |
|---|---|
1. One-Family Dwelling Units | 1. Recreation Facilities and Uses |
2. Two-Family Dwelling Units | 2. Home Occupations |
3. Designated Employee Dwelling Units and Affordable Housing Units | 3. Three-Family Dwelling Units |
4. Accessory Buildings and Uses | |
5. Short-Term Rentals pursuant to Article 3, Division 6 (pursuant to and subject to Note 1 below) | |
6. Parks and Open Space | |
7. Multi-family Dwelling Units pursuant to Section 3-202.C.1.c |
3-202.C. Dimensional Limitations. The following dimensional limitations apply to all uses permitted by right and uses permitted on review in the Hillside Developing One Zone District:
3-202.C.1. Minimum Lot Area and Maximum Density.
a. Minimum lot area shall be five thousand (5,000) square feet.
b. Maximum density shall be five thousand (5,000) square feet per dwelling unit, except as provided for designated employee dwelling units and affordable housing units.
c. Maximum density shall be two thousand five hundred (2,500) square feet per dwelling unit, provided at least fifty percent (50%) of the dwelling units are designated dwelling units or affordable housing units.
3-202.C.2. Minimum Lot Width. No limitation.
3-202.C.3. Minimum Lot Frontage. Twenty five feet (25').
3-202.C.4. Minimum Front Yard. All buildings, fifteen feet (15'), unless modified by H.A.R.C.
3-202.C.5. Minimum Side Yard. All buildings, three feet (3').
3-202.C.6. Minimum Rear Yard. All buildings, fifteen feet (15'), unless modified by H.A.R.C.
3-202.C.7. Minimum Floor Area. No limitation.
3-202.C.8. Maximum Floor Area.
a. For lots of five-thousand (5,000) square feet or greater: five thousand square feet per dwelling unit.
b. For lots of less than five thousand (5,000) square feet: twelve hundred (1,200) square feet per dwelling unit.
c. For development exercising the density bonus provided under B.7 and C.1.c., no designated employee unit and affordable housing unit shall exceed one thousand two hundred (1,200) square feet, and no free market unit shall exceed four thousand (4,000) square feet.
3-202.C.9. Maximum Building Height.
a. Principal buildings, twenty five feet (25').
b. Accessory and secondary structures, sixteen feet (16').
3-202.C.10. Minimum Roof Pitch. For all buildings, one (1) unit of vertical rise to four (4) units of horizontal run, unless modified or otherwise required by H.A.R.C.
3-202.C.11. Maximum Site Coverage. Not to exceed a ratio of 0.4 site coverage to 1.0 lot area. Accessory buildings shall be counted at one-half (1/2) their actual site coverage.
3-202.D. Additional Development Requirements. The following additional requirements shall apply to all development in the Hillside Developing One Zone District.
3-202.D.1. Grading Permit.
a. A grading permit shall be required pursuant to provisions of the International Building Code series for all grading done in this District.
b. When reviewing the grading plans submitted with the application for a grading permit, the Building Official shall also require a report prepared by a registered civil engineer as to the adequacy of safeguards provided against the hazard of rocks dislodged during the grading operation.
3-202.D.2. Access Roads.
a. If access roads are proposed other than existing roads (platted rights-of-ways), a separate grading permit shall be required for their construction. The issuance of this permit shall be approved by the Town Council, following recommendation by the Town Engineer and P&Z.
b. In addition to meeting the requirements for a grading permit, as specified in the International Building Code series, the applicant shall also provide the following information to both P&Z and the Town Council:
(1) The proposed location of the roadways, the right of way width, roadbed width, grade and surface treatment;
(2) If the proposed roads are not on existing street rights of way, a statement explaining if such roads will be private or offered to be dedicated to the Town;
(3) A report prepared by a registered civil engineer as to the adequacy of safeguards provided against the hazard of rocks dislodged during the roadbed grading operation.
3-202.D.3. Geologic and Flood Hazard Reports. Reports are required by a civil engineer and an engineering geologist, evaluating the degree of potential hazard that may be present and recommending action that would be practical in reducing the potential hazard(s) to an acceptable level. These reports must be prepared and submitted prior to issuance of a building permit. The potential hazards to be evaluated include, but are not limited to, rockfall, avalanche, flash flood, landslide and mud flows. Such reports and proposed corrective measures, at the option of the Town, may be reviewed for adequacy by the Colorado Geological Survey, or by a disinterested independent consultant that the Town may select.
3-202.E. Off Street Parking Requirements. The following number of off street parking spaces shall be provided for each use in the Hillside Developing One Zone:
Parking Requirements in the Hillside Developing One Zone District
Use Category | Required Parking |
|---|---|
All Residential Units | 1 space per dwelling unit |
Home Occupations | Set by review of P&Z |
Hospital or School | Set by review of P&Z |
Church, Public Building | One space per 500 square feet of floor area |
Public Swimming Pool (including deck area) or Stadium (bleacher area only) | One space per 500 square feet of floor area |
3-203.A. Purpose. The purpose of the Hillside Developing Two Zone District (HD 2) is to allow undeveloped hillside land to be used for residential and accessory purposes while preserving and enhancing the outstanding scenic vistas, open spaces, and foot trail corridors which characterize the hillside areas.
Lands in the HD-2 Zone District are characterized by steep slopes, flatter benches, gullies, cliffs, and identified geologic hazards. Recognizing that large amounts of land within the district are platted in small, rectangular lots and cannot be accessed or developed utilizing platted rights of way under current development standards, coordinated planning is generally required to allow integrated development and growth within the district.
Residential units, roads and utilities shall be located with extreme sensitivity to site conditions and to protection of visual and aesthetic resources within and without the district. Clustering of units, reduced visibility of development, minimization of environmental impacts and geohazard risks, construction of affordable housing, and enhancement of open areas and overall development flexibility are encouraged, particularly through the planned unit development (PUD) review process.
All development in the district should be guided, approved and constructed in consideration of the Telluride Master Plan and the 1989 Telluride Hillside Master Plan element thereof, as may be subsequently amended.
3-203.B. Permitted Uses and Uses Permitted on Review. The uses permitted by right and the uses permitted on review in the Hillside Developing Two Zone District are as follows:
Hillside Developing Two Zone District Use Table
Uses Permitted By Right | Uses Permitted On Review |
|---|---|
1. One-Family Dwelling Units | 1. Recreation Facilities and Uses |
2. Two-Family Dwelling Units | 2. Home Occupations |
3. Three-family dwelling units or other multi-family dwelling units, provided such dwelling units must receive approval pursuant to PUD review. | |
4. Caretaker unit which must be part of and accessory to a one-family dwelling and shall not exceed 800 square feet in floor area. Such units shall not be located on a substandard lot, nor within or above a garage detached from the principal one-family dwelling, unless so approved pursuant to PUD review. | |
5. Designated Employee Dwelling Units and Affordable Housing Units provided such dwelling units receive approval pursuant to PUD review | |
6. Accessory Buildings and Uses | |
7. Parks and Open Space | |
8. Short-Term Rentals pursuant to Article 3, Division 6 (pursuant to and subject to Note 1 below) |
3-203.C. Dimensional Limitations. The following dimensional limitations apply to all uses permitted by right and uses permitted on review in the Hillside Developing Two Zone District:
3-203.C.1. Minimum Lot Area. Ten thousand (10,000) square feet per dwelling unit. Minimum lot area may be reduced, if approved pursuant to the PUD process, provided that:
a. overall density of dwelling units in the land area included within the PUD plan does not exceed one unit per 10,000 square feet of total land area;
b. no detached single family dwelling unit shall be on a lot less than two thousand five hundred (2,500) square feet; and
c. as a condition of any lot area reduction or density transfer, land areas designated as “unsuitable” for development in the Telluride Hillside Master Plan shall be permanently dedicated, covenanted, or deed restricted as public or private open space, or made subject to conservation easements under C.R.S. 38-30.5-101 et seq., at the time of filing of the final plan and/or plats including such property.
3-203.C.2. Minimum Lot Width. Fifty feet (50') at the narrowest point, provided that the lot width may be reduced pursuant to the PUD process.
3-203.C.3. Minimum Lot Frontage. Fifty feet (50') per lot, provided that the lot frontage may be reduced pursuant to the PUD process.
3-203.C.4. Minimum Front Yard. All buildings, fifteen feet (15').
a. The minimum front yard setback may be reduced to zero feet (0'), if approved pursuant to the PUD review process and in accordance with the Uniform Building Code.
b. In the event that the development application does not request or require PUD plan approval, then the minimum front yard setback may be reduced to zero feet (0') by H.A.R.C., upon issuance of a Certificate of Appropriateness.
c. No encroachment into any public right of way shall be authorized by any such modification or reduction of the front yard setback.
3-203.C.5. Minimum Side Yard. All buildings, three feet (3'), provided that the side yard setback may be reduced if approved pursuant to the PUD process and pursuant to the Uniform Building Code.
3-203.C.6. Minimum Rear Yard. All buildings, fifteen feet (15'), provided that such setback may be reduced to a minimum of three feet (3') if approved pursuant to the PUD process and in accordance with the Uniform Building Code. In the event that the development application does not request or require PUD approval, the minimum rear yard setback may be modified by H.A.R.C. upon issuance of a Certificate of Appropriateness, provided the modified setback shall not be less than three feet (3').
3-203.C.7. Minimum Floor Area. No limitation.
3-203.C.8. Maximum Floor Area. No limitation.
3-203.C.9. Maximum Building Volume and Ratio.
a. Maximum above grade building volume shall be thirty thousand (30,000) cubic feet per lot, except that such maximum shall be thirty five thousand (35,000) cubic feet per lot if the building contains a deed restricted designated employee dwelling unit as defined in Section 2-136 of this Title or an affordable housing unit, which unit has a minimum floor area of five hundred (500) square feet and is not less than five thousand (5,000) cubic feet in volume.
b. The maximum above grade building volume shall not exceed a ratio of three (3) cubic feet to one (1) square foot of lot area, unless otherwise approved pursuant to the PUD process. If the building contains a deed restricted designated employee dwelling unit or an affordable housing unit, the ratio shall be increased to three and one-half (3 1/2) to one (1).
c. For purposes of this Section, “above grade building volume” shall mean the volume of a building above a plane located at the original, pre-construction grade of the building site, measured from the outside of the exterior walls.
3-203.C.10. Maximum Building Height.
a. Principal buildings, consisting of or including dwelling units, thirty one feet (31').
b. Accessory buildings, sixteen feet (16').
c. Notwithstanding anything in this Title to the contrary, for the purpose of calculating maximum building height in the HD-2 Zone District, the height of any building shall be measured as the length of any line which is plumb from a plane located at the highest building point, which plane is above and parallel to the original, pre construction grade of the building site coverage area, or the post-construction grade at the perimeter of the building’s site coverage (including window and door wells which extend greater than four feet (4') from the exterior perimeter of the building’s site coverage), whichever is more restrictive. The following diagram illustrates this principle:

d. A survey of the original, pre construction grade of the building site area shall be provided as part of any application for approval of preliminary PUD plan, H.A.R.C. Certificate of Appropriateness, building permit, or any other form of approval for construction of a building, unless previously submitted.
3-203.C.11. Minimum Roof Pitch. No limitation.
3-203.C.12. Maximum Site Coverage. Not to exceed a ratio of 0.4 site coverage to 1.0 lot area.
a. If all parking is covered, the maximum site coverage shall not exceed a ratio of 0.5 site coverage to 1.0 lot area.
b. Accessory buildings shall be counted at one-half (1/2) their actual site coverage.
c. Impervious site coverage shall not exceed sixty percent (60%) of the total lot area. For the purposes of this Section, “impervious site coverage” shall mean a surface which does not absorb water, which may include buildings, parking areas, driveways, roads, and any concrete, brick, or asphalt covered areas.
d. Maximum site coverage or impervious site coverage may be increased, if approved pursuant to the PUD process.
3-203.D. Density Requirements.
3-203.D.1. Number of Dwelling Units.
a. The number of dwelling units permitted shall be one (1) unit per ten thousand (10,000) square feet of total land area included in the application.
b. The number of dwelling units permitted under a PUD plan shall be one (1) unit per each ten thousand (10,000) square feet of total land area included in the application, plus any density bonus and any designated employee dwelling unit or affordable housing unit bonus.
c. For purposes of these computations, the term “land area” shall include the following:
(1) all land owned or controlled by the applicant; and
(2) rights of way allowed under subsection D.2 of this Section to be considered in computation of “lot area”.
d. Land included in “land area” for the purposes of this Section need not all be under common ownership or control if the requirements of this Section are met.
3-203.D.2. Determination of Lot Area and Control.
a. Adjacent, contiguous, or diagonally adjoining lots under substantially the same control shall be considered as one (1) lot for the purpose of determining compliance with the minimum lot area, development coordination, and density bonus requirements of this Section.
b. For purposes of this Section, the phrase “substantially the same control” shall mean:
(1) Land owned by the same person or subdivider; or
(2) If the owner or subdivider is a corporation, any land owned by a parent or subsidiary or sister of such corporation or by a person owning more than twenty (20) percent of the voting stock of such corporation, or by a spouse, sister, brother, parent or child of such person; or
(3) If the land is owned by a partnership or joint venture, any land owned or controlled by a partner or venturer, if such partner or venturer owns or controls more than twenty (20) percent of the partnership or joint venture assets; or
(4) If the owner or subdivider is a natural person, land owned by a spouse, sister, brother, parent or child of such person or a trust of which such person is a trustee or beneficiary; or
(5) Any land which is, by reason of any legal or equitable right, whether or not enumerated here, effectively under the same control as the land included in any application for approval of a PUD, subdivision, or a zone district map or text amendment.
c. The existence of any public right of way, or street, or any planned street or right of way shall not, for any purpose of this Section, interrupt adjacency or contiguity, and such streets and rights of way shall be disregarded in determining whether lots are diagonally adjoining, contiguous, or adjacent.
d. Lot area may be calculated to include one half (1/2) of any platted rights of way adjoining such lot or lots, provided that the following conditions are met:
(1) a petition for vacation of such rights of way is approved as part of an application for preliminary subdivision plat;
(2) such rights of way or a portion thereof would revert or be transferred to the owner of such lot(s) upon vacation; and
(3) any additional rights of way to be dedicated to the public which would serve such lot(s) would result in an overall right of way area which is equal to or smaller than contained within the rights of way to be vacated.
e. For the purposes of determining maximum site coverage, impervious site coverage, percentage, and above grade building volume to lot area ratio, lot area shall be calculated by dividing the overall land area included in the application by the total number of lots.
3-203.D.3. Density Bonus.
a. A density bonus of up to forty percent (40%) of allowable dwelling unit density on lots or tracts of land totaling thirty thousand (30,000) square feet or greater is available if approved pursuant to the PUD review process. A density bonus is an increase in the allowable number of density units, provided that any bonus of a fraction of an additional unit shall be rounded down to the nearest whole number.
b. A density bonus may be granted by P&Z as part of Final PUD Plan approval, if it finds that the Plan includes at least three (3) of the following eight (8) items:
(1) Buildings are clustered or otherwise located or screened to minimize visual impact.
(2) Road length is minimized and roads are located away from identified geologic hazards, excluding rockfall hazards, and away from highly visible areas.
(3) Buildings are located outside of identified geologic hazard areas, except rockfall areas, and within areas identified in the Telluride Hillside Master Plan as suitable for development; provision is made for permanent preservation of public or private open space in excess of any applicable dedication requirement of Section 6-410, “Subdivision Dedication Requirements”.
(4) All required parking is clustered or provided off site in common parking areas.
(5) Parking is substantially covered or screened from view.
(6) One (1) or more designated employee dwelling units or affordable housing units will be provided as an integral part of development plans.
(7) Owners of two (2) or more properties not under substantially the same control present a joint application providing for common development of their properties.
(8) Dwelling units are primarily subterranean (e.g., earth sheltered) units that appear to blend into the hillside.
c. Any bonus dwelling units shall be limited to a maximum above grade volume of twenty five thousand (25,000) cubic feet, and shall not include caretaker units.
3-203.D.4. Employee Density Bonus.
a. In addition to the density bonus and PUD modification authority granted elsewhere in this Section, P&Z may authorize an increase in the allowable density and a decrease in the minimum lot area requirement as part of approval of an application for a PUD plan, if the plan includes a commitment to provide a designated employee dwelling unit or an affordable housing unit on the land area.
b. Such units shall be further limited by the condition that a designated employee dwelling unit or an affordable housing unit shall be contained within a principal dwelling unit, unless allowed through subparagraph c of this Section. The units shall also be limited by a deed restriction which provides for administration, inspection and enforcement by the Town of Telluride or its designee, including the Telluride Housing Authority.
c. Maximum allowable above grade building volume may be increased by five thousand (5,000) cubic feet for each designated employee dwelling unit or affordable housing unit provided as part of a PUD plan. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Title, the designated employee dwelling units or affordable housing units may be located in a structure other than one in which the additional building volume is allowed, provided that such designated employee dwelling units or affordable housing units are:
(1) incorporated into a single structure with a volume of not more than thirty five thousand (35,000) cubic feet;
(2) not less than five thousand (5,000) cubic feet in volume; and
(3) such structure containing designated employee dwelling units or affordable housing units shall be counted as a dwelling unit for density calculation purposes.
3-203.E. Additional Development Requirements. The following additional requirements shall apply to all development in the Hillside Developing Two Zone District.
3-203.E.1. Roads.
a. The location of all proposed new public or private roads or rights of way shall be reviewed by P&Z. If P&Z finds that such roads or rights of way are generally consistent with the Telluride Hillside Master Plan, it may approve such location and dedication as part of the subdivision review process. If P&Z finds that the location of such roads or rights of way are not generally consistent with the Telluride Hillside Master Plan, P&Z shall refer the proposal to the Town Council, together with a recommendation thereon.
b. The Town Council shall review the location of proposed new public or private roads or rights of way upon referral by P&Z. After consideration of P&Z’s recommendation, and the purposes of this Section and the Telluride Hillside Master Plan, the Council may approve such location if it finds such roads or rights of way can be constructed or dedicated in compliance with the design criteria and construction specifications set forth below.
c. The Town Council shall have final review and approval authority over any proposed vacation of an existing public right of way in the HD-2 Zone District. Such review shall be conducted in accordance with Article 6, Division 4, “Subdivision”. No right of way in areas generally designated in the Telluride Hillside Master Plan as a road corridor shall be vacated unless the Council finds compelling justification for such vacation.
d. Improvements to existing roads or rights of way may be required by P&Z as a condition of issuance of an access permit.
e. Improvements to Tomboy Road may be required as a condition of any development approval of property within the District and served by Tomboy Road in proportion to impacts to the public use of, and benefits to property served by, Tomboy Road. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, Tomboy Road shall be preserved in its present condition and minimum width of fourteen feet (14'), with additional turnouts as may be required, to the extent consistent with public health and safety. In no event shall Tomboy Road be widened beyond twenty four feet (24') in pavement width.
f. Access permits required pursuant to Section 3-303 of this Title, Access Requirements, shall be obtained prior to issuance of any building permit for construction in the HD-2 Zone District. Final approval of any PUD plan within this District issued after August 15, 1989 shall be deemed to be approval and issuance of an access permit, for purposes of Section 3-303, as to the lots included within the plan.
g. Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 6-408 of this Title, Subdivision Design Criteria, and the provisions of the Town of Telluride Right-of-Way Specifications, as amended, the following road design criteria and construction specifications are hereby established for the HD-2 Zone District:
(1) Street Right of Way Width. Fifty feet (50'), or wide enough to include one foot (1') beyond the extent of any necessary cut and fill slope, whichever is less.
(2) Street Pavement Width. Twenty four feet (24'), excluding curb and gutter, provided that such width may be reduced to a minimum of eighteen feet (18') pursuant to subsection E.1.h, below.
(3) Cul de sac right of way width. Sixty five feet (65'), or wide enough to include one foot (1') beyond the extent of any necessary cut and fill slope, whichever is less.
(4) Cul de sac bulb pavement radius. Fifty feet (50'), excluding curb and gutter, provided that such diameter may be reduced, or any other appropriate turnaround configuration and dimensions may be established, if approved pursuant to subsection E.1.h, below, and after review by the Telluride Fire Protection District.
(5) Cul de sac maximum length. Four hundred (400) feet, provided that such length may be increased to a maximum of eight hundred (800) feet, if approved pursuant to subsection E.1.h, below, and after review by the Telluride Fire Protection District. For purposes of defining cul de sac length deriving from Tomboy Road, length shall be measured from the intersection of the new cul de sac with Tomboy Road. For purposes of defining cul de sac length from Pandora Avenue and Columbine Street, length shall be measured from the intersection of Pandora Avenue and Columbine Street.
h. The Town Council may authorize a reduction or modification of these criteria and specifications, after review by P&Z, the Town Engineer, and the Telluride Fire Protection District, if the Council finds, after consideration of anticipated vehicular traffic, emergency access, and maintenance requirements, that:
(1) public health and safety will not be unnecessarily jeopardized by such reduction or modification; and
(2) public health, safety, and property will be protected through plans or design for snow storage, plowing, geohazard mitigation, and any other necessary measures, including, by way of example, agreements for private maintenance of roads and private acquisition of necessary maintenance equipment.
3-203.E.2. Geohazards.
a. No construction or development shall be permitted in any identified geologic hazard area within the HD-2 Zone District, except as approved in accordance with the requirements of this section. These requirements are intended to provide a basis at the plan approval stage to evaluate the safety and suitability of the location of proposed land uses, roads and road improvements, and buildings. These requirements are in addition to the pre construction geohazard permit application provisions of Article 8, Division 5, Geologic Hazard Control.
b. Construction or development in an identified geologic hazard area may be conceptually approved by P&Z as part of an application for preliminary subdivision plat or preliminary PUD plan approval, or may be finally approved upon referral to P&Z as part of an application for issuance of an access, geohazard, or building permit (unless previously approved), if P&Z finds:
(1) geologic hazards have been adequately identified;
(2) identified geologic hazards are avoided, or will be mitigated so as to protect the safety of persons and property; and
(3) environmental disruption is minimized.
3-203.E.c. Any request for final approval of construction or development within the HD-2 Zone District shall be accompanied by a report from a registered geotechnical engineer or other qualified professional, which includes:
1. a geological survey map of the site at same scale as the site plan; and
2. identification of any geologic hazard areas as defined in Article 8, Division 5, “Geologic Hazard Control”, on or affecting the site or any proposed new roads or road improvements or utility corridors necessary to access or serve such site; and
3. proposed measures necessary to avoid or safely mitigate any identified geologic hazards.
Such report may be required by P&Z, at its option, as part of its review pursuant to paragraph B, above.
3-203.E.3. Construction Impact Plans.
a. A construction impact mitigation plan for proposed construction of roads, utilities, buildings and parking areas shall be submitted, unless previously approved, as part of any application for approval of any final PUD plan, final subdivision plat, development agreement, or for issuance of an access permit, geohazard permit, or building permit, in the HD-2 Zone District. Such plan shall be reviewed and approved, with or without conditions, by P&Z, or upon referral from the appropriate permit authority if necessary, in accordance with the intent of this Zone District and for the purpose of protection of the public health, safety, and welfare.
b. The approved plan shall, at a minimum, include provisions for:
(1) erosion and dust control;
(2) parking and materials storage;
(3) restoration, revegetation, and additional natural landscaping of disturbed areas, including private drives, gabions, and public rights of way, including a guarantee of completion within one year after issuance of a temporary certificate of occupancy or after substantial completion of the project;
(4) adequate safeguards against the hazard of dislodging rocks or soil during any roadbed grading, excavation, or building operation, as recommended by a registered geotechnical engineer or other qualified professional;
(5) any other information or commitment as may be reasonably required by P&Z or the permit authority.
3-203.E.4. Design Flexibility.
a. Flexibility in design of roads, structures, and development patterns is encouraged as a matter of policy in the HD-2 Zone District.
b. Notwithstanding anything in this Section to the contrary, the following land use regulations and restrictions may not be altered, modified or waived by the Town Council, P&Z, or H.A.R.C.:
(1) Uses permitted or uses permitted on review;
(2) Maximum building height;
(3) Minimum number of off street parking spaces;
(4) Access permit requirements;
(5) Landscaping plans; lighting plans; construction impact plans; and
(6) Fence area limitations.
3-203.E.5. Landscaping And Lighting Plans.
a. Any application for preliminary or final PUD or subdivision approval for property located within the HD-2 Zone District shall include a landscaping plan and a lighting restriction plan. Such plans shall be reviewed by P&Z, and may be approved with or without conditions, if found consistent with the Telluride Master Plan and the purposes of the HD-2 Zone District.
b. Any application for approval of a Certificate of Appropriateness for a single lot or lots not requiring subdivision or PUD approval shall include a landscaping and lighting restriction plan. Such plans shall be reviewed by H.A.R.C. and may be approved with or without conditions, if found to be consistent with the Telluride Master Plan, the purposes of the HD-2 Zone District, and applicable treatment area guidelines.
3-203.E.6. Fences. Privacy fencing for gardens, decks and patios shall be located within twenty feet (20') of the closest principal building. Perimeter fencing of a lot or lots is prohibited.
3-203.E.7. Consistency Required.
a. No subdivision plat or PUD plan for property located within the HD-2 Zone District shall be approved unless P&Z finds that:
(1) The plat or plan is substantially consistent with the Telluride Master Plan and the Telluride Hillside Master Plan element thereof, both as amended; or
(2) There has been a change of circumstances in the Hillside Master Plan study area, including the presentation of new geologic hazard or other information relating to the suitable and unsuitable designations contained in the Telluride Hillside Master Plan, occurring since the last amendment to the Telluride Master Plan and the Telluride Hillside Master Plan element thereof, which justifies approval of such plat or plan; or
(3) There is substantial cause to amend the Telluride Hillside Master Plan by altering the designation of an area as suitable or unsuitable for development based on site specific analysis; or
(4) There exists a compelling public interest which justifies an amendment of such Plans.
b. If a development plan review requires a Master Plan amendment, such review can, upon request of the applicant, occur concurrently with consideration of a Master Plan amendment.
3-203.E.8. Development Coordination.
a. Any application for preliminary approval of a subdivision plat or a PUD plan for property located in the HD-2 Zone District shall include a non binding plan for development of all property within the HD-2 Zone District which is contiguous, adjacent, diagonally adjoining, or located within the same block, and which is owned by the applicant or under substantially the same control as the applicant’s property.
b. The plan shall generally designate proposed roads and utilities which will serve such property to be developed and which will accommodate land uses anticipated on the contiguous, adjacent, or diagonally adjoining property or property within the same block. The purpose of such plan is to facilitate the design of common access and utility service, to provide for coordination with proposed building locations, to address consistency with the Telluride Hillside Master Plan, and to provide a basis for agreements between property owners for joint utility and road development.
c. This requirement may be waived upon request of the applicant if P&Z finds that preparation of such a plan is not feasible or is not necessary to provide for coordination of access and utility installation within the HD-2 Zone District.
3-203.E.9. Phasing.
a. P&Z may grant final approval of such plan or plat in phases.
b. Preliminary approval of any phase of such plan or plat shall continue in effect for up to seven (7) years, unless otherwise provided at the time of preliminary approval. A preliminary plan or plat shall not be valid for longer than seven (7) years.
3-203.E.10. Substandard Lots.
a. In the event that the application of the HD-2 Zone District to a lot which is not under substantially the same control of an owner of any other lot within the HD-2 Zone District as of September 6, 1988 or any time thereafter, results in non compliance with the minimum lot area requirements of this Section, then such lot shall be deemed to be substandard for purposes of this Section.
b. A dwelling unit may be permitted to be constructed on a substandard lot in the HD-2 Zone District only if a majority of P&Z finds by clear and convincing evidence that at least two (2) of the following criteria have been met:
(1) the applicant has sought in good faith to enter into a joint development plan or application with owners of adjacent, contiguous, and diagonally adjoining lots, if such lots are designated as suitable for development; or
(2) if the applicant’s property is designated as unsuitable for development, the applicant has proposed the dedication or restriction of the applicant’s property for use as open space as part of a proposal to increase allowable density on other owners’ property by transfer of density (equivalent to a single family dwelling unit with volume based on ratio to original lot size) permitted upon the applicant’s property; or
(3) no other reasonable economic use of the property exists; or
(4) any other reasonable possibilities for separate or joint development of the property have been exhausted.
c. Notwithstanding any permission to construct a dwelling unit on a substandard lot which may be authorized by this Section, no modification to or variance from any other requirements of this Section shall be authorized by permitting construction on a substandard lot, except for lot frontage and lot width requirements. Any proposed development or construction on a substandard lot shall comply with all other restrictions on use, ground coverage, setbacks, building height and volume, parking, fencing, landscaping, lighting, construction impact mitigation, consistency, development coordination, access permit, and all other applicable requirements of this Section and this Title.
d. No replat or subdivision of substandard lots within this District shall be permitted if the new lots would not comply with all requirements of this Section, unless modified through PUD.
3-203.E.11. Application Requirements.
a. Any application for approval of development of property located within the HD-2 Zone District shall include, in addition to information required pursuant to Article 5, Development Review Procedures; Article 6, Division 3, Planned Unit Development; Article 6, Division 4, Subdivisions; and Article 8, Division 5, Geologic Hazard Control, the following information or materials:
(1) Statement identifying the proposed use(s) and density;
(2) Statement justifying any reduction or modification of road design criteria and building site construction specifications;
(3) Statement justifying any proposed lot area less than ten thousand (10,000) square feet;
(4) Statement justifying any setback, frontage, or ground coverage reduction or modification;
(5) A survey of the building site area;
(6) Off site or common parking plan, if applicable;
(7) Landscaping plan;
(8) Lighting plan;
(9) Construction impact plan;
(10) Statement establishing eligibility for any proposed density bonus;
(11) Geohazard report;
(12) A statement establishing substantial consistency with the Telluride Master Plan and the Telluride Hillside Master Plan element thereof, or a request for and justification of an amendment of such Plans;
(13) Development plan for other property of the applicant which is contiguous, adjacent, or diagonally adjoining, or within the same block; and documentation of diligent, good faith efforts to coordinate development with owners of contiguous, adjacent or diagonally adjoining property; and
(14) Master Plan amendment, if required, pursuant to Section 9-109 of this Title.
3-203.F. Off Street Parking Requirements. The following number of off street parking spaces shall be provided for each use in the Hillside Developing Two Zone District:
Parking Requirements in the Hillside Developing Two Zone District
Use Category | Required Parking |
|---|---|
All Residential Dwelling Units | 1 space for dwellings with two bedrooms. 2 spaces for dwellings with two or three bedrooms. 3 spaces for dwellings with four or five bedrooms. 4 spaces for dwellings with six or seven bedrooms. |
Home Occupations | Set By review of P&Z |
3-203.F.1. Parking spaces for individual lots may be located off-site or in common areas.
3-203.F.2. Except as provided above, all other provisions of Sections 3-108 and 3-109 with regard to off-street parking requirements shall apply within the Hillside Developing Two Zone District.
3-204.A. Purpose. The purpose of the Residential Zone District (R) is to allow land to be used for permanent residential purposes and accessory uses. This zone has been applied to areas within the original Telluride townsite which were historically divided into lots of approximately twenty-five feet by one hundred feet (25' x 100') or twenty-five feet by one hundred seventeen and one-half feet (25'x117.5').
Development in the Residential Zone District should primarily be in-fill, or redevelopment and renovation of existing structures, with design review to ensure compliance with historic district guidelines. Public improvements, including streets, sidewalks, landscaping, parking and similar features, should be designed to meet neighborhood needs and opportunities.
3-204.B. Use Table. The uses permitted by right and the uses permitted on review in the Residential Zone District are as follows:
Residential Zone District Use Table
Uses Permitted By Right | Uses Permitted On Review |
|---|---|
1. One-Family Dwelling Units | 1. School, Church, Hospital or Public Building |
2. Two-Family Dwelling Units | 2. Institutional Uses |
3. Designated Employee Dwelling Units and Affordable Housing Units | 3. Home Occupations |
4. Accessory Buildings and Uses | 4. Three-Family Dwelling Units |
5. Parks, Open Space and Recreation | |
6. Short-Term Rentals pursuant to Article 3, Division 6 (pursuant to and subject to Note 1 below) | |
7. Multi-Family Dwelling Units pursuant to Section 3-201.C.1.c. |
Note 1: Pursuant to and subject to all applicable terms and limitations imposed in the Telluride Municipal Code Chapter 6, Article 1 (Business Licenses).
Note 2: Lots in this zone district for all Uses Permitted by Right and Uses Permitted on Review are subject to the prohibition on certain lot line vacations contained in Section 6-408.W.
3-204.C. Dimensional Limitations. The following dimensional limitations apply to all uses permitted by right and uses permitted on review in the Residential Zone District:
3-204.C.1. Minimum Lot Area and Maximum Density.
a. Minimum lot area shall be two thousand five hundred (2,500) square feet.
b. Maximum density shall be two thousand five hundred (2,500) square feet per dwelling unit, except as provided for designated employee dwelling units and affordable housing units.
c. Maximum density shall be one thousand two hundred and fifty (1,250) square feet per dwelling unit, provided at least fifty percent (50%) of dwelling units are designated employee housing units or affordable housing units.
3-204.C.2. Minimum Lot Width. Twenty five feet (25') at the narrowest point.
3-204.C.3. Minimum Lot Frontage. Twenty five feet (25').
3-204.C.4. Minimum Front Yard.
a. All buildings, fifteen feet (15') or the average setback of the block in which the parcel lies, unless modified by H.A.R.C.; however, the setback shall not be less than five feet (5').
b. Corner lots (both streets), fifteen feet (15') or the average setback of the block in which the parcel lies, unless modified by H.A.R.C.; however, the setback shall not be less than five feet (5') for the front yard or the side yard.
3-204.C.5. Minimum Side Yard.
a. All buildings, three feet (3') on lots with frontage less than forty feet (40').
b. All buildings, five feet (5'), on lots with frontage of forty feet (40') or greater, but less than sixty-five feet (65').
c. All buildings, seven feet (7'), on lots with frontage of sixty-five feet (65') or greater.
d. Corner lots, same as minimum front yard.
e. H.A.R.C. may reduce the minimum side yard setbacks, but in no case less than three feet (3'), provided the H.A.R.C. determines that important resources or site features are being preserved, such as historic structures or context, preservation of mature vegetation, or avoidance of steep slopes, and that reducing the setback results in an overall development plan that is in greater compliance with the applicable review criteria.
3-204.C.6. Minimum Rear Yard.
a. Principal buildings, fifteen feet (15') or the average setback of the block in which the parcel lies, unless modified by H.A.R.C.; however, the setback shall not be less than five feet (5').
b. Accessory buildings, five feet (5').
3-204.C.7. Minimum Yard Between Principal and Secondary or Accessory Building(s) on Lot. Fifteen feet (15') unless modified by H.A.R.C., however, the setback shall not be less than six feet (6').
3-204.C.8. Minimum Floor Area. As specified in the Uniform Building Code.
3-204.C.9. Maximum Floor Area.
a. Principal Building in the Residential Zone District.
Lot Area in Square Feet | Maximum Gross Floor Area in Square Feet of Principal Building | If under Section C.1.c., then | |
|---|---|---|---|
Over | But Not Over | ||
0 | 2,500 | 0.73 x lot area | 0 s.f. |
2,500 | 3,000 | 1,825 + 0.58 x lot area over 2,500 s.f | +100 s.f. |
3,000 | 4,000 | 2,115 + 0.248 x lot area over 3,000 s.f. | +200 s.f. |
4,000 | 5,000 | 2,364 + 0.248 x lot area over 4,000 s.f. | +300 s.f. |
5,000 | 6,000 | 2,613 + 0.244 x lot area over 5,000 s.f. | +400 s.f. |
6,000 | 8,596 | 2,858 + 0.44 x lot area over 6,000 s.f. | +400 s.f. |
b. In no case shall the total gross floor area of any principal building on any lot be greater than four thousand (4,000) square feet.
c. The total floor area of all secondary and accessory buildings on any lot shall not exceed the maximum floor area allowed as described by Table d. (below). No single secondary or accessory structure shall exceed nine-hundred and fifty (950) square feet.
d. Accessory and Secondary Buildings in the Residential Zone District.
Lot Area in Square Feet | Maximum Gross Floor Area in Square Feet of Accessory or Secondary Building | |
|---|---|---|
Over | But Not Over | |
0 | 2,500 | (0.73 x lot area) x .33 |
2,500 | 3,000 | (1,825 + (0.58 x lot area over 2,500 s.f.)) x .33 |
3,000 | 4,000 | (2,115 + (0.285 x lot area over 3,000 s.f.)) x .33 |
4,000 | 5,000 | (2,400 + (0.35 x lot area over 4,000 s.f.)) x .33 |
5,000 | 6,000 | (2,750 + (0.35 x lot area over 5,000 s.f.)) x .33 |
6,000 | 7,500 | (3,100 + (0.60 x lot area over 6,000 s.f.)) x .33 |
3-204.C.10. Maximum Building Height.
a. Principal buildings, twenty five feet (25'). For structures which have at least fifty percent (50%) of their site coverage located on hillsides with a pre-construction grade or slope of fifteen percent (15%) or greater, no portion of the building, excluding chimneys, shall exceed a height of thirty vertical feet (30') above the pre-construction grade of the building’s site coverage, or the post-construction grade as measured from the exterior perimeter of the building’s site coverage (including window and door wells which extend greater than four feet (4') beyond the building’s site coverage perimeter), whichever is more restrictive.
b. Accessory and secondary buildings, sixteen feet (16'). For structures which have at least fifty percent (50%) of their site coverage located on hillsides with a pre-construction grade or slope of fifteen percent (15%) or greater, no portion of the building, excluding chimneys, shall exceed a height of twenty vertical feet (20') above the pre-construction grade of the building’s site coverage, or the post-construction grade as measured from the exterior perimeter of the building’s site coverage (including window and door wells which extend greater than four feet (4') beyond the building’s site coverage perimeter), whichever is more restrictive.
3-204.C.11. Minimum Roof Pitch. For all buildings, one (1) unit of vertical rise to four (4) units of horizontal run unless modified or otherwise required by H.A.R.C.
3-204.C.12. Maximum Site Coverage.
a. For lots size of two thousand five hundred (2,500) square feet to three thousand one hundred twenty-five (3,125) square feet:
When all required parking is enclosed
0.45 - ([(Lot Area - 2,500) x 0.15]) / (3,125) = Maximum Percent Site Coverage
When all required parking is not enclosed
0.38 - ([(Lot Area - 2,500) x 0.15]) / (3,125) = Maximum Percent Site Coverage
b. For lots greater than three thousand one hundred twenty-five (3,125) square feet but less than seven thousand five hundred (7,500) square feet:
When all required parking is enclosed
0.42 - ([(Lot Area - 3,125) x 0.17]) / (7,500) = Maximum Percent Site Coverage
When all required parking is not enclosed
0.35 - ( [(Lot Area - 3,125) x 0.17]) / (7,500) = Maximum Percent Site Coverage
c. For lot sizes of seven thousand five hundred (7,500) square feet or greater, the site coverage shall not exceed twenty-five percent (25%), or when all required parking is enclosed, thirty-two percent (32%). For lots less than two thousand five hundred (2,500) square feet, the site coverage shall not exceed thirty-eight percent (38%), or when all required parking is enclosed, forty-five percent (45%).
d. Site coverage may be increased, by an amount up to ten percent (10%) of the lot area, so long as all of the following criteria are met:
(1) The site coverage increase area, for the purposes of this Section, means basement or cellar space having one hundred percent (100%) of its floor-to-ceiling height below the finished level of the adjoining ground (meaning entirely below grade). No portion of the building or structure’s site coverage increase area shall project above the finished grade except in the following instance: If the portion of building or structure associated with the site coverage increase area is located beneath ground floor porches or decks, then portions may project less than eighteen inches (18") above the finished grade so long as the H.A.R.C. finds the design treatment adequately screens the area between the porch or deck and the ground beneath the porch or deck. Detailed plans illustrating the treatment of the area beneath the porch or deck shall be submitted for H.A.R.C. review.
(2) The site coverage increase area, for the purposes of this Section, is measured where the exterior wall meets the foundation and includes those portions that project beyond the foundation wall of the above grade building and enclosed floor area.
(3) The site coverage increase area may not include elements visible from the exterior such as light wells, egress wells or egress stairs.
(4) The gross site coverage increase may not exceed ten percent (10%) of the lot area, up to a maximum of five hundred twenty-five (525) square feet.
(5) The site coverage increase may not be located less than three feet (3') from the property lines.
(6) Should the site coverage increase be applied to more than one (1) level below grade, where permitted, then it is counted separately for each level below grade regardless of floor height.
(7) The site coverage increase area shall not affect the Height of Building.
e. For lots of five thousand (5,000) square feet or less which contain a rated THAS secondary structure, the total maximum site coverage may be increased up to three percent (3%) by H.A.R.C. provided it finds the development application maintains or improves the historic rating of all historic structures on the lot.
3-204.D. Off Street Parking Requirements. The following number of off street parking spaces shall be provided for each use in the Residential Zone District:
Parking Requirements in the Residential Zone District
Use Category | Required Parking |
|---|---|
All Residential Units | 1 space per dwelling unit |
Home Occupations | Set by review of P&Z |
Hospital or School | Set by review of P&Z |
Church, Public Building | One space per 500 square feet of floor area |
Public Swimming Pool (including deck area) or Stadium (bleacher area only) | One space per 500 square feet of floor area |
3-205.A. Purpose. The purpose of the Historic Residential Zone District (HR) is to allow land to be used for residential purposes and accessory uses, while preserving, maintaining, and enhancing the historical character and scale of new and existing buildings within the zone district.
3-205.B. Use Table. The uses permitted by right and the uses permitted on review in the Historic Residential Zone District are as follows:
Historic Residential Zone District Use Table
Uses Permitted By Right | Uses Permitted On Review |
|---|---|
1. One-Family Dwelling Units | 1. School, Church, Hospital or Public Building |
2. Two-Family Dwelling Units | 2. Institutional Uses |
3. Designated Employee Dwelling Units and Affordable Housing Units | 3. Home Occupations |
4. Accessory Buildings and Uses | 4. Three-Family Dwelling Units |
5. Parks, Open Space and Recreation | |
6. Short-Term Rentals pursuant to Article 3, Division 6 (pursuant to and subject to Note 1 below) | |
7. Multi-Family Dwelling Units pursuant to Section 3-201.C.1.c. |
Note 1: Pursuant to and subject to all applicable terms and limitations imposed in the Telluride Municipal Code Chapter 6, Article 1 (Business Licenses).
Note 2: Lots in this zone district for all Uses Permitted by Right and Uses Permitted on Review are subject to the prohibition on certain lot line vacations contained in Section 6-408.W.
3-205.C. Dimensional Limitations. The following dimensional limitations apply to all uses permitted by right and uses permitted on review in the Historic Residential Zone District:
3-205.C.1. Minimum Lot Area and Maximum Density.
a. Minimum lot area shall be two thousand five hundred (2,500) square feet.
b. Maximum density shall be two thousand five hundred (2,500) square feet per dwelling unit, except as provided for designated employee dwelling units and affordable housing.
c. Maximum density shall be one thousand two hundred and fifty (1,250) square feet per dwelling unit, provided at least fifty percent (50%) of dwelling units are designated employee dwelling units or affordable housing units.
3-205.C.2. Minimum Lot Width. Twenty five feet (25') at the narrowest point.
3-205.C.3. Minimum Lot Frontage. Twenty five feet (25') per lot.
3-205.C.4. Minimum Front Yard.
a. All buildings, fifteen feet (15'), or the average setback of the block in which the parcel lies, unless modified by H.A.R.C.
b. Corner lots, fifteen feet (15') or the average setback of the block in which the parcel lies, unless modified by the H.A.R.C.; however, in no instance shall the setback be less than five (5) feet for the front yard and five feet (5') for the side yard.
3-205.C.5. Minimum Side Yard.
a. All buildings, three feet (3') on lots with frontage less than forty feet (40').
b. All buildings, five feet (5'), on lots with frontage of forty feet (40') or greater, but less than sixty-five feet (65').
c. All buildings, seven feet (7'), on lots with frontage of sixty-five feet (65') or greater.
d. Corner lots, five feet (5'), except that side yard setbacks from an alley shall be three feet (3').
e. H.A.R.C. may reduce the minimum side yard setbacks, but in no case less than three feet (3'), provided the H.A.R.C. determines that important resources or site features are being preserved, such as historic structures or context, preservation of mature vegetation, or avoidance of steep slopes, and that reducing the setback results in an overall development plan that is in greater compliance with the applicable review criteria.
3-205.C.6. Minimum Rear Yard.
a. Principal buildings, fifteen feet (15') or the average setback of the block in which the parcel lies, unless modified by H.A.R.C.; however, the setback shall not be less than five feet (5').
b. Accessory and secondary buildings, five feet (5').
c. The rear yard setback associated with a repositioned or relocated rated or non-rated THAS Secondary Structure may be reduced from five feet (5') to a minimum of zero feet (0'). A variation may be granted by H.A.R.C. provided H.A.R.C. finds the development application maintains or improves the historic rating designation of the historic structure according to the Telluride Historic and Architectural Survey and upon condition that the applicant stabilizes, improves and maintains such structure in good repair.
3-205.C.7. Minimum Yard Between Principal Building and Secondary or Accessory Building(s) on Lot: Fifteen feet (15') unless modified by H.A.R.C., however, the setback shall not be less than six feet (6').
3-205.C.8. Minimum Floor Area. As specified in the Uniform Building Code.
3-205.C.9. Maximum Floor Area.
a. Principal Building in the Historic Residential Zone District.
Lot Area in Square Feet | Maximum Gross Floor Area in Square Feet of Principal Building | If under Section C.1.c., then | |
|---|---|---|---|
Over | But Not Over | ||
0 | 2,500 | 0.7 x lot area | 0 s.f. |
2,500 | 3,000 | 1,750 + 0.58 x lot area over 2,500 s.f | +100 s.f. |
3,000 | 4,000 | 2,040 + 0.286 x lot area over 3,000 s.f. | +200 s.f. |
4,000 | 5,000 | 2,326 + 0.286 x lot area over 4,000 s.f. | +300 s.f. |
5,000 | 6,000 | 2,613 + 0.244 x lot area over 5,000 s.f. | +400 s.f. |
6,000 | 10,685 | 2,857 + 0.244 x lot area over 6,000 s.f. | +400 s.f. |
b. In no case shall the total gross floor area of any principal building on any lot be greater than four thousand (4,000) square feet.
c. The total floor area of all secondary and accessory buildings on any lot shall not exceed the maximum gross floor area allowed as described by Table d. (below). No single secondary or accessory structure shall exceed nine-hundred and fifty (950) square feet.
d. Accessory and Secondary Buildings in the Historic Residential Zone District.
Lot Area in Square Feet | Maximum Gross Floor Area in Square Feet of Accessory or Secondary Building | |
|---|---|---|
Over | But Not Over | |
0 | 2,500 | (0.7 x lot area) x .25 |
2,500 | 3,000 | (1,750 + (0.58 x lot area over 2,500 s.f)) x .25 |
3,000 | 4,000 | (2040 + (0.36 x lot area over 3,000 s.f)). x .25 |
4,000 | 5,000 | (2,400 + (0.35 x lot area over 4,000 s.f.)) x .25 |
5,000 | 6,000 | (2,750 + (0.35 x lot area over 5,000 s.f.)) x .25 |
6,000 | 7,500 | (3,100 + (0.32 x lot area over 6,000 s.f.)) x .25 |
3-205.C.10. Maximum Building Height.
a. Principal buildings, twenty five feet (25'); provided that the maximum building height shall not be twenty percent (20%) taller than the mean average of heights of all existing principal buildings, excluding public buildings and churches, which are located within the same block or a portion of the same block located partly within the Historic Residential Zone District. For structures which have at least fifty percent (50%) of their site coverage located on hillsides with a pre-construction grade or slope of fifteen percent (15%) or greater, no portion of the building, excluding chimneys, shall exceed a height of thirty vertical feet (30') above the pre-construction grade of the building’s site coverage, or the post-construction grade as measured from the exterior perimeter of the building’s site coverage (including window and door wells which extend greater than four feet (4') from the building’s site coverage perimeter), whichever is more restrictive.
b. Accessory and secondary buildings, sixteen feet (16'). For structures which have at least fifty percent (50%) of their site coverage located on hillsides with a pre-construction grade or slope of fifteen percent (15%) or greater, no portion of the building, excluding chimneys, shall exceed a height of twenty vertical feet (20') above the pre-construction grade of the building’s site coverage, or the post-construction grade as measured from the exterior perimeter of the building’s site coverage (including window and door wells which extend greater than four feet (4') from the building’s site coverage perimeter), whichever is more restrictive.
3-205.C.11. Minimum Roof Pitch. For all buildings, one (1) unit of vertical rise to four (4) units of horizontal run unless modified or otherwise required by H.A.R.C.
3-205.C.12. Maximum Site Coverage.
a. For lots size of two thousand five hundred (2,500) square feet to three thousand one hundred twenty-five (3,125) square feet:
When all required parking is enclosed
0.45 - ([(Lot Area - 2,500) x 0.15]) / (3,125) = Maximum Percent Site Coverage
When all required parking is not enclosed
0.38 - ([(Lot Area - 2,500) x 0.15]) / (3,125) = Maximum Percent Site Coverage
b. For lots greater than three thousand one hundred twenty-five (3,125) square feet but less than seven thousand five hundred (7,500) square feet:
When all required parking is enclosed
0.42 - ([(Lot Area - 3,125) x 0.17]) / (7,500) = Maximum Percent Site Coverage
When all required parking is not enclosed
0.35 - ( [(Lot Area - 3,125) x 0.17]) / (7,500) = Maximum Percent Site Coverage
c. For lot sizes of seven thousand five hundred (7,500) square feet or greater, the site coverage shall not exceed twenty-five percent (25%), or when all required parking is enclosed, thirty-two percent (32%). For lots less than two thousand five hundred (2,500) square feet, the site coverage shall not exceed thirty-eight percent (38%), or when all required parking is enclosed, forty-five percent (45%).
d. Site coverage may be increased, by an amount up to ten percent (10%) of the lot area, so long as all of the following criteria are met:
(1) The site coverage increase area, for the purposes of this Section, means basement or cellar space having one hundred percent (100%) of its floor-to-ceiling height below the finished level of the adjoining ground (meaning entirely below grade). No portion of the building or structure’s site coverage increase area shall project above the finished grade except in the following instance: If the portion of building or structure associated with the site coverage increase area is located beneath ground floor porches or decks, then portions may project less than eighteen inches (18") above the finished grade so long as the H.A.R.C. finds the design treatment adequately screens the area between the porch or deck and the ground beneath the porch or deck. Detailed plans illustrating the treatment of the area beneath the porch or deck shall be submitted for H.A.R.C. review.
(2) The site coverage increase area, for the purposes of this Section, is measured where the exterior wall meets the foundation and includes those portions that project beyond the foundation wall of the above grade building and enclosed floor area.
(3) The site coverage increase area may not include elements visible from the exterior such as light wells, egress wells or egress stairs.
(4) The gross site coverage increase may not exceed ten percent (10%) of the lot area, up to a maximum of five hundred twenty-five (525) square feet.
(5) The site coverage increase may not be located less than three feet (3') from the property lines.
(6) Should the site coverage increase be applied to more than one (1) level below grade, where permitted, then it is counted separately for each level below grade regardless of floor height.
(7) The site coverage increase area shall not affect the Height of Building.
e. For lots of five thousand (5,000) square feet or less which contain a rated THAS secondary structure, the total maximum site coverage may be increased up to three percent (3%) by H.A.R.C. provided it finds the development application maintains or improves the historic rating of all historic structures on the lot.
3-205.D. Additional Development Requirements. The following additional requirements shall apply to all development in the Historic Residential Zone District.
Geologic and Flood Hazard Report: For those lands within the Historic Residential Zone District having identified areas of geologic or flood hazard per the adopted “Official Geologic Hazard Area Map” and the adopted “Flood Insurance Study for the Town of Telluride, reports shall be provided and permits obtained as may be required pursuant to Article 8 of this Title.
3-205.E. Off Street Parking Requirements. The following number of off street parking spaces shall be provided for each use in the Historic Residential Zone District:
3-205.E.1. Parking Requirements in the Historic Residential Zone District.
Use Category | Required Parking |
|---|---|
All Residential Units | 1 space per dwelling unit |
Home Occupations | Set by review of P&Z |
Hospital or School | Set by review of P&Z |
Church, Public Building | One space per 500 square feet of floor area |
Public Swimming Pool (including deck area) or Stadium (bleacher area only) | One space per 500 square feet of floor area |
3-205.E.2. Payment-In-Lieu of Parking. Notwithstanding any provisions of this Article 3 to the contrary, the Planning Director may authorize, upon recommendation of H.A.R.C., “payment in lieu” of one (1) on site parking space on any lot which:
a. contains a rated and a non rated structure; and
b. contains a rear yard through which vehicle access to required parking is obstructed by either such structure; or
c. in the case of a corner lot, contains a side yard through which access is so obstructed.
In addition, such payment may be waived upon consent of the Town Council, upon condition that the applicant stabilizes, improves, and maintains such structures in good repair.
3-205.E.3. The Planning Director may approve tandem or stacked off street parking as provided for in Section 3-109.C.
3-206.A. Purpose. The purpose of the Medium Density Residential Zone District (MDR) is to allow property owners an opportunity to provide employee housing uses to qualifying employees in the Town and in the immediate region, and to allow utilization of these units for residential land uses at densities in excess of those permitted in the Residential Zone District. Shared parking, strong pedestrian linkages, and appropriate recreation facilities are design elements to be considered in new developments in the district, and clustering of units is encouraged.
3-206.B. Use Table. The uses permitted by right and the uses permitted on review in the Medium Density Residential Zone District are as follows:
Medium Density Residential Zone District Use Table
Uses Permitted By Right | Uses Permitted On Review |
|---|---|
1. One-Family Dwelling Units | 1. School, Church, Hospital or Public Building |
2. Two-Family Dwelling Units | 2. Institutional Uses |
3. Three-Family Dwelling Units | 3. Home Occupations |
4. Designated Employee Dwelling Units and Affordable Housing Units | 4. Multi-Family Dwelling Units in Excess of Three Family Dwellings |
5. Accessory Buildings and Uses | 5. Recreation Uses and Open Use Recreation |
6. Parks and Open Space | |
7. Short-Term Rentals pursuant to Article 3, Division 6 (pursuant to and subject to Note 1 below) |
3-206.C. Dimensional Limitations. The following dimensional limitations apply to all uses permitted by right and uses permitted on review in the Medium Density Residential Zone District:
3-206.C.1. Minimum Lot Area and Maximum Density.
a. Minimum lot area shall be two thousand five hundred (2,500) square feet for lots containing free market units and one thousand five hundred (1,500) square feet for lots containing only designated employee dwelling units and affordable housing units.
b. Maximum density shall be one unit per two thousand five hundred (2,500) square feet for free market units and one unit per one thousand five hundred (1,500) square feet for designated employee dwelling units and affordable housing units.
3-206.C.2. Minimum Lot Width. Twenty five feet (25') at the narrowest point.
3-206.C.3. Minimum Lot Frontage. Twenty five feet (25').
3-206.C.4. Minimum Front Yard.
a. All buildings, fifteen feet (15').
b. Corner lots (both streets), fifteen feet (15').
3-206.C.5. Minimum Side Yard.
a. All buildings, three feet (3').
b. Corner lots, fifteen feet (15').
3-206.C.6. Minimum Rear Yard.
a. Principal buildings, fifteen feet (15').
b. Accessory buildings, five feet (5').
3-206.C.7. Minimum Floor Area. Five hundred (500) square feet per dwelling unit, or as specified in the Uniform Building Code, whichever is less.
3-206.C.8. Maximum Floor Area.
a. Principal buildings, five thousand (5,000) square feet, unless modified by H.A.R.C.
b. Secondary structures, fifty percent (50%) less than the principal structure or one thousand two hundred (1,200) square feet, whichever is less.
3-206.C.9. Maximum Building Height.
a. Principal buildings, twenty five feet (25').
b. Accessory and secondary structures, sixteen feet (16').
3-206.C.10. Minimum Roof Pitch. For all buildings, one (1) unit of vertical rise to four (4) units of horizontal run unless modified or otherwise required by H.A.R.C.
3-206.C.11. Maximum Site Coverage. The maximum site coverage for each lot or tract of land in the Medium Density Residential Zone District shall not exceed forty percent (40%). In the event that all required off street parking is covered on the lot or tract, maximum site coverage shall be fifty percent (50%). Accessory buildings shall be calculated at one half (1/2) the actual site coverage.
3-206.D. Off Street Parking Requirements. The following number of off street parking spaces shall be provided for each use in the Medium Density Residential Zone District:
Parking Requirements in the Medium Density Residential Zone District
Use Category | Required Parking |
|---|---|
All Residential Units | 1 space per dwelling unit |
Home Occupations | Set by review of P&Z |
Hospital or School | Set by review of P&Z |
Church, Public Building | One space per 500 sq. ft. of floor area |
Public Swimming Pool (including deck area) or Stadium (bleacher area only) | One space per 500 sq. ft. of floor area |
3-209.A. Purpose. The purpose of the Accommodations One Zone District (AC-1) is to preserve the historical character of the neighborhood and to allow and encourage long term residential uses, while also serving the visitor population through uses associated with tourist accommodations, including visitor oriented accommodations and associated commercial uses. Existing historical structures in the AC-1 Zone District should be saved where possible, and its traditional scale and residential uses should be preserved. New development should respect the historical setbacks and grid pattern of existing platted lots.
A secondary purpose of the AC-1 Zone District is to promote additional long term housing by preserving and improving secondary structures for use as long term dwelling units and by encouraging the placement of a designated employee dwelling unit in buildings where tourist commercial or office uses are proposed.
3-209.B. Use Table. The uses permitted by right and the uses permitted on review in the Accommodations One Zone District are as follows:
Accommodations One Zone District Use Table
Uses Permitted By Right | Uses Permitted On Review |
|---|---|
1. One-Family and Two-Family Dwelling Units | 1. School, Church, Hospital or Public Building |
2. Condominium Hotel, Hotels, Lodges, Roominghouses, Boardinghouses, Short-Term Dwelling Units (pursuant to and subject to Note 2 below) | |
3. Office and tourist related business use, not to exceed 1,000 square feet of business floor area per structure (pursuant to Note 1, below). | 2. Office use and tourist related business uses that exceed 1,000 square feet of business floor area per structure (pursuant to Note 1, below) |
4. Multi-Family Dwelling Units | |
5. Designated Employee Dwelling Units and Affordable Housing Units | |
6. Recreational Club Facilities & Uses | |
7. Timesharing, pursuant to the provisions of Section 6-413 of this Title | |
8. Accessory Buildings and Uses |
Note 1: If the building is a contributing or supporting “rated structure,” then the floor area utilized for office or tourist related business, excluding bars, taverns, and bar areas, shall not be counted in the determination of business floor area; provided, that such uses will not, in the determination of H.A.R.C., compromise the building’s rating. “Office and tourist related business use,” for purposes of this section, does not include floor area exclusively devoted to storage, utilities, rest rooms, lobbies, and stairwells. “Retail or office space” does not include floor area exclusively devoted to storage, utilities, rest rooms, lobbies and stairwells.
Note 2: Pursuant to and subject to all applicable terms and limitations imposed in the Telluride Municipal Code Chapter 6, Article 1 (Business Licenses).
Note 3: Lots in this zone district for all Uses Permitted by Right and Uses Permitted on Review are subject to the prohibition on certain lot line vacations contained in Section 6-408.W.
3-209.C. Dimensional Limitations. The following dimensional limitations apply to all uses permitted by right and uses permitted on review in the Accommodations One Zone District:
3-209.C.1. Lot Area.
a. Minimum. Two thousand five hundred (2,500) square feet.
b. Maximum. Five Thousand Eight Hundred Seventy (5,875) square feet, however such maximum may be increased pursuant to Article 6, Division 3, “Planned Unit Development”.
3-209.C.2. Minimum Lot Width. Twenty five feet (25') at the narrowest point.
3-209.C.3. Lot Frontage.
a. Minimum. Twenty-five feet (25') for all lots.
b. Maximum. Fifty feet (50') for all lots, however such maximum may be increased pursuant to Article 6, Division 3, “Planned Unit Development”.
3-209.C.4. Minimum Front Yard.
a. Each lot within the AC-1 Zone District shall have a minimum front yard setback equal to the average of the front yard setback of all structures on the same block in existence at the time of passage of the ordinance from which this subsection derives (Ordinance 403, November 13, 1979), illustrated as follows, unless modified by H.A.R.C.

b. Corner lot setbacks shall be a minimum of five feet (5'), for traffic safety purposes.
3-209.C.5. Minimum Side Yard.
a. All buildings, three feet (3'), unless modified by H.A.R.C.
b. Corner lots, same as minimum front yard.
3-209.C.6. Minimum Rear Yard. All buildings, five feet (5').
a. The rear yard setback associated with a repositioned or relocated rated or non-rated THAS Secondary Structure may be reduced from five feet (5') to a minimum of zero feet (0'). A variation may be granted by H.A.R.C. provided H.A.R.C. finds the development application maintains or improves the historic rating designation of the historic structure according to the Telluride Historic and Architectural Survey and upon condition that the applicant stabilizes, improves and maintains such structure in good repair.
3-209.C.7. Minimum Floor Area. No limitation.
3-209.C.8. Maximum Floor Area. No limitation.
3-209.C.9. Maximum Building Height.
a. Principal buildings, twenty five feet (25'); provided that the maximum roof height shall not be twenty percent (20%) taller than the mean average of roof heights on principal buildings located within the same block or portion of any block located partly within the AC-1 Zone District.
b. Accessory and secondary buildings, sixteen feet (16').
3-209.C.10. Minimum Street Frontage. Twenty five feet (25') per lot.
3-209.C.11. Minimum Roof Pitch.
a. For all buildings, one (1) unit of vertical rise to four (4) units of horizontal run unless modified or otherwise required by H.A.R.C.
b. No roof may begin less than seven feet (7') from ground level.
3-209.C.12. Maximum Site Coverage.
a. For the principal structure: forty-five percent (45%).
For developments comprised solely of Hotel, Lodge, Roominghouse, Boardinghouse, or Short-term Dwelling Unit uses (excepting affordable and employee housing): fifty percent (50%).
b. For secondary and accessory structures: fifteen percent (15%).
c. The site coverage of any rated THAS Secondary Structure shall be counted as half, provided H.A.R.C. finds the development application maintains or improves the historic ratings of all historic structures on the lot, and upon condition that the applicant stabilizes, improves, and maintains such structures in good repair.
d. No lot or lots in this zone district shall have more than a total of fifty percent (50%) site coverage by all structures.
3-209.D. Off Street Parking Requirements. The following number of off street parking spaces shall be provided for each use in the Accommodations One Zone District:
3-209.D.1.a. Parking Requirements in the Accommodations One Zone District.
Use Category | Required Parking |
|---|---|
Residential Dwelling Units | 1 space per unit |
Short-Term Dwelling Units | 2 spaces for every 3 units |
Hotel, Lodge, Roominghouse, Boardinghouse | 2 spaces for every 3 units |
High Intensity Use | One space per 500 square feet of floor area |
Low Intensity Use | One space per 1,000 square feet of floor area |
Assembly Areas | One space per 500 square feet of floor area |
3-209.D.1.b. Parking Requirements for development comprised solely of Hotel, Lodge, Roominghouse, Boardinghouse, and Short-term Dwelling Units.*
Lot Area | Required Parking |
|---|---|
0- 3,000 sq. ft. | 4 spaces; or the number of spaces required in 1.a, whichever is less |
3,001- 5,000 sq. ft. | 5 spaces; or the number of spaces required in 1.a, whichever is less |
5,001- 7,000 sq. ft. | 6 spaces; or the number of spaces required in 1.a, whichever is less |
Greater than 7,000 sq.ft. | To be determined by P&Z |
*excepting affordable and employee housing
3-209.D.2. Payment-In-Lieu of Parking. Notwithstanding any provisions of this Article 3 to the contrary, the Planning Director may authorize, upon recommendation of H.A.R.C., “payment in lieu” of one (1) on site parking space on any lot which:
a. contains a rated and a non rated structure; and
b. contains a rear yard through which vehicle access to required parking is obstructed by either such structure; or
c. in the case of a corner lot, contains a side yard through which access is so obstructed.
In addition, such payment may be waived upon consent of the Town Council, upon condition that the applicant stabilizes, improves, and maintains such structures in good repair.
3-209.D.3. The Planning Director may approve tandem or stacked off street parking as provided for in Section 3-109.C.
3-210.A. Purpose. The purpose of the Accommodations Two Zone District (AC-2) is to provide an area of relatively higher densities, where visitor-oriented accommodations, housing for residents recreation facilities to serve both visitors and residents, and limited commercial uses intended to provide tourist and accommodations-related services are permitted and encouraged.
Important development considerations in the AC-2 Zone District, beyond those expressed in the area’s design guidelines, are the need to preserve and create strong pedestrian corridors, the need to anticipate and design around and for the San Miguel River and River Park Trail Corridor, the need to accommodate public transit, and the opportunity to utilize the intercept parking areas which are centrally located within the AC-2 Zone District.
3-210.B. Use Table. The uses permitted by right and the uses permitted on review in the Accommodations Two Zone District are as follows:
Accommodations Two Zone District Use Table
Uses Permitted By Right | Uses Permitted On Review |
|---|---|
1. Lodginghouses, Boardinghouses and Roominghouses (pursuant to and subject to Note 1 below) | 1. School, Church, Hospital or Public Building |
2. Multi-Family Dwelling Units | 2. One-Family Dwelling Units on lots of 5,000 sq. ft. or less |
3. Multi-Family Short-Term Dwelling Units (pursuant to and subject to Note 1 below) | 3. Two-Family Dwelling Units on lots of 5,000 sq. ft. or less |
4. Condominium-Hotel, Hotels and Conference Facilities | |
5. The following tourist-related retail commercial uses only, the total area of which shall not exceed 15% of the gross floor area of the principal structure: a. Art Gallery b. Bar c. Book Shop d. Camera Shop e. Candy, Tobacco Store f. Gift Shop g. Jewelry Store h. Liquor Store i. Restaurant j. Sporting Goods Store k. Property Management Office l. Visitor Service Office Rental and repair and storage of uses in conjunction with uses set out in this subsection. | 4. Other tourist-related retail and service commercial uses not itemized as a permitted use, or office uses. In no case shall the total area of commercial or office use exceed 15% of the gross floor area of the principal structure. |
6. One-Family Dwelling Units in Backman Village, Lots 29-33, inclusive | 5. See C.9 |
7. Designated Employee Dwelling Units and Affordable Housing Unit | 6. Parking of motor vehicles East of Davis Street |
8. Timesharing, pursuant to the provisions of Section 6-413 of this Title | |
9. Parks, Open Space and Recreational Uses | |
10. Parking of motor vehicles West of Davis Street |
Determinations and interpretations of tourist-related retail and service commercial uses may be provided by the Planning Director upon request.
3-210.C. Dimensional Limitations. The following dimensional limitations apply to all uses permitted by right and uses permitted on review in the Accommodations Two Zone District:
3-210.C.1. Minimum Lot Area. Two thousand five hundred (2,500) square feet.
3-210.C.2. Minimum Lot Width. Twenty five feet (25').
3-210.C.3. Minimum Lot Frontage. Twenty five feet (25').
3-210.C.4. Minimum Front Yard. To allow flexibility in the design process, there is no established minimum front yard within this Zone District. Setbacks will be governed by the Uniform Building Code and the requirements of H.A.R.C.
3-210.C.5. Minimum Side Yard. Same as minimum front and rear yard.
3-210.C.6. Minimum Rear Yard. Same as minimum front and side yard.
3-210.C.7. Setback to the San Miguel River, River Trail and River Park. Notwithstanding the above provisions, the following minimum setback from a property line which is adjacent to a property which is zoned or entirely dedicated for Open Space or Park and contains either the San Miguel River or River Park Trail, or from the River Park Trail or the San Miguel River in the absence of such zoning or dedication, whichever is more restrictive, shall be ten feet (10'), however, in no case shall the average setback of the building facade be less than fifteen feet (15'). For the purposes of this section, the determination of setback shall include any building or structure, or portion thereof, including decks, porches, railings and fences:

3-210.C.8. Minimum Bulk Plane. Notwithstanding the above provisions, buildings shall be set back a minimum of one (1) horizontal foot for each one and a half (1.5) vertical feet, excluding chimneys, from a property line which is adjacent to a property which is zoned or entirely dedicated for Open Space or Park and contains either the San Miguel River or River Park Trail, or from the River dedication, whichever is more restrictive.
3-210.C.9. Setback for High Intensity Use. Notwithstanding Section 3-210.B., no High Intensity Use as defined in Table 3-3 shall be permitted within a structure whose access to that use, or which use is located outside a structure, which is within fifty (50') feet of a property line of a property which is zoned or entirely dedicated for Open Space or Park and contains either the San Miguel River or River Park Trial, or fifty (50') feet from the River Park Trail or the San Miguel River in the absence of such zoning or dedication, whichever is more restrictive, unless such uses are authorized and approved by P&Z subject to the provisions of Article 6, Division 1, “Uses Permitted on Review”.
3-210.C.10. Minimum Floor Area. No limitation.
3-210.C.11. Maximum Floor Area.
a. Thirty thousand (30,000) square feet per structure.
b. Fifty thousand (50,000) square feet per structure provided:
(1) the structure is comprised of hotel, lodge, roominghouse, boardinghouse, short-term dwelling units; facilities for conferences, performing arts, or special events, provided such facilities are available to local non-profit organizations1; excepting the following: the net floor area of uses other than those listed above shall not comprise greater than thirty-five percent (35%) of the gross floor area of the structure minus floor area dedicated to affordable or employee housing.
(2) the uses within the structure are memorialized in a development agreement or instrument as approved by the Town Manager.
c. The maximums listed above may be increased pursuant to Article 6, Division 3, “Planned Unit Development” or as modified by H.A.R.C.
1"Available to local non-profit organizations" means such facility shall be available free of charge a minimum of twenty (20) days per calendar year between the hours of 6:00 a.m. and 12:00 midnight, or the number of days and times as otherwise approved by the Planning and Zoning Commission pursuant to Article 6, Division 3, "Planned Unit Development", for use by local municipal, school, religious, public service organizations, and not-for-profit educational, charitable and artistic organizations.
3-210.C.12. Maximum Building Height.
a. To preserve the views of the surrounding mountainous terrain and because higher buildings will not have as severe a visual impact if situated at the toe of the mountain as those further north from the toe of the mountain, the following sub district building height limitations are imposed:
(1) Principal structures south of the San Miguel River: forty feet (40'); provided that the highest ridge point of any roof, excluding chimneys, shall not exceed forty five feet (45') directly above the pre construction grade of the building’s site coverage, or the post-construction grade at the perimeter of the building’s site coverage (including window and door wells which extend greater than four feet (4') from the exterior perimeter of the building’s site coverage), whichever is more restrictive.
(2) Principal structures north of the San Miguel River: thirty five feet (35');
b. Notwithstanding anything in Title to the contrary, for the purposes of measuring the height of principal structures south of the San Miguel River the constant slope method of height measurement may be used for structures which have at least fifty percent (50%) of their ground coverage located on hillsides with a pre construction grade or slope of fifteen percent (15%) or greater as follows:
(1) the height of any principal building or structure shall be measured as the length of any line which is plumb from a plane located at the highest point, excluding chimneys, of coping of a flat roof, or located at the mean height level between the eaves and ridge for gable, hip, the decline of a mansard roof, or gambrel roofs, and which plane is above and parallel to the original, pre construction grade of the building’s site coverage area, or the post-construction grade at the perimeter of the building’s site coverage (including window and door wells which extend greater than four feet (4') from the exterior perimeter of the building’s site coverage), whichever is more restrictive.
c. The maximum height of principal structures may be increased, if approved pursuant to PUD review, subject to the following conditions and limitations:
(1) South of the San Miguel River, up to fifty feet (50'), with a highest ridge point not to exceed fifty five feet (55') directly above the original ground surface, excluding chimneys, provided the pitch of any roof which is fifty feet (50') or greater directly above the pre-construction grade of the building’s site coverage, or the post-construction grade at the perimeter of the building’s site coverage (including window and door wells which extend greater than four feet (4') from the exterior perimeter of the building’s site coverage), whichever is more restrictive, in whole or in part, shall be eight to twelve (8:12) or steeper.
(2) North of the San Miguel River, forty feet (40').
d. A survey of the original, pre construction grade of the building site area south of the San Miguel River shall be provided as part of any application for approval of preliminary PUD plan, H.A.R.C. Certificate of Appropriateness, building permit, or any other form of approval for construction of a building, unless previously submitted.
3-210.C.13. Minimum Roof Pitch.
a. For all buildings, one (1) unit of vertical rise to four (4) units of horizontal run unless modified or otherwise required by H.A.R.C.
b. No roof may begin less than seven feet (7') from ground level.
3-210.C.14. Maximum Ridge Line Length. No ridge of any roof may extend continuously for a length greater than 60', unless modified by H.A.R.C.
3-210.C.15. Maximum Site Coverage.
a. For lot sizes twenty thousand square feet (20,000 sq.ft.) or less, the maximum site coverage shall not exceed forty percent (40%) or when all required parking is enclosed, fifty percent (50%).
b. For lot sizes greater than twenty thousand square feet (20,000 sq. ft.),
.4 - ([(Lot Area - 20,000) x .125]) / (100,000) = Maximum Percent Site Coverage
c. For lot sizes of one hundred thousand (100,000) sq. ft. or greater, the site coverage shall not exceed thirty percent (30%).
d. If an applicant elects to provide floor area or space within a building or structure which encloses either all or a percentage of the required parking, the site coverage maximum may be increased according to the following table:
Percent of Required Spaces Provided Within a Structure | Additional Site Coverage Percentage Allowed |
|---|---|
100 | 10% |
75 | 7.5% |
50 | 5% |
25 | 2.5% |
0 | 0% |
e. Enclosed open space shall be included in calculating site coverage. Enclosed open space means the ground area which is not covered by an above grade structure, which is surrounded on more than two sides by buildings, and which is physically or visually closed to view from all adjacent rights-of-way, or public lands within the Town of Telluride.
3-210.D. Off Street Parking Requirements. The following number of off street parking spaces shall be provided for each use in the Accommodations Two Zone District:
Parking Requirements in the Accommodations Two Zone District
Use Category | Required Parking |
|---|---|
Residential Dwelling Units | 1 space per unit |
Short-term Dwelling Units | 2 spaces for every 3 units |
Hotel, Lodge, Roominghouse, Boardinghouse | 2 spaces for every 3 units |
Low Intensity Use | One space per 1,000 square feet of floor area |
High Intensity Use | One space per 500 square feet of floor area |
3-211.A. Purpose. The purpose of the Residential/Commercial Zone District (R/C) is to preserve the historic residential development pattern, uses and scale of the neighborhood and to allow long term residential uses, while providing the opportunity for limited commercial development for demanded goods and services and for limited short term rental uses. The purpose of the Gondola Corridor Overlay District (GCOD) is to maintain the historic residential scale and character, and architectural integrity of the neighborhood while providing for commercial, visitor accommodations, and residential uses consistent with the Master Plan, and to implement the Telluride Gondola Gateway Plan.
3-211.B. Use Table. The uses permitted by right and the uses permitted on review in the Residential/Commercial Zone District are as follows:
Residential/Commercial Zone District Use Table
Uses Permitted By Right | Uses Permitted On Review |
|---|---|
1. One-Family Dwelling Units | 1. School, Church, Hospital or Public Building |
2. Two-Family Dwelling Units | 2. Bar or tavern |
3. Multi-Family Dwelling Units | 3. Shop Craft Industry |
4. Condominium-Hotel, Hotels, Lodges, Boardinghouses, Roominghouses, and Short-Term Dwelling Units (pursuant to and subject to Note 2 below) | |
5. Retail Commercial Uses as listed in Note 1 | |
6. Service Commercial Uses, limited to the following and similar uses: a. business office b. catering service c. financial institution d. personal service including barber or beauty shop e. studio for arts instruction f. radio and television broadcast facilities | |
7. Recreational Club Facilities | |
8. Designated Employee Dwelling Units and Affordable Housing Units | |
9. Timesharing, pursuant to the provisions of Section 6-413 of this Title | |
10. Accessory Buildings and Uses |
Note 1: Retail commercial establishments shall be limited to the following and similar uses:
1. Antique shop
2. Appliance store
3. Art gallery
4. Art supply store
5. Automobile accessory store
6. Bakery
7. Bookstore
8. Camera shop
9. Candy, tobacco or cigarette store
10. Catalogue store
11. Clothing store
12. Decorator shop
13. Department store
14. Pharmacy
15. Florist shop
16. Food market
17. Furniture store
18. Gift shop
19. Hardware store
20. Hobby shop
21. Jewelry store
22. Job printing shop
23. Key shop
24. Liquor store
25. Pet shop
26. Paint and wallpaper store
27. Pawn shop
28. Photography shop
29. Restaurant
30. Sporting goods store
31. Stationery store
32. Variety store
Note 2: Pursuant to and subject to all applicable terms and limitations imposed in the Telluride Municipal Code Chapter 6, Article 1 (Business Licenses).
Note 3: Lots in this zone district for all Uses Permitted by Right and Uses Permitted on Review are subject to the prohibition on certain lot line vacations contained in Section 6-408.W.
3-211.C. Dimensional Limitations. The following dimensional limitations apply to all uses permitted by right and uses permitted on review in the Residential/Commercial Zone District:
3-211.C.1. Minimum Lot Area. Two thousand five hundred (2,500) square feet.
3-211.C.2. Minimum Lot Width. Twenty five feet (25') at the narrowest point.
3-211.C.3. Minimum Lot Frontage. Twenty-five feet (25') for all lots.
3-211.C.4. Minimum Front Yard.
a. Each block within the R/C Zone District shall have a minimum front yard setback requirement equal to the average of the front yard setback of all structures on the same block, unless modified by H.A.R.C.
b. Corner lot setbacks shall be a minimum of five feet (5'), for traffic safety purposes, except as identified per Section 3-211.C.5.b.iii.
3-211.C.5. Minimum Side Yard.
a. Residential/Commercial District.
(i) All buildings, three feet (3').
(ii) Corner lots, same as minimum front yard.
b. Gondola Corridor Overlay District.
(i) For lots which have widths less than fifty feet (50'), three feet (3') for all buildings.
(ii) For lots which have widths fifty feet (50') or greater, five feet (5') for all buildings; however, H.A.R.C. may modify setbacks for secondary structures to three feet (3').
(iii) For lots which abut San Juan Avenue, zero feet (0') to San Juan Avenue.
3-211.C.6. Minimum Rear Yard. All buildings, five feet (5').
a. The rear yard setback associated with a repositioned or relocated rated or non-rated THAS Secondary Structure may be reduced from five feet (5') to a minimum of zero feet (0'). A variation may be granted by H.A.R.C. provided H.A.R.C. finds the development application maintains or improves the historic rating designation of the historic structure according to the Telluride Historic and Architectural Survey and upon condition that the applicant stabilizes, improves and maintains such structure in good repair.
3-211.C.7. Primary Facade Setback. An addition in excess of one hundred (100) square feet of gross floor area to a supporting or contributing rated principal structure shall not be permitted within fifteen feet (15') of the rear of the structure’s primary facade, unless approved by H.A.R.C.
3-211.C.8. Minimum Floor Area. No limitation.
3-211.C.9. Maximum Floor Area. In no case shall the total gross floor area of any principal building for a single-family or two-family residence be greater than four thousand (4,000) square feet, and in no case shall a secondary or accessory structure to a single family or two-family residence be greater than 950 square feet. The gross floor area of any multifamily residential dwelling unit shall not exceed four thousand (4,000) square feet.
3-211.C.10. Maximum Building Height.
a. Principal Buildings.
(i) Residential/Commercial District. twenty five feet (25').
(ii) Gondola Corridor Overlay District. twenty-five feet (25'), provided that the maximum roof height shall not exceed thirty five percent (35%) of the mean average of heights of all existing principal buildings, excluding public buildings and churches, which are located within the Gondola Corridor Overlay District.
b. Accessory and secondary structures, sixteen feet (16').
3-211.C.11. Minimum Street Frontage. Twenty five feet (25') per lot.
3-211.C.12. Minimum Roof Pitch.
a. For all buildings, one (1) unit of vertical rise to four (4) units of horizontal run. H.A.R.C. may require a greater minimum roof pitch based on applicable design guidelines for the affected treatment area.
b. No roof may begin less than seven feet (7') from ground level
3-211.C.13. Maximum Site Coverage.
a. Residential/Commercial District. No limitation
b. Gondola Corridor Overlay district.
(i) Forty-five percent (45%); except that for lots which contain a rated secondary structure the site coverage of the rated THAS Secondary Structure shall count as half, provided H.A.R.C. finds the development application maintains or improves the historic ratings of all historic structures on the lots.
(ii) For lots which contain a rated THAS Primary Structure, and which have non-conforming site coverage, the site coverage of the lot may be increased by up to twenty percent (20%), provided that such increase will not, in the determination of H.A.R.C., compromise the structure’s rating.
3-211.D. Off Street Parking Requirements.
3-211.D.1. The following number of off street parking spaces shall be provided for each use in the Residential/Commercial Zone District:
a. Parking Requirements in the Residential/Commercial Zone District.
Use Category | Required Parking |
|---|---|
Residential Dwelling Units | 1 space per unit |
Short-term Dwelling Units | 2 spaces for every 3 units |
Hotel, Lodge, Roominghouse, Boardinghouse | 2 spaces for every 3 units |
High Intensity Use | One space per 500 square feet of floor area |
Low Intensity Use | One space per 1,000 square feet of floor area |
b. Parking Requirements for development comprised solely* of Hotel, Lodge, Roominghouse, Boardinghouse, and Short-term Dwelling Units in the Residential/Commercial Zone District.
Lot Area | Required Parking |
|---|---|
0 - 3,000 sq. ft. | 4 spaces; or the number of spaces required in Section 3-211.D.1.a, whichever is less |
3,001 - 5,000 sq. ft. | 5 spaces; or the number of spaces required in Section 3-211.D.1.a, whichever is less |
5,001 - 7,000 sq. ft. | 6 spaces; or the number of spaces required in Section 3-211.D.1.a, whichever is less |
Greater than 7,000 sq.ft. | To be determined by P&Z |
*excepting affordable and employee housing
c. Parking Requirements in the Gondola Corridor Overlay District.
Lot Area | Required Parking |
|---|---|
0 - 3,000 sq. ft. | Single Family Dwelling Unit, 1 space. All other uses 2 spaces, except where commercial uses are present, then 3 spaces; or the number of spaces required in 3-211.D.1.a., whichever is less. |
3,001 - 10,000 sq. ft. | Single Family Dwelling Unit, 1 space. All other uses, 3 spaces, except where commercial uses are present, then 4 spaces; or the number of spaces required in 3-211.D.1.a., whichever is less. |
Greater than 10,000 sq.ft. | Use standards of Section 3-211.D.1.a |
3-211.D.2. Payment-In-Lieu of Parking. Gondola Corridor Overlay District: Notwithstanding any provisions of this Article 3 to the contrary, the Planning Director may authorize, upon recommendation of H.A.R.C., “payment in lieu” of one (1) on site parking space on any lot which:
a. contains a rated and a non rated structure; and
b. contains a rear yard through which vehicle access to required parking is obstructed by either such structure; or
c. in the case of a corner lot, contains a side yard through which access is so obstructed
Such payment may be waived upon consent of the Town Council, upon condition that the applicant stabilizes, improves, and maintains such structures in good repair.
3-211.E. Front Yard Landscaping Requirements within Gondola Corridor Overlay District.
3-211.E.1. The following landscaping requirement shall apply to any small scale or large scale H.A.R.C. application within the GCOD. A minimum of three of the following types of trees shall be planted in the front yard prior to issuance of a certificate of occupancy: six-foot spruce (6') spruce, fifteen-foot (15') cottonwood or three-inch (3") diameter aspen. HARC may modify this requirement based on site specific development plan review.
3-211.E.2. This requirement shall only be applied one time to each lot. Suitable collateral to secure performance of the landscaping requirement, in the form of cash or a certificate of deposit, shall be posted prior to issuance of a building permit.
3-211.F. Garbage storage areas shall not be located in the front yard within the Gondola Corridor Overlay District.
3-212.A. Purpose. The purpose of the Commercial Zone District (C) is to allow land to be used for retail and service commercial establishments and uses, affordable housing, together with accommodations uses. Some recreation, multi-family residential, accessory and institutional uses may also be appropriate, especially those that strengthen the Town’s commercial core.
3-212.B. Use Table. The uses permitted by right and the uses permitted on review in the Commercial Zone District are as follows:
Commercial Zone District Use Table
Uses Permitted By Right | Uses Permitted On Review |
|---|---|
1. Retail Commercial Establishments, as listed in note 1, below | 1. Schools as limited by Note 4 below, Public Buildings and Institutional Uses |
2. Service Commercial Establishments, limited to the following and similar uses (see Note 5): a. business office b. catering service c. financial institution d. parking lot or garage e. personal service including barber or beauty shop f. radio or television broadcast facility g. studio for arts instruction | 2. Recreation and Entertainment Establishments, limited to the following and similar uses: a. billiard parlor b. business, fraternal or social club or hall c. dance hall d. ice or roller skating rink |
3. Rental, repair and wholesaling facilities, in conjunction with permitted retail commercial and service commercial establishments, provided all such activity is clearly incidental to the permitted use and conducted within a building | 3. Shop Craft Industry |
4. Condominium-Hotel, Hotels, Lodges, Roominghouses, Boardinghouses, Short-Term Dwelling Units (pursuant to and subject to Note 6 below) | 4. Vehicle Repair Shops, as defined in Article 2, Division 1 |
5. Storage of materials accessory to permitted uses 1, 2, 3 & 4 above, provided all such storage is located within a structure | 5. See C.10 |
6. One-Family Dwelling Units in Backman Village Subdivision, Lots 1 through 28, inclusive | |
7. Multi-Family Dwelling Units: a. on lots greater than 5,875 square feet, per notes 2 and 3; b. on lots 5,875 square feet or less, per note 2 | |
8. Parks, Open Space and Recreational Uses | |
9. Designated Employee Dwelling Units and Affordable Housing Units; see note 2 | |
10. Parking of motor vehicles | |
11. Timesharing, pursuant to the provisions of Section 6-413 of this Title | |
12. Mixed Use Development: a. on lots greater than 5,875 square feet, per notes 2 and 3; b. on lots 5,875 square feet or less, per note 2 |
Note 1: Retail commercial establishments shall be limited to the following and similar uses:
1. Antique shop | 18. Furniture store |
2. Appliance store | 19. Gift shop |
3. Art gallery | 20. Hardware store |
4. Art supply store | 21. Hobby shop |
5. Automobile accessory store | 22. Jewelry store |
6. Bakery | 23. Job printing shop |
7. Bar | 24. Key shop |
8. Bookstore | 25. Liquor store |
9. Camera shop | 26. Pet shop |
10. Candy, tobacco or cigarette store | 27. Paint and wallpaper store |
11. Catalogue store | 28. Pawn shop |
12. Clothing store | 29. Photography shop |
13. Decorator shop | 30. Restaurant |
14. Department store | 31. Sporting goods store |
15. Drugstore | 32. Stationery store |
16. Florist shop | 33. Variety store |
17. Food market | 34. Medical marijuana facility and retail marijuana establishment |
Note 2: Restriction on Residential Dwelling Uses.
No residential use as defined in Table B as Uses Permitted by Right B.7 shall be permitted within the first or ground floor of a building or structure (that floor which is closest to the elevation of the adjacent street), unless such use is set back an average of thirty-five (35') from the front exterior wall of the building or structure as measured perpendicularly from the front exterior wall. In no case shall such use be closer than twenty feet (20') from the front exterior wall. Such setback may be modified by the Planning and Zoning Commission pursuant to Article 6, Division 3, “Planned Unit Development,” or varied by the Planning and Zoning Commission pursuant to Article 6, Division 2, “Variances.” For the purposes of this section, the “front exterior wall” of building or structure shall mean that wall which establishes the front yard, or in the absence of a front yard, the front lotline. Also, for the purpose of this section, the “front lotline” shall mean the frontage along the street with the shortest linear frontage for lots which have more than one street frontage.
Note 3: The floor area of such residential dwelling units, excepting floor area restricted as affordable housing and designated employee dwelling units, shall not exceed 35% of gross floor area of all structures per lot unless modified pursuant to Article 6, Division 3, “Planned Unit Development” and in no case greater than 65%. See graphic representation (below) which illustrates how to calculate the floor area of residential dwelling units for the purpose of conformance with this note.

Note 4: The P&Z shall deny an application for a public school as a use permitted on review if it determines (1) the proposed school meets the definition of a school as provided for in Section 44-3-103 of Colorado Revised Statutes; and (2) allowing such a school will prohibit the establishment or continuing operation of an establishment that serves alcohol pursuant to the Distance Requirements set forth in Section 6-2-160 of the Municipal Code.
Note 5: The East 300 Block of Colorado Avenue between Willow and Alder, is subject to the Vitality [Use] Setback in Section 3-213.E. and the Service Commercial Limit in Section 3-213.F. It is also subject to the Service Commercial Uses, Use Permitted by Right found in Section 3-213.B of the Historic Commercial Use Table.
3-212.C. Dimensional Limitations. The following dimensional limitations apply to all uses permitted by right and uses permitted on review in the Commercial Zone District:
3-212.C.1. Minimum Lot Area. Two thousand five hundred (2,500) square feet.
3-212.C.2. Maximum Lot Area.
a. Eleven thousand seven hundred and fifty (11,750) square feet unless modified pursuant to Article 6, Division 3, “Planned Unit Development”.
b. No limitation provided the development is comprised of hotel, lodge, roominghouse, boardinghouse, short-term dwelling units; facilities for conferences, performing arts, or special events, provided such facilities are available to local non-profit organizations1; excepting the following: the net floor area of uses other than those listed above shall not comprise greater than thirty five percent (35%) of the gross floor area of the structure minus floor area dedicated to affordable or employee housing. The uses within such structure(s) shall be memorialized in a development agreement or instrument as approved by the Town Manager.
1"Available to local non-profit organizations" means such facility shall be available free of charge a minimum of twenty (20) days per calendar year between the hours of 6:00 a.m. and 12:00 midnight, or the number of days and times as otherwise approved by the Planning and Zoning Commission pursuant to Article 6, Division 3, "Planned Unit Development", for use by local municipal, school, religious, public service organizations, and not-for-profit educational, charitable and artistic organizations.
3-212.C.3. Minimum Lot Width. Twenty-five feet (25').
3-212.C.4. Minimum Lot Frontage. Twenty-five feet (25') for all lots.
3-212.C.5. Minimum Front Yard. No limitation.
3-212.C.6. Minimum Side Yard. No limitation.
3-212.C.7. Minimum Rear Yard. All buildings, five feet (5'), provided this requirement shall not be applied so as to prohibit below grade structures within the rear yard setback.
a. The rear yard setback associated with a repositioned or relocated rated or non-rated THAS Secondary Structure may be reduced from five feet (5') to a minimum of zero feet (0'). A variation may be granted by H.A.R.C. provided H.A.R.C. finds the development application maintains or improves the historic rating designation of the historic structure according to the Telluride Historic and Architectural Survey and upon condition that the applicant stabilizes, improves and maintains such structure in good repair.
3-212.C.8. Setback to the San Miguel River, River Trail and River Park. Notwithstanding the above provisions, the following minimum setback from a property line which is adjacent to a property which is zoned or entirely dedicated for Open Space or Park and contains either the San Miguel River or River Park Trail, or from the River Park Trail or the San Miguel River in the absence of such zoning or dedication, whichever is more restrictive, shall be ten feet (10'), however, in no case shall the average setback of the building facade be less than fifteen feet (15'). For the purposes of this section, the determination of setback shall include any building or structure, or portion thereof, including decks, porches, railings and fences.

3-212.C.9. Minimum Bulk Plane. Notwithstanding the above provisions, buildings shall be set back a minimum of one (1) horizontal foot for each one and a half (1.5) vertical feet, excluding chimneys, from a property line which is adjacent to a property which is zoned or entirely dedicated for Open Space or Park and contains either the San Miguel River or River Park Trail, or from the River dedication, whichever is more restrictive.
3-212.C.10. Setback for High Intensity Use. Notwithstanding Section 3-212.B., no High Intensity Use as defined in Table 3-4 shall be permitted within a structure whose access to that use, or which use is located outside a structure, which is within fifty (50') feet of a property line which is adjacent to a property which is zoned or dedicated for Open Space or Park and contains either the San Miguel River or River Park Trial, or fifty (50') feet from the River Park Trail or the San Miguel River in the absence of such zoning or dedication; whichever is more restrictive, unless such uses are authorized and approved by P&Z subject to the provisions of Article 6, Division 1, “Uses Permitted on Review”.
3-212.C.11. Maximum Primary Facade Width. Fifty feet (50'), unless modified by H.A.R.C. In no case shall such modified width exceed seventy five feet (75').
3-212.C.12. Minimum Floor Area. No limitation.
3-212.C.13. Maximum Floor Area.
a. All buildings, above grade floor area to lot area ratio shall not exceed one point five to one (1.5:1), except as provided below.
b. In calculating such ratio, that square footage of floor area shall be excluded which is designed and built to provide exclusively for the storage or parking of motor vehicles.
c. The maximum floor area may be increased above the one point five to one (1.5:1) ratio, but not greater than two-to-one (2:1); provided, that the additional floor area between one point five to one (1.5:1) and two to one (2:1) is restricted to commercial use, or accommodation use.
d. The maximum floor area may be increased above the one point five to one (1.5:1) ratio, but not greater than two point two five to one (2.25:1); provided, that the additional floor area between one point five to one (1.5:1) and two point two five to one (2.25:1) is restricted to designated employee dwelling unit(s), or affordable housing units(s).
e. The gross floor area of any on-site affordable housing unit that is required by the development of the lot and provided to satisfy the affordable housing requirement of the site development shall be exempt from the gross floor area limitations as set forth in this section but only if hotel uses comprise a minimum of fifty percent (50%) of the gross floor area of the on-site development. Should on-site affordable housing in excess of the requirement be provided, and is not associated with satisfying the mitigation requirements of other development, then the excess on-site affordable housing gross floor area shall also be exempt from the gross floor area calculation of all structures per lot provided all other regulations are met.
For the purposes of this subsection:
(1) The gross floor area of any hotel unit shall be traditional in size; the maximum hotel unit size shall not exceed nine hundred (900) square feet; the average hotel unit size shall not exceed six hundred (600) square feet; and no hotel unit shall include a kitchen.
(2) The hotel portion of the on-site development shall be deed restricted in perpetuity to hotel use and shall survive foreclosure by legal instrument to the satisfaction of the Town Attorney.
(3) The hotel use shall not be condominiumized except as a single unit.
f. The maximum floor area may be increased above the one point five to one (1.5:1) ratio, but not greater than two point two five to one (2.25:1) pursuant to Article 6, Division 3, “Planned Unit Development.”
g. Covered or enclosed open space shall be included in calculating floor area. “Covered or enclosed open space” means ground area which does not permanently provide at the pedestrian level unobstructed access to light and air, or which is roofed, heated, or physically, psychologically, or visually closed to public access and view.
h. For lots with fifty (50) feet of frontage or less, a minimum of one thousand (1,000) square feet of net floor area of ground floor commercial use for each twenty-five (25) linear feet of frontage shall be provided. The commercial use shall be increased or decreased proportionally for every linear feet greater or less than twenty-five (25) feet. For lots with frontage greater than fifty (50) feet, this requirement can be varied pursuant to a “planned unit development.” For lots that have more than one street frontage, this requirement applies to the shortest linear street frontage which would also constitute the front lot line. Developments comprised solely of hotel, school as permitted by review, public facility as permitted by review, or institutional use as permitted by review, are exempt from this requirement.
i. The gross floor area of any multifamily residential dwelling unit shall not exceed four thousand (4,000) square feet.
3-212.C.14. Maximum Building Height.
a. All buildings, thirty five feet (35') provided that the maximum height may be increased up to forty feet (40'), if approved pursuant to the PUD process.
b. The height of the primary facade of a building shall be not less than sixteen feet (16').
c. Upon review and approval of H.A.R.C., the building height may be increased to forty feet (40'), provided that the maximum above grade floor area to lot area ratio shall not exceed a ratio of one point two to one (1.2:1), regardless of any other LUC requirements including, but not limited to, parking and employee housing.
d. Upon review and approval of H.A.R.C., an architectural element may be located on top of a building, provided that the element may not extend more than twenty percent (20%) beyond the highest point of the building. No element shall exceed one hundred fifty (150) square feet of gross floor area or ten percent (10%) of the structure’s ground coverage, whichever is less.
(1) No such element shall be permitted if it substantially reduces or blocks an adjacent structure’s access to light or air.
(2) No building shall be allowed more than one (1) architectural element.
(3) The burden of proof shall be on the applicant to establish how the excess in height will benefit the neighborhood and the Town.
(4) In determining whether to approve an architectural element, H.A.R.C. shall consider, but not be limited to, such site conditions as large lot size, placement of the structure on the lot, the relationship and proximity to adjacent neighboring structures, major street intersections and dead end streets, and whether the element would create a positive focal point.
e. The height of a structure rated as “contributing” or “supporting” by the Telluride Historic and Architectural Survey may be increased if the applicable following requirements are met:
(1) The height increase is necessary to replace an architectural element historically associated with the structure during the “period of significance”; or
(2) For buildings which have existing primary facade heights of twenty feet (20') or less, the addition is stepped back from the primary facade a minimum of four (4) horizontal feet for each one (1) vertical foot of increase in height; for buildings which have existing primary facade heights of greater than twenty feet (20'), the addition is stepped back from the primary facade a minimum of three (3) horizontal feet for each one (1) vertical foot of increase in height; and
(3) Is stepped back from side streets and side alley rights-of-way a minimum of two (2) horizontal feet for each one (1) vertical foot of increase in height.
Height increases authorized pursuant to this subsection C.14.e shall not be subject to compliance with the requirements of subsection C.14.d of this Section.
f. The height of all roof mounted mechanical and service equipment shall be counted in determining building height.
g. Renewable energy fixtures and equipment are permitted to project above building roof membrane for existing buildings provided H.A.R.C. finds that the following items are complied with:
(1) The visual impacts of active solar collection devices shall be subservient to the historic integrity and visual characteristics of the building.
(2) Screening that is consistent with design guidelines shall be provided to shield fixtures that are in the sight line of the street or alley at which they are viewed.
(3) All fixtures and equipment shall be located in the least visible location possible while maintaining the efficiency of the solar panels proposed. For example, PV shingles and propanel/standing seam integrated products can be used to achieve minimal visibility.
Furthermore, renewable energy fixtures and equipment are permitted to project above the building roof membrane for existing buildings provided that:
(4) Renewable energy fixture and equipment heights do not exceed three feet (3') if more than seventy-five percent (75%) of the roof is covered with panels.
(5) Fixture and equipment heights do not exceed four feet (4') if fifty percent to seventy-four and nine-tenths percent (50% to 74.9%) of the roof is covered with panels.
(6) Fixture and equipment heights of up to five feet (5') are permitted if less than fifty percent (50%) of the roof is covered with panels.
(7) All fixtures shall be installed in a manner that conforms to the Uniform Building Code, and roof load engineering may be required.
(8) All fixtures and equipment shall possess an anti-reflective top coating, such as TOPS (tempered glass tefzel glazing) or titanium dioxide. All metal surfaces shall be a matte finish.
(9) Top-of-pole ground mounts shall be permitted on the ground provided H.A.R.C. finds that:
(a) Fencing or screening is provided surrounding the fixtures.
Furthermore, renewable energy fixtures and equipment shall be permitted provided that:
(b) The fixture(s) conform to all setbacks.
(c) The highest portion of the ground-mounted fixtures does not exceed six feet (6').
(d) Fixtures are located in the rear third of the structure or site.
h. Renewable energy fixtures and equipment that are incorporated into new structures shall be permitted to project above building height limits provided H.A.R.C. finds that the following items are complied with:
(1) The visual impacts of active solar collection devices shall be subservient to the historical integrity and visual characteristics of the building.
(2) For new structures, renewable energy fixtures shall be incorporated into the design of the building to minimize their appearance.
(3) Screening that is consistent with design guidelines shall be provided to shield fixtures that are in the sight line of the street or alley at which they are viewed.
(4) All fixtures shall be located in the least visible location possible while maintaining the efficiency of the solar panels proposed. For example, PV shingles and propanel/standing seam integrated products can be used to achieve minimal visibility.
Furthermore, renewable energy fixtures and equipment that are incorporated into new structures shall be permitted to project above building height limits provided that:
(5) Two feet above allowable height limits will be permitted if H.A.R.C. determines that appropriate screening is provided.
(6) All fixtures and equipment shall possess an anti-reflective top coating, such as TOPS (tempered glass tefzel glazing) or titanium dioxide. All metal surfaces shall be a matte finish.
(7) All fixtures shall be installed in a manner that conforms to the Uniform Building Code, and roof load engineering may be required.
(8) Top-of-pole ground mounts shall be permitted on the ground provided H.A.R.C. finds that:
(a) Fencing or screening is provided surrounding the fixtures.
Furthermore, renewable energy fixtures and equipment shall be permitted provided that:
(b) The fixture(s) and equipment conform to all appropriate setbacks.
(c) The highest portion of the ground-mounted fixture(s) does not exceed six feet (6').
(d) Fixture(s) and equipment are located in the rear third of the structure or site.
i. H.A.R.C. may allow heights for elevator over-runs in excess of the maximum building height as established in the LUC, or as approved by PUD, for up to an additional six feet (6') for a total area of no more than four hundred (400) square feet or two and one-half percent (2.5%) of the lot area, whichever is less, provided such over-runs are not visible from adjacent public rights-of-way, river park corridor or parks.
3-212.C.15. Minimum Roof Pitch. No limitation except roofs of buildings located on lots with frontage on Colorado Avenue shall be flat unless otherwise permitted or required by H.A.R.C.
3-212.C.16. Maximum Site Coverage. No limitation.
3-212.C.17. Minimum Ceiling Height. For all buildings located on lots with frontage on Colorado Avenue, the minimum height of the lowest finished ceiling above sidewalk grade shall be not less than eleven and three-quarters feet (11.75') measured from the average sidewalk grade along the building frontage to the bottom of the ceiling, such minimum to apply within an area extending into the building a distance of twenty-five feet (25') from the Colorado Avenue property line.
3-212.D. Off Street Parking Requirements. The following number of off street parking spaces shall be provided for each use in the Commercial Zone District:
3-212.D.1. Parking Requirements in the Commercial Zone District.
Use Category | Required Parking |
|---|---|
Residential Dwelling Units | 1 space per unit |
Short-Term Dwelling Units | 2 spaces per every 3 units |
Hotel, Lodge, Roominghouses, Boardinghouses | 2 spaces for every 3 units |
High Intensity Use | One space per 500 square feet of floor area |
High Intensity Use: Restaurants | No spaces required |
Low Intensity Use | One space per 1,000 square feet of Net Floor Area |
3-212.D.2.
Parking Requirements for development comprised solely* of Hotel, Lodge, Roominghouse, Boardinghouse, and Short-term Dwelling Units for Lots less than 6,000 sq.ft.
Lot Area | Required Parking |
|---|---|
0 - 3,000 sq. ft. | 4 spaces; or the number of spaces required in Section 3-212.D.1, whichever is less |
3,001 - 5,999 sq. ft. | 5 spaces; or the number of spaces required in Section 3-212.D.1, whichever is less |
*excepting affordable and employee housing
3-212.E. Payment-In-Lieu of Parking. The Planning Director may approve an application for payment-in-lieu of parking for up to two (2) parking spaces required for commercial use or accommodations use.
3-213.A. Purpose. The purpose of the Historic Commercial (“HC”) Zone District is to allow land to be used for retail commercial, service commercial, affordable housing and accommodation purposes, with development designed in a manner which preserves, maintains, and enhances the historical character and scale of existing structures within the zone district, especially historically-rated structures. Some recreation, together with accessory and institutional uses may also be appropriate, especially those that strengthen the Town’s commercial core.
3-213.B. Use Table. The uses permitted by right and the uses permitted on review in the Historic Commercial Zone District are as follows:
Historic Commercial Zone District Use Table
Uses Permitted By Right | Uses Permitted On Review |
|---|---|
1. Retail Commercial Establishments, as limited to the uses listed in Note 1 below. | 1. Schools as limited in Note 3 below, Public Facilities and Institutional Uses |
2. Service Commercial Uses, limited to the following uses and subject to the Vitality [Use] Setback in Section 3-213.E and the 20% Service Commercial Limit in Section 3-213.F: a. business office b. professional office c. catering service d. financial institution e. personal service including barber or beauty shop f. radio or television broadcast facility g. studio for arts instruction h. similar uses as the above list as approved in writing by the Planning Director. | 2. Recreation and entertainment establishments, limited to the following and similar uses: a. billiard parlor b. business, fraternal or social club c. dance hall d. ice or roller skating rink |
3. Rental, repair and wholesaling uses, in conjunction with and accessory uses to the permitted Retail Uses and Service Commercial Uses, provided all such activity is clearly an Accessory Use to the permitted use and conducted within a building subject to the limitations set forth in Sections 3-213.E and 3-213.F. | |
4. Accommodation Uses including Condominium-Hotel, Hotels, Lodges, Rooming Houses, Boarding Houses, Short-Term Dwelling Units (pursuant to and subject to Note 4 below). | |
5. Storage of materials as an accessory use to the uses as permitted in Numbers 1, 2, 3 and 4 above, subject to the limitations set forth in Sections 3-213.E and 3-213.F. | |
6. Town owned and operated Parks, Open Space and Recreational Uses | |
7. Multi-Family Dwelling Units subject to the Vitality Use Setback in Section 3-213.E. Such units on lots greater than 6,250 square feet are subject to the limitation in Note 2 | |
8. Mixed Use Development subject to the Vitality Use Setback in Section 3-213.E. Such units on lots greater than 6,250 square feet are subject to the limitation in Note 2 | |
9. Designated Employee Dwelling Units and Affordable Housing Units subject to the Vitality [Use] Setback in Section 3-213.E | |
10. Time Sharing, pursuant to the provisions of Section 6-413 of this Title subject to the Vitality [Use] Setback in Section 3-213.E and the limitation in Note 2. | |
11. Parking of motor vehicles subject to the Vitality [Use] Setback in Section 3-213.E and the limitation in Note 2. |
Note 1: Retail commercial establishments shall be limited to the following list, and similar uses to this list as approved in writing by the Planning Director:
1. Antique shop
2. Appliance or electronics store
3. Art gallery
4. Art supply store
5. Automobile accessory store
6. Bakery
7. Bar
8. Bookstore
9. Camera shop
10. Candy or ice cream store
11. Clothing store
12. Decorator shop
13. Department store
14. Drug store
15. Florist shop
16. Food Market
17. Furniture store
18. Gift shop
19. Hardware store
20. Hobby shop
21. Jewelry store
22. Copy shop and associated retail sales
23. Liquor store
24. Movie Theater
25. Pet shop
26. Paint and wallpaper store
27. Photography shop
28. Restaurant
29. Sporting goods store
30. Medical marijuana facility and retail marijuana establishment
Note 2: The floor area of such residential dwelling units, excepting floor area restricted as affordable housing and designated employee dwelling units, shall not exceed 35% of gross floor area of all structures per lot, unless modified pursuant to Article 6, Division 3, “Planned Unit Development” and in no case greater than 65%. See graphic representation (below) which illustrates how to calculate the floor area of residential dwelling units for the purpose of conformance with this note.

Note 3: The P&Z shall deny an application for a public school as a use permitted on review if it determines (1) the proposed school meets the definition of school as provided for in Section 44-3-103 of Colorado Revised Statutes; and (2) allowing such a school will prohibit the establishment or continuing operation of an establishment that serves alcohol pursuant to the Distance Requirements set forth in Section 6-2-160 of the Municipal Code.
3-213.C. Dimensional Limitations. The following dimensional limitations apply to all uses permitted by right and uses permitted on review in the Historic Commercial Zone District:
3-213.C.1. Minimum Lot Area. Two thousand five hundred (2,500) square feet.
3-213.C.2. Maximum Lot Area. Eleven thousand seven hundred and fifty (11,750) sq. ft. unless modified pursuant to Article 6, Division 3, “Planned Unit Development”.
3-213.C.3. Minimum Lot Width. Twenty-five feet (25').
3-213.C.4. Minimum Lot Frontage. Twenty-five feet (25') for all lots.
3-213.C.5. Minimum Front Yard.
a. All buildings, zero feet (0').
b. Buildings shall be constructed to the front property line at full facade height. A third (3rd) floor may be set back from the front lot line upon approval of H.A.R.C.
c. The front yard setback may be increased by H.A.R.C.
3-213.C.6. Minimum Side Yard. No limitation.
3-213.C.7. Minimum Rear Yard. All buildings, five feet (5'), provided this requirement shall not be applied so as to prohibit below grade structures within the rear yard setback.
a. The rear yard setback associated with a repositioned or relocated rated or non-rated THAS Secondary Structure may be reduced from five feet (5') to a minimum of zero feet (0'). A variation may be granted by H.A.R.C. provided H.A.R.C. finds the development application maintains or improves the historic rating designation of the historic structure according to the Telluride Historic and Architectural Survey and upon condition that the applicant stabilizes, improves and maintains such structure in good repair.
3-213.C.8. Maximum Primary Facade Width. Fifty feet (50'), unless modified by H.A.R.C. In no case shall such width exceed seventy five feet (75').
3-213.C.9. Minimum Floor Area. No limitation.
3-213.C.10. Maximum Floor Area.
a. All buildings, above-grade floor area to lot area ratio shall not exceed one point five to one (1.5:1), except as provided below.
b. In calculating such ratio, that square footage of floor area shall be excluded which is designed and built to provide exclusively for the storage or parking of motor vehicles.
c. The maximum floor area may be increased above the one point five to one (1.5:1) ratio, but not greater than two to one (2.0:1); provided, that the additional floor area between one point five to one (1.5:1) and two to one (2.0:1) is restricted to commercial use.
d. The maximum floor area may be increased above the one point five to one (1.5:1) ratio, but not greater than two point two five to one (2.25:1); provided, that the additional floor area between one point five to one (1.5:1) and two point two five to one (2.25:1) is restricted to designated employee dwelling unit(s), or affordable housing units(s).
e. The gross floor area of any on-site affordable housing unit that is required by the development of the lot and provided to satisfy the affordable housing requirement of the site development shall be exempt from the gross floor area limitations as set forth in this section but only if hotel uses comprise a minimum of fifty percent (50%) of the gross floor area of the on-site development. Should on-site affordable housing in excess of the requirement be provided, and is not associated with satisfying the mitigation requirements of other development, then the excess on-site affordable housing gross floor area shall also be exempt from the gross floor area calculation of all structures per lot provided all other regulations are met.
For the purposes of this subsection:
(1) The gross floor area of any hotel unit shall be traditional in size; the maximum hotel unit size shall not exceed nine hundred (900) square feet; the average hotel unit size shall not exceed six hundred (600) square feet; and no hotel unit shall include a kitchen.
(2) The hotel portion of the on-site development shall be deed restricted in perpetuity to hotel use and shall survive foreclosure by legal instrument to the satisfaction of the Town Attorney.
(3) The hotel use shall not be condominiumized except as a single unit.
f. The maximum floor area may be increased above the one point five to one (1.5:1) ratio, but not greater than two point two five to one (2.25:1) pursuant to Article 6, Division 3, “Planned Unit Development.”
g. Covered or enclosed open space shall be included in calculating floor area. “Covered or enclosed open space” means ground area which does not permanently provide at the pedestrian level unobstructed access to light and air, or which is roofed, heated, or physically, psychologically, or visually closed to public access and view.
h. A minimum of one thousand (1,000) square feet of net floor area ground floor commercial use (including retail commercial and service commercial uses as permitted by the vitality use setback regulations found at Section 3-213.E.) for each twenty-five (25) linear feet of frontage shall be provided. The commercial use shall be increased or decreased proportionally for every linear foot greater or less than twenty-five (25) feet. The commercial use required by this section cannot be further subdivided in ownership resulting in a commercial use unit smaller than one thousand (1,000) square feet. However, this section does not otherwise regulate the owner’s ability to have more than one tenant or more than one commercial use contained within the unit. This section requirement is to be applied in addition to the vitality setback requirements found at Section 3-213.E. Developments comprised solely of hotel, school as permitted by review, public facility as permitted by review, or institutional use as permitted by review, are exempt from this requirement. For lots that have more than one street frontage, this requirement applies to the shortest linear street frontage which would also constitute the front lot line.
i. The gross floor area of any multifamily residential dwelling unit shall not exceed four thousand (4,000) square feet.
3-213.C.11. Maximum Building Height.
a. All buildings, thirty five feet (35') provided that the maximum height may be increased up to forty feet (40'), if approved pursuant to the PUD process.
b. The height of the primary facade of a building shall not be less than sixteen feet (16').
c. Upon review and approval of H.A.R.C., the building height may be increased to forty feet (40'), provided that the maximum above grade floor area to lot area ratio shall not exceed a ratio of one point two to one (1.2:1), regardless of any other LUC requirements including, but not limited to, parking and employee housing.
d. Upon review and approval of H.A.R.C., an architectural element may be located on top of a building, provided that the element may not extend more than twenty percent (20%) beyond the highest point of the building. No element shall exceed one hundred fifty (150) square feet of gross floor area or ten percent (10%) of the structure’s ground coverage, whichever is less.
(1) No such element shall be permitted if it substantially reduces or blocks an adjacent structure’s access to light or air.
(2) No building shall be allowed more than one (1) architectural element.
(3) The burden of proof shall be on the applicant to establish how the excess in height will benefit the neighborhood and the Town.
(4) In determining whether to approve an architectural element, H.A.R.C. shall consider, but not be limited to, such site conditions as large lot size, placement of the structure on the lot, the relationship and proximity to adjacent neighboring structures, major street intersections and dead end streets, and whether the element would create a positive focal point.
e. The height of a structure rated as “contributing” or “supporting” by the Telluride Historic and Architectural Survey shall not be increased unless one of the following requirements are met:
(1) the height increase is necessary to replace an architectural element historically associated with the structure during the “period of significance”; or
(2) for buildings which have existing primary facade heights of twenty (20) feet or less, the addition is stepped back from the primary facade facing Colorado Avenue a minimum of four (4) horizontal feet for each one (1) vertical foot of increase in height; for buildings which have existing primary facade heights of greater than twenty (20) feet, the addition is stepped back from the primary facade facing Colorado Avenue a minimum of three (3) horizontal feet for each one (1) vertical foot of increase in height; and
(3) is stepped back from side streets and side alley rights-of-way a minimum of two (2) horizontal feet for each one (1) vertical foot of increase in height.
f. The height of all roof mounted mechanical and service equipment shall be counted in determining building height.
g. Renewable energy fixtures and equipment are permitted to project above building roof membrane for existing buildings provided Historic Architectural Review Commission finds that the following items are complied with:
(1) The visual impacts of active solar collection devices shall be subservient to the historic integrity and visual characteristics of the building.
(2) Screening that is consistent with design guidelines shall be provided to shield fixtures that are in the sight line of the street or alley at which they are viewed.
(3) All fixtures and equipment shall be located in the least visible location possible while maintaining the efficiency of the solar panels proposed. For example, PV shingles and propanel/standing seam integrated products can be used to achieve minimal visibility.
Furthermore, renewable energy fixtures and equipment are permitted to project above the building roof membrane for existing buildings provided that:
(4) Renewable energy fixture and equipment heights do not exceed three (3) feet if more than seventy-five percent (75%) of the roof is covered with panels.
(5) Fixture and equipment heights do not exceed four (4) feet if fifty percent to seventy-four and nine tenths percent (50% to 74.9%) of the roof is covered with panels.
(6) Fixture and equipment heights of up to five (5) feet are permitted if less than fifty percent (50%) of the roof is covered with panels.
(7) All fixtures shall be installed in a manner that conforms to the Uniform Building Code, and roof load engineering may be required.
(8) All fixtures and equipment shall possess an anti-reflective top coating, such as TOPS (Tempered glass tefzel glazing) or titanium dioxide. All metal surfaces shall be a matte finish.
(9) Top-of-pole ground mounts shall be permitted on the ground provided Historic Architectural Review Commission finds that:
(a) Fencing or screening is provided surrounding the fixtures.
Furthermore, renewable energy fixtures and equipment shall be permitted provided that:
(b) The fixture(s) conform to all setbacks.
(c) The highest portion of the ground-mounted fixtures does not exceed six (6) feet.
(d) Fixtures are located in the rear third of the structure or site.
h. Renewable energy fixtures and equipment that are incorporated into new structures shall be permitted to project above building height limits provided Historic Architectural Review Commission finds that the following items are complied with:
(1) The visual impacts of active solar collection devices shall be subservient to the historical integrity and visual characteristics of the building.
(2) For new structures, renewable energy fixtures shall be incorporated into the design of the building to minimize their appearance.
(3) Screening that is consistent with design guidelines shall be provided to shield fixtures that are in the sight line of the street or alley at which they are viewed.
(4) All fixtures shall be located in the least visible location possible while maintaining the efficiency of the solar panels proposed. For example, PV shingles and propanel/standing seam integrated products can be used to achieve minimal visibility.
Furthermore, renewable energy fixtures and equipment that are incorporated into new structures shall be permitted to project above building height limits provided that:
(5) Two feet above allowable height limits will be permitted if Historic Architectural Review Commission determines that appropriate screening is provided.
(6) All fixtures and equipment shall possess an anti-reflective top coating, such as TOPS (Tempered glass tefzel glazing) or titanium dioxide. All metal surfaces shall be a matte finish.
(7) All fixtures shall be installed in a manner that conforms to the Uniform Building Code, and roof load engineering may be required.
(8) Top-of-pole ground mounts shall be permitted on the ground provided Historic Architectural Review Commission finds that:
(a) Fencing or screening is provided surrounding the fixtures.
Furthermore, renewable energy fixtures and equipment shall be permitted provided that:
(b) The fixture(s) and equipment conform to all appropriate setbacks.
(c) The highest portion of the ground-mounted fixture(s) does not exceed six (6) feet.
(d) Fixture(s) and equipment are located in the rear third of the structure or site.
3-213.C.12. Minimum Roof Pitch. Roofs shall be flat, unless otherwise permitted or required by H.A.R.C.
3-213.C.13. Maximum Site Coverage. No limitation.
3-213.C.14. Minimum Ceiling Height. For all buildings located on lots with frontage on Colorado Avenue, minimum height of the lowest finished ceiling above sidewalk grade shall not be less than eleven and three-quarters feet (11.75') measured from the average sidewalk grade along the building frontage to the bottom of the ceiling, such minimum to apply within an area extending into the building a distance of twenty-five feet (25') from the Colorado Avenue property line.
3-213.D. Off Street Parking Requirements. The following number of off street parking spaces shall be provided for each use in the Historic Commercial Zone District:
3-213.D.1. Parking Requirements in the Historic Commercial Zone District.
Use Category | Required Parking |
|---|---|
Residential Dwelling Units | 1 space per unit |
Short-term Dwelling Units | 2 spaces per every 3 units |
Hotel, Lodge, Roominghouses, Boardinghouses | 2 spaces for every 3 units |
High Intensity Use | One space per 500 square feet of Net Floor Area |
High Intensity Use: Restaurant | No space required |
Low Intensity Use | One space per 1,000 square feet of Net Floor Area |
3-213.D.2. Any above grade parking shall be located in the rear yard.
3-213.D.3. Vehicular access to on site parking will be permitted only through the rear yard, or through the side yard adjacent to the rear year.
3-213.D.4. Payment-In-Lieu of Parking. The Planning Director may approve an application for payment-in-lieu of parking for up to two (2) parking spaces required for commercial uses or accommodation use.
3-213.E. Vitality Setback.
3-213.E.1. To ensure the vitality of the Historic Commercial Zone District, no Service Commercial Uses (Section 3-213.B.2), rental repair and wholesaling uses (Section 3-213.B.3), Storage Uses (Section 3-213.B.5), Multi-family Dwelling Units (Section 3-213.B.7), Designated Employee Dwelling Units and Affordable Housing Units (Section 3-213.B.8), Timesharing Uses (Section 3-213.B.9) and Parking Uses (Section 3-213.B.11) shall be permitted unless such use is
a. Located within a Basement, or on the level above the Ground Floor, but not on a Mezzanine Level. For the purposes of this Section only, the term “basement” means a space located completely below the Ground Floor or below a Mezzanine Level.
b. If located on the Ground Floor, such use shall be setback an average of thirty-five (35') from the front exterior wall of the building or structure as measured perpendicularly from the front exterior wall. In no case shall such use be closer than twenty feet (20') from the front exterior wall. Such setback may be modified by the Planning and Zoning Commission pursuant to Article 6, Division 3, “Planned Unit Development.” For the purposes of this section, the “front exterior wall” of building or structure shall mean that wall which establishes the Front Yard, or in the absence of a Front Yard, the front lot line. Also, for the purpose of this section, the “front lot line” shall mean the frontage along the street with the shortest linear frontage for lots which have more than one street frontage.
3-213.E.2. Exceptions. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Town may permit 1) Service Commercial Uses and accessory uses related thereto (3-213.B.3 and 3-213.B.5) on the Ground Floor pursuant to the requirements of Section 3-213.F; and 2) Parking Uses on vacant lots prior to development provided such parking areas are approved pursuant to the requirements of this Title. A Public Facility is exempt from the requirements of Section 3-213.E and 3-213.F subject to obtaining the requisite use permitted on review approval from the Town pursuant to the requirements of this Title.
3-213.F. Service Commercial Limit. A Service Commercial Use established after September 28, 2007 may be located on the Ground Floor within the 35 foot average setback as provided for in Section 3-213.E only if the requirements of this Section are met.
3-213.F.1. Maximum Allowable Service Commercial Use Building Frontage. The total lineal Building Frontage dedicated to Service Commercial Uses in the Commercial Core shall not exceed 625 lineal feet (“Service Commercial Limit”). For the purposes of this regulation, the Commercial Core is defined as the geographic area that includes all properties fronting or abutting onto Colorado Avenue extending from Aspen to Alder streets.
a. The Service Commercial Limit may be increased on a site-by-site basis pursuant to Article 6, Division 3, “Planned Unit Development” if a site is vacant land being developed or if a building or group of buildings is proposed for demolition and complete redevelopment. If the Planning and Zoning Commission increases the Service Commercial Limit through the PUD process, such increase shall be: i) reflected in this Section of the LUC by through the Code amendment process; and ii) restricted to the property affected by the PUD, and not transferable within the Commercial Core. The P&Z shall only be able to increase the Service Commercial Limit as provided for in this subsection if it finds such increase will not detract from the overall vitality of the Commercial Core, and the overall PUD adds to the vitality of the Commercial Core.
b. The 625 lineal feet permitted by the Service Commercial Limit is based on the Building Frontage dedicated to Service Commercial Uses found in July of 2007, and represents the Town’s desire to maintain the status quo of frontage dedicated to such uses, and to promote community vitality.
3-213.F.2. Availability of Frontage. Any available frontage within the Service Commercial Limit shall be available on a first-come, first-served basis, and the Town shall not maintain a waiting list for prospective Service Commercial Use businesses.
3-213.F.3. Certificate of Zoning Compliance for New or Expanded Service Commercial Uses Required.
3-213.F.4. Prior to the establishment of a new Service Commercial Use in the Commercial Core, or prior to the expansion of an existing Service Commercial Use in the Commercial Core, a person shall submit a written request for obtaining a Certificate of Zoning Compliance from the Planning Department to confirm that the Service Commercial Limit for the Commercial Core will not be exceeded.
a. Once issued, the Certificate of Zoning Compliance shall be valid for a maximum of 90 days, and the permitted Service Commercial Use must be under significant construction or open to the public for business in accordance with the requirements of this Title and the Municipal Code prior to the expiration of the 90 day time period. In any event, a business shall be open to the public within 120 days of the issuance of a Certificate of Zoning Compliance.
b. The Planning Director may issue a written extension of a Certification of Zoning Compliance not to exceed thirty days if the applicant has submitted a written request that documents good cause for the extension, such as, but not limited to, the length of time needed to obtain a building permit.
c. If a Service Commercial Use business is not under significant construction or open to the public for business within 120 days of the issuance of the Certificate of Zoning Compliance, or as provided for in any extension as set forth above, the Certificate of Zoning Compliance for such business shall become null and void, and any available Service Commercial Use frontage within the Service Commercial Limit shall be available on a first come, first served basis.
d. Except as provided for in subsection 3-213.F.1.a, a Certificate of Zoning Compliance shall not be issued by the Planning Department if the Service Commercial Limit would be exceeded by a requested business.
3-213.F.5. Land Use Inventory. The Planning Department shall maintain and update a land use inventory and analysis of the Commercial Core that analyzes the Building Frontage and type of business. This inventory will be utilized as the foundation to permitting future businesses within the Commercial Core, and the foundation to ensuring a business is not established in the Commercial Core in contravention of these regulations.
3-213.F.6. Communication and Education. The Planning Department shall strive to communicate and educate property and business owners in the Commercial Core of the requirements of this Section.
3-215.A. Purpose.
3-215.A.1. To manage open space lands subject to deeds of conservation easements (“Conservation Easements”) in accordance with the terms of the conservation easements that have been placed on the lands.
3-215.A.2. To allow land adjacent to or apart from Historic Preservation Overlay Zone District (HPOD) to act as a transition between the HPOD and the developed and undeveloped areas outside the HPOD.
3-215.A.3. The Open Space CE zone district shall be applied only to land owned by the Town of Telluride, acquired for open space purposes and subject to Conservation Easements.
3-215.A.4. The Town shall manage, review and approve or disapprove permitted and prohibited uses, activities and improvements, including Development, pursuant to applicable provisions of this Code, and in strict accordance with the terms of the Conservation Easement and any associated management plan. Notwithstanding any provisions of the Telluride Municipal Code or LUC to the contrary, all signs and landscaping shall be reviewed by Town Staff, following a review and recommendation from the Open Space Commission, for conformance with the Conservation Easement and any associated management plan and not other provisions of this Code.
3-215.B. Dimensional Limitations. There are no dimensional limitations applicable in the Open Space CE Zone District.
3-216.A. Purpose. The purpose of the Open Space Zone District (OS) is to preserve land in its natural character for public or private use or enjoyment. The District is intended to preserve significant natural features, view corridors and environmentally sensitive lands. Natural or informal plantings are preferred for lands in the district.
In addition to large undeveloped areas at the edge of Town, along the River Park Trail corridor and under federal ownership, this district is intended to be applied to open space created by clustering buildings.
The Open Space Zone District shall be applied only to land dedicated to or owned by the Town, or to private property, upon consent of its owner.
Active recreation uses such as play fields, campgrounds, court installations, activity centers, permanent buildings and any other similar uses are not permitted within the Open Space Zone District.
3-216.B. Use Table. The uses permitted by right and the uses permitted on review in the Open Space Zone District are as follows:
Open Space Zone District Use Table
Uses Permitted By Right | Uses Permitted On Review |
|---|---|
1. Open Space uses, which include the retention of land in its natural state or the provision of such uses which are compatible with the natural state and the natural environment, including but not limited to walking and hiking trails, nature trails and rehabilitating land to its natural state | 1. Vehicular bridges and roads, provided such facilities shall be closed to public traffic which traverses the Town Park to serve other areas; pedestrian bridges |
2. Necessary public and private utilities and access thereto | |
3. Fences for the protection of certain natural features and other uses permitted on review. Fences shall be limited to a height of 36", unless otherwise approved by H.A.R.C. | |
4. River front uses, which include but are not limited to walking, hiking, and skiing trails, occasional benches and other passive uses | |
5. Flood control activities limited to proper rip rap or control measures using natural vegetation |
3-216.C. Dimensional Limitations. There are no dimensional limitations applicable to the uses permitted by right and uses permitted on review in the Open Space Zone District.
3-216.D. Off Street Parking Requirements. There are no off street parking requirements applicable to uses in the Open Space Zone District.
3-217.A. Purpose. The purpose of the Park Zone District (P) is to establish areas throughout Town to be used by the public for active and passive recreation, including organized sports, games, fishing, walking and picnics.
3-217.B. Use Table. The uses permitted by right and the uses permitted on review in the Park Zone District are as follows.
Park Zone District Use Table
Uses Permitted By Right | Uses Permitted On Review |
|---|---|
1. Recreation sites devoted to public recreation, including but not limited to facilities such as play grounds, play fields, campgrounds, swimming pools, golf courses, tennis courts, basketball courts and similar court installations, and skateboard ramps | 1. Riding ring, track, stables, and similar facilities |
2. Buildings and uses as approved in the Telluride Park Master Plan | 2. Municipal utility building for park purposes |
3. Art Facilities | 3. Parking areas |
4. Open Space | 4. Vehicular bridges and roads, provided such facilities shall be closed to public traffic which traverses the Town Park to serve areas outside of the Park; pedestrian bridges |
5. Caretaker’s dwelling | 5. Necessary access for underground public utilities and easements |
6. Fences, hedges or walls, as defined in Article 2, Division 1. | 6. Fences for the protection of certain natural features. Fences shall be limited to a height of 36". |
7. River Park Trail Corridor uses, which include but are not limited to walking, hiking, and skiing trails, bike paths, occasional benches and other passive uses | |
8. Flood control activities limited to rip rap and control measures using natural vegetation | |
9. One-Family Dwelling Unit, located on pre-existing private in-holdings or within existing structures |
3-217.C. Dimensional Limitations. The following dimensional limitations apply to all uses permitted by right and uses permitted on review in the Park Zone District:
3-217.C.1. Minimum Lot Area. One family residences on private land, two thousand five hundred (2,500) square feet; all other uses, no limitation.
3-217.C.2. Minimum Lot Width. No limitation.
3-217.C.3. Minimum Lot Frontage. No limitation.
3-217.C.4. Minimum Front Yard. All buildings, twenty feet (20').
3-217.C.5. Minimum Side Yard. All buildings, three feet (3').
3-217.C.6. Minimum Rear Yard. No limitation.
3-217.C.7. Minimum Floor Area. No limitation.
3-217.C.8. Maximum Floor Area.
a. Two thousand five hundred (2,500) square feet per dwelling unit;
b. For all other public uses, as approved by H.A.R.C. in conformance with the Park Master Plan.
3-217.C.9. Maximum Building Height.
a. Principal buildings, twenty five feet (25');
b. Town Park Main Stage, located in accordance with the Telluride Town Park Master Plan, forty feet (40');
c. Upon review and approval of H.A.R.C., an architectural element, above the 40'limit, may be located on or adjacent to the Town Park Main Stage, provided that the element may not extend more than twenty percent (20%) beyond the highest point of the structure. No element shall exceed six hundred fifty (650) square feet of gross floor area or fifteen percent (15%) of the structure’s ground coverage, whichever is less.
(1) No such element shall be permitted if it substantially reduces or blocks an adjacent structure’s access to light or air.
(2) No building shall be allowed more than two (2) architectural elements.
(3) The burden of proof shall be on the applicant to establish how the excess in height will benefit the neighborhood and the Town.
(4) In determining whether to approve an architectural element, H.A.R.C. shall consider, but not be limited to, such site conditions as large lot size, placement of the structure on the lot, the relationship and proximity to adjacent neighboring structures, major street intersections and dead-end streets, and whether the element would create a positive focal point.
3-217.D. Accessory buildings, sixteen feet (16').
3-217.D.1. Minimum Roof Pitch. One unit of vertical rise to four units of horizontal run, (1:4), unless otherwise approved or required by H.A.R.C.
3-217.D.2. Maximum Site Coverage. No limitation.
3-217.E. Off Street Parking Requirements. The following number of off street parking spaces shall be provided for each use in the Park Zone District:
Parking Requirements in the Park Zone District
Use Category | Required Parking |
|---|---|
All Residential Dwelling Units | 1 space per dwelling unit |
Assembly Areas | One space per 500 square feet of floor area |
3-218.A. Purpose. The intent of the Public Purpose Zone District is to provide an area for a limited type of public facilities. Such facilities may include public transportation-related facilities, parking and other public uses and limited commercial uses on review.
Important development considerations in this Zone District, beyond those expressed in the area’s design guidelines, are the need to preserve and create strong pedestrian corridors, the need to anticipate and design around and for the San Miguel River and River Park Trail Corridor, the need to accommodate public transit, and the opportunity to utilize the intercept parking areas which are located within the Public Purpose Zone District.
3-218.B. Use Table. The uses permitted by right and the uses permitted on review in the Public Purpose Zone District are as follows.
Public Purpose Zone District Use Table
Uses Permitted By Right | Uses Permitted On Review |
|---|---|
1. Parking, including festival parking | 1. Conference facilities and structures |
2. Public transit offices, stations and other uses to support transit uses | 2. Public utilities |
3. Public transit corridors | 3. Transit-related vending from temporary structures and carts |
4. Medical center | 4. Transit-related commercial uses necessary to support uses on the property |
5. Education facilities | 5. Other public buildings and facilities |
6. Recreation facilities | |
7. Affordable and employee housing | |
8. Community center | |
9. General governmental services | |
10. Open space administration and maintenance facilities |
3-218.C. Dimensional Limitations. The following dimensional limitations apply to all uses permitted by right and uses permitted on review in the Public Use Zone District:
3-218.C.1. Minimum Lot Area. 10,000 square feet, or as modified pursuant to Article 6, Division 3, “Planned Unit Development”.
3-218.C.2. Minimum Lot Width. 50 feet, or as approved by HARC.
3-218.C.3. Minimum Lot Frontage. 50 feet, or as approved by HARC.
3-218.C.4. Setback to Colorado Avenue. 30 feet.
3-218.C.5. Minimum Front Yard. To allow flexibility in the design process, there is no established minimum front yard within this Zone District. Setbacks will be governed by the Uniform Building Code and the requirements of H.A.R.C. and the Design Guidelines applicable to the property.
3-218.C.6. Minimum Side Yard. Same as minimum front and rear yard.
3-218.C.7. Minimum Rear Yard. Same as minimum front and side yard.
3-218.C.8. Minimum Floor Area. No limitation.
3-218.C.9. Maximum Floor Area. Thirty thousand (30,000) square feet per structure, however such maximum may be increased pursuant to Article 6, Division 3, “Planned Unit Development”. For the purposes of this section, square footage of vehicular parking areas which are enclosed or covered shall be counted in the determination of floor area.
3-218.C.10. Maximum Building Height.
a. Thirty-five feet (35'), except within two hundred (200) feet of Colorado Avenue, in which the maximum building height is sixteen feet (16').
b. Structures may be approved to forty (40) feet in height, if approved through the Planned Unit Development provisions of Section 6-301 et seq.
3-218.C.11. Minimum Roof Pitch. For all buildings, one (1) unit of vertical rise to four (4) units of horizontal run unless modified or otherwise required by H.A.R.C.
3-218.C.12. Maximum Site Coverage. For principal and accessory buildings, forty (40) per cent. The maximum site coverage may be increased to a maximum of fifty (50) percent pursuant to Article 6, Division 3, “Planned Unit Development”. The maximum site coverage may be increased to a maximum of seventy-five (75) per cent pursuant to Article 6, Division 3, “Planned Unit Development” provided the site coverage increase is attributable to buildings and structures constructed to enclose or cover motor vehicles.
3-218.D. Lighting Standards. All outdoor illumination shall meet the following conditions:
3-218.D.1. All exterior lighting shall be shielded in such a manner that the entire luminous flux is directed downward. In no case shall the luminous flux be directed onto off-site uses or structures.
3-218.D.2. A lighting plan indicating the location, type, intensity and height of all fixtures and luminaries shall be submitted for review and approval by HARC as part of any application for development approval.
3-218.E. Landscape Standards. All applications for development approval within this zone district shall be required to submit a landscape plan for HARC approval. H.A.R.C. or the H.A.R.C. Chairperson may refer the landscape plan to the Environmental Commission for its review and recommendation on technical environmental issues relative to the site. Such items shall include species types, affects of the proposed action on hydrology, water use and other factors relating to use of the natural environment.
3-218.F. Off Street Parking Requirements. The following number of off-street parking spaces shall be provided for each use within this zone district:
Parking Requirements in the Public Purpose Zone District
Use Category | Required Parking |
|---|---|
High Intensity Commercial Use | One space per 500 square feet of floor area |
Low Intensity Commercial Use | One space per 1000 square feet of floor area |
Vehicle Repair | One space per 200 square feet of area usable for repair work, exclusive of storage and equipment |
Residential Dwelling Unit | One Space per unit |
3-218.G. Bicycle Parking.
3-218.G.1. Required Bicycle Parking Spaces. A number equal to least ten percent of the required off-street parking spaces or ten percent of the automobile parking spaces provided on-site, whichever is greater, shall be provided on-site.
3-218.G.2. Required Facilities. Bicycle parking facilities shall be provided which:
a. Shall allow storage and locking of bicycles in lockers or security racks or equivalent installation in which both the bicycle frame and the wheels may be locked by the user;
b. Be designed so as not to cause damage to the bicycle.
c. Such facilities shall be located in convenient and accessible areas but shall not interfere with pedestrian movements.
3-218.H. Basements Prohibited. Basement spaces and structures within groundwater (excepting structural piers, piles or columns, and geothermal equipment).
3-219.A. Purpose. The purpose of the West Hillside Zone District (WH) is to allow land adjacent to or apart from Historic Preservation Overly Zone District (HPOD) to be used for regional residential purposes and accessory uses. The zone district is outside the HPOD and acts as a transition between the HPOD and the developed and undeveloped areas outside the HPOD. The development in the zone district is to be compatible with existing developments and open space in the area. Development in this zone district is expected to differ in character, scale and density from development in the HPOD. New developments are expected to integrate design elements that promote the clustering of lots and units, the provision of open space and trail amenities, the establishment and expansion of alternative transportation linkages, and the mitigation of geological hazards.
3-219.B. Use Table. The uses permitted by right and the uses permitted on review in the WH are as follows:
West Hillside Zone District Use Table
Uses Permitted By Right | Uses Permitted On Review |
|---|---|
1. One-Family Dwelling Units. | 1. Two-Family Dwelling Units |
2. One-Family Dwelling Unit with a Designated Employee Dwelling Unit or Affordable Housing Unit attached or detached to the primary dwelling. | 2. Multi-family |
3. Accessory Buildings and Uses | 3. Home Occupations |
4. Trails, parks, and open space | |
5. Short-Term Rentals pursuant to Article 3, Division 6 (pursuant to and subject to Note 1 below) |
3-219.C. Dimensional Limitations. The following dimensional limitations apply to all uses permitted by right and uses permitted on review in the WH zone:
3-219.C.1. Minimum Lot Area. Minimum lot area shall be two thousand five hundred and fifty (2,550) square feet per lot.
3-219.C.2. Maximum Density.
a. For two-family dwelling units and multi-family units the maximum density shall be two thousand five hundred and fifty (2,550) square feet of lot area per dwelling unit.
b. For each designated employee dwelling unit or affordable housing provided the total number of units allowed in 3-219.C.2.a may be increase by one.
3-219.C.3. Minimum Lot Width. Thirty feet (30').
3-219.C.4. Minimum Lot Frontage. Thirty feet (30').
3-219.C.5. Minimum Front Yard. Five feet (5').
3-219.C.6. Minimum Side Yard. All buildings Five feet (5').
3-219.C.7. Minimum Rear Yard. All buildings Fifteen feet (15').
3-219.C.8. Minimum Floor Area. No Limitation.
3-219.C.9. Maximum Primary Facade Width. Twenty five feet (25') without a minimum offset of four (4) feet.
3-219.C.10. Maximum Floor Area. Four thousand (4,000) gross square feet, inclusive of principal, accessory, and secondary buildings.
3-219.C.11. Maximum Building Height.
c. The maximum building height of a principal buildings located more than 50' from Colorado Avenue, shall be thirty five feet (35'); however, no portion of any building, excluding gas chimneys, shall exceed a height of forty vertical feet (40') above the pre-construction grade of a building’s site coverage or the post-construction grade at the perimeter of the building’s site coverage (including window and door wells which extend greater than four feet (4') from the building’s site coverage perimeter) whichever is more restrictive.
d. The maximum building height of a principal buildings or portion of the building located less than 50' from Colorado Avenue, shall be twenty five feet (25'); however, no portion of any building, excluding gas chimneys, shall exceed a height of thirty vertical feet (30') above the pre-construction grade of a building’s site coverage or the post-construction grade at the perimeter of the building’s site coverage (including window and door wells which extend greater than four feet (4') from the building’s site coverage perimeter) whichever is more restrictive.
e. Accessory and secondary buildings, twenty feet (20'); however, no portion any building, excluding gas chimneys, shall exceed a height of thirty (25) feet vertically above the pre-construction grade of the building’s site coverage or the post-construction grade at the perimeter of the building’s site coverage (including window and door wells which extend greater than four feet (4') from the building’s site coverage perimeter) whichever is more restrictive.
3-219.C.12. Minimum Street Bulk Plane. Buildings, shall be set back a minimum of one (1) horizontal foot for each two and a half (2.5) vertical feet, excluding chimneys, overhangs, and railing, from the street (front) Property Line;
3-219.C.13. Minimum Roof Pitch. For all buildings, one (1) unit of vertical rise to four (4) units of horizontal run. Notwithstanding the foregoing, roof areas with less than one (1) unit of vertical rise to four (4) units of horizontal run shall be allowed provided 1) the total flat roof area does not exceed 25% of the total roof area; and 2) the flat roof areas are not located on the highest main roof or main ridge. This limitation on flat roof areas does not apply to decks that are not over living or garage space, which do not have a limitation. Other roof forms may be approved by the HARC through the small scale HARC application process.
3-219.C.14. Maximum Site Coverage.
a. Total for all buildings shall be thirty-six percent (36%), unless increased by Planning and Zoning Commission during subdivision plat review. Covered porches shall be limited to five percent (5%) of total lot area.
b. For structures that have at least fifty percent (50%) of their site coverage located within fifty feet (50') of West Colorado Avenue, the total for all buildings shall be forty percent (40%), unless increased by Planning and Zoning Commission during subdivision plat review. Covered porches shall be limited to five percent (5%) of total lot area.
c. For structures that have at least fifty percent (50%) of their site coverage located on hillsides with a pre-construction grade or slope of twenty percent (20%) or greater, the total for all buildings shall be forty percent (40%), unless increased by Planning and Zoning Commission during subdivision plat review. Covered porches shall be limited to five percent (5%) of total lot area.
3-219.D. Additional Development Requirements. The following additional requirements shall apply to all development in the West Hillside Zone District.
3-219.D.1. Grading Permit.
a. A grading permit shall be required pursuant to Chapter 70 of the Uniform Building Code for all grading done within this zone district. The grading shall show proposed location of roads, the right-of-way width, roadbed width, grade and proposed surface treatment.
b. When reviewing the grading plans submitted with the application for a grading permit, the Building Official may require a report prepared by a registered civil engineer as to the adequacy of safeguards provided against the hazard of rocks dislodged during the grading operation.
3-219.D.2. Access Roads.
a. If new access roads are proposed, other than existing roads, (not including unused platted streets), a separate grading permit shall be required for their construction.
b. In addition to meeting the requirements for a grading permit, as specified in Chapter 70 of the Uniform Building Code, the applicant, where applicable, shall also provide the following information to Planning and Zoning Commission:
(1) If the proposed roads are not on existing street rights-of-way, a statement explaining if such roads will be private or offered to be dedicated to the Town;
(2) A report prepared by a registered civil engineer as to the adequacy of safeguards provided against the hazard of rocks dislodged during the roadbed grading operation.
3-219.D.3. Geologic and Flood Hazard Reports. In areas where development is proposed that has been or may be designated by the Town Council as being in any area of local or state interest or being an activity of local or state interest, a reports shall be prepared and reviewed in accordance with Article 8 of this Title.
3-219.E. Off Street Parking Requirements. Each primary dwelling unit shall require two parking spaces (9'x18') and each designated employee dwelling unit shall require one space. At the time of P&Z review of a Subdivision Plat, P&Z shall approve a parking plan demonstrating compliance with this parking requirement. Required parking may be provided either by off-street or on street spaces, and may be covered or uncovered.
3-220.A. Purpose. The purpose of the Cemetery District (“CD”) is to provide appropriate zoning and associated standards for the Lone Tree Cemetery District (“District”). The zone district is within the Historic Preservation Overlay District (“HPOD”) and within the Telluride Historic Landmark District (“THLD”). It s intended that the CD provide simple, basic regulations that allow for a cemetery and accessory uses associated with the Lone Tree Cemetery District.
3-220.B. Use Table. The uses permitted by right and the uses permitted on review in the CD are as follows.
Cemetery Zone District Use Table
Uses Permitted By Right | Uses Permitted On Review |
|---|---|
1. Cemetery. | |
2. Accessory Buildings, structures and uses |
3-220.C. Dimensional Limitations. The following dimensional limitations apply to all buildings permitted by right and uses permitted on review in the CD zone:
3-220.C.1. Minimum Lot Area. No limitation.
3-220.C.2. Maximum Density. No dwelling units allowed.
3-220.C.3. Minimum Lot Width. No limitation.
3-220.C.4. Minimum Lot Frontage. No limitation.
3-220.C.5. Minimum Front Yard. All buildings twenty-five feet (25'). Burial plots and associated monuments/headstones should be located a minimum of 10 feet from the perimeter fence, which setback shall be administered by the District.
3-220.C.6. Minimum Side Yard. All buildings twenty-five feet (25'). Burial plots and associated monuments/headstones should be located a minimum of 10 feet from the perimeter fence, which setback shall be administered by the District.
3-220.C.7. Minimum Rear Yard. All buildings twenty-five feet (25'). Burial plots and associated monuments/headstones should be located a minimum of 10 feet from the perimeter fence, which setback shall be administered by the District.
3-220.C.8. Minimum Floor Area. No Limitation.
3-220.C.9. Maximum Floor Area. No limitation provided open character of cemetery and National Landmark District character are maintained.
3-220.C.10. Maximum Building Height. 25 feet
3-220.C.11. Maximum Site Coverage. No limitation provided open character of cemetery and THLD character are maintained.
3-220.D. Certain Exemption from Historic Preservation Overlay District.
3-220.D.1. Landscape alterations, headstones, fencing, signage for the cemetery, mausoleums and monuments are exempt from the need to obtain a Certificate of Appropriateness pursuant to the requirements of the HPOD.
3-220.D.2. Buildings that contain floor area or an open columbarium require evaluation pursuant to the HPOD.
3-221.A. Purpose. The purpose of the Affordable Housing West Zone District (AHW) is to encourage land to be utilized for affordable and employee housing, and energy efficient (including net zero1) development. The zone district standards are intended to provide flexibility towards these development goals, and development in this zone district is expected to differ in character, scale and density from development in the Historic Preservation Overlay Zone District (HPOD). The zone district is outside the HPOD, and new developments are expected to integrate design elements that promote the clustering of lots and buildings, the provision of open space, connections to regional transportation, and the mitigation of geological hazards.
3-221.B. Use Table. The uses permitted by right and the uses permitted on review in the Affordable Housing West Zone District (AHW) are as follows:
Affordable Housing West Zone District Use Table
Uses Permitted by Right | Uses Permitted on Review |
|---|---|
1. Designated Employee Dwelling Units and Affordable Housing Units. The following unit types are permitted: a. One-Family Dwelling Units b. Two-Family Dwelling Units c. Three-Family Dwelling Units d. Multi-family Dwelling Units e. Boarding Houses | 1. Public Buildings and Uses |
2. Accessory Buildings and Uses | |
3-221.C. Dimensional Limitations. The following dimensional limitations apply to all uses permitted by right and uses permitted on review in the AHW zone:
3-221.C.1. Minimum Lot Area. Minimum lot area shall be one thousand five hundred (1,500) square feet per lot.
3-221.C.2. Minimum Lot Width. None.
3-221.C.3. Minimum Lot Frontage. None.
3-221.C.4. Minimum Front Yard. To allow flexibility in the design process, there is no established minimum front yard within this zone district. Setbacks will be governed by the International Building Code.
3-221.C.5. Minimum Side Yard. Same as minimum front and rear yard.
3-221.C.6. Minimum Rear Yard. Same as minimum front and side yard.
3-221.C.7. Minimum Floor Area. No limitation.
3-221.C.8. Maximum Floor Area. No limitation.
3-221.C.9. Maximum Building Height.
a. Forty feet (40');
b. For developments which are net zero on annual basis, forty-five feet (45').
3-221.C.10. Minimum Roof Pitch. No limitation.
3-221.C.11. Maximum Site Coverage. Forty percent (40%), or fifty percent (50%) if all required parking is enclosed.
3-221.D. Additional Development Requirements. The following additional requirements shall apply to all development in the Affordable Housing West District (AHW):
3-221.D.1. Geologic and Flood Hazard Reports. In areas where development is proposed that has been or may be designated by the Town Council as being in any area of local or state interest or being an activity of local or state interest, a report shall be prepared and reviewed in accordance with Article 8.
3-221.D.2. Fences.
a. Fencing shall be “wildlife friendly fences” in compliance with Colorado Parks and Wildlife (CPW) fencing standards.
b. Wildlife exclosures for gardens or composting areas that are accessory to residences may exceed three and one-half inches (3 ½"). Fencing for geohazard mitigation shall be permitted as required by Article 8.
3-221.E. Parking Requirements. The following number of parking spaces shall be provided for each use in the Affordable Housing West District:
Parking Requirements in the Affordable Housing West District (AHW)
1Net zero means producing enough energy (through the use of methods such as solar panels or passive design) to offset the energy consumed on an annual basis.
3-301.A. Purpose. The Town of Telluride Street and Utility Requirements are established to achieve the following purposes: 1) outline the manner in which new development and redevelopment will complete public improvements within adjacent or proposed public rights-of-way; 2) implement the “Design Standards and Construction Specifications for Construction in the Right of Way & Connections to Public Utilities (“Right-of-Way Specifications”); 3) implement the “Town of Telluride Manual of Streetscape Standards” (“Streetscape Standards”); and protect the public health, safety, and welfare through the regulation of new pedestrian access, access driveways, curb cuts, street addressing, public utility work, drainage infrastructure, and placement of fuel storage tanks.
3-301.B. List of Standards and Applicability. This Division contains standards and procedures with respect to pedestrian and vehicular access, general right-of-way improvements, street addressing and installation of utilities and fuel storage tanks. Applicable standards shall be met by each development within the Town of Telluride.
3-301.C. Amendment to the Right-of-Way Specifications and Streetscape Standards. The Town may amend the Right-of-Way Specifications and Streetscape Standards without an amendment to this Title. Such amendments shall require a recommendation from HARC and the Planning and Zoning Commission (“P&Z”) with final action by Town Council. Public notice shall be a Level 2 Notice according to the provisions of 5-204.C.
3-302.A. General. The arrangement, character, extent, and location of all streets shall conform to the Telluride Master Plan.
3-302.B. Improvements Required.
3-302.B.1. All abutting streets or pedestrian rights of way shall be improved by the applicant at the time of issuance of either 1) a building permit for new development, or redevelopment exceeding twenty five percent (25%) of the value of the existing improved property; or 2) concurrent with other development reviews as required by this Title (subdivision review, PUD review, use permitted on review, etc.). The improvements that may be required by the Town are intended to mitigate impacts directly attributable to the development.
3-302.B.2. The scope of right-of-way improvements appropriate to an adjacent street shall include: 1) up to the half width of a street right-of-way more than twenty-two (22) feet; 2) the entire width of street right-of-way twenty-two (22) feet or less; and 3) the entire width of any abutting alley, bike path, sidewalk, or pedestrian ways. The installation of improvements shall be dependent on the need for said infrastructure upgrades in the vicinity.
3-302.B.3. Water and wastewater extensions shall also be completed pursuant to Title 13 of the Telluride Municipal Code.
3-302.C. Procedure for Determining Improvements. A determination of the type, location, and extent of public improvements for a new development or redevelopment shall be completed by applying the provisions of Section 3-302.B., and the completion of one of the following two procedures:
3-302.C.1. Prior to issuance of a preliminary or final development approval, the Planning and Public Works Departments shall complete the following tasks:
a. Determine the type, location, and extent of improvements necessary to serve the development and to meet the Right-of-Way Specifications and Streetscape Standards.
b. Require development to be consistent with the Right-of-Way Specifications and the Streetscape Standards unless the Public Works Department determines that consistency is determined to be infeasible, or the Public Works Department determines an alternative design:
(i) Meets the Goals and Objectives of the Streetscape Standards; and
(ii) The proposed design has been prepared by a Colorado Registered Professional Engineer or other qualified professional approved by the Public Works Department.
c. Compare the existing condition of rights-of-way abutting the applicant’s property to the standards and designs specified for that right-of-way within the Right-of-Way Specifications and Streetscape Standards.
d. If a new or reconfigured right-of-way is proposed, the existing or proposed condition of any proposed or existing rights of way shall also be compared with the standards and designs specified for that right-of-way in the Right-of-Way Specifications and Streetscape Standards.
e. After consultation with the Public Works Department, the applicant shall complete a list and cost estimate of the improvements to the existing or proposed public right-of-way adjacent to its property, necessary to achieve consistency with the Right-of-Way Specifications and Streetscape Standards unless other designs have been approved by the Public Works Department per Section 3-302.C.1.b of this Division.
f. Confirm the contents of the list and estimate.
g. The list and estimate shall constitute work required to be completed by the applicant prior to issuance of a Certificate of Occupancy, or at such other date as may be arranged, and such list shall be incorporated into an improvements agreement that has a form and content approved by the Town. If public improvements are documented through a subdivision improvements agreement pursuant to Section 6-409 of this Title, a separate improvements agreement shall not be required.
3-302.C.2. The applicant may request a review of the determination of appropriate public improvements completed under Section 3-302.C.1 from the Telluride Planning and Zoning Commission (“P&Z”). When requested by an applicant in conjunction with a related development review, such as a subdivision, PUD, or Use or Activity Permitted on Review, HARC application or a building permit, concurrent review by the P&Z shall be required. The P&Z’s criteria for review shall include an assessment of impacts of the development that can reasonably be attributed to the development proposed, using the following information
a. Projected vehicular and pedestrian traffic count increase on the Town’s street system.
b. Type, condition, and capacity of the street system to serve the proposed development.
c. Total number of vehicles and pedestrians projected to serve the development.
d. On and off-site parking to be supplied.
e. Condition of existing street infrastructure, including its ability to minimize air and water quality degradation.
f. Location of existing or proposed public transit service.
g. Consistency with the Right-of-Way Specifications unless an alternative design has been reviewed and approved by the Public Works Department per the provisions of Section 3-302.C.1.b of this Division.
h. Consistency with the Streetscape Standards unless an alternative design has been reviewed and approved by the Public Works Department per the provision of Section 3-302.C.1.b of this Division.
i. Any other factors unique to the site or vicinity.
3-302.D. Procedures for Securing and Documenting Completion of Improvements. The completion of right-of-way improvements shall be secured by a suitable financial arrangement and an improvements agreement as required by Section 3-302.C.1.g of this Division. If right-of-way improvements are not appropriate at the time of building permit issuance or prior to issuance of a Certificate of Occupancy, an improvements agreement may be required by the Town in accordance with 3-302.C.1.g of this Division.
3-303.A. Purpose. The purpose and intent of these access requirements is to ensure that a permit not be issued for a building lot unless the lot has a lawfully established right of vehicular ingress and egress. Access to the lot must be of a standard and condition to safely and adequately accommodate the type and volume of traffic that currently uses the access, plus any increase in traffic that may be added by the permitted use. The term “traffic” includes emergency and fire fighting equipment and vehicles.
3-303.B. Adequate Vehicular Access Required. No person shall establish any new use or change the use located upon a lot unless a lawfully established route of adequate vehicular access, including both ingress and egress, to said lot is available. Adequate vehicular access shall only be determined subsequent to a determination of the intended use of the affected parcel of land. Intended use of the land shall be determined through an approval of development on the affected parcel by P&Z, HARC or the Planning Director, as applicable. Modification of design or access standards may be allowed under Article 6, Division 4, the Planned Unit Development process. A road or driveway must also be one of the following
3-303.B.1. A road maintained by the Town of Telluride, San Miguel County, or the State Highway Department. All new driveways or other access points onto publicly maintained right of way must be constructed in accordance with an access permit issued by the Town of Telluride. Where direct access is onto a road maintained by San Miguel County or the State Highway Department, an approved building permit shall satisfy this access permit requirements.
3-303.B.2. A public right of way that has been dedicated to the public and accepted as such by the Town or San Miguel County but which is not maintained by a public agency, or a road that has been found by the Town to be a public road in accordance with state statute, but which is not maintained by a public agency. However, in order to qualify as adequate access all such public roads must:
a. Be constructed to minimum driveway standards as set forth in Section 3-303.B.3 for that portion of the road that has a traffic volume with the permitted use of less than one hundred and fifty (150) Average Daily Traffic (ADT) as determined by the Public Works Department and as specified in the Right-of-Way Specifications, as hereafter may be amended. Responsibility for developing a traffic count shall be the developer’s according to procedures approved by the Public Works Department. In either case, the Public Works Department may, if deemed necessary, require road plans prepared by a Colorado Registered Professional Engineer.
b. Have access points to the public maintained road system constructed in accordance with access permits issued by the Town, San Miguel County or the State Highway Department, or other public agency.
c. Be subject to a maintenance waiver signed by the lot owner acknowledging that the Town does not maintain the roads and that the Town or area residents may form an improvement district for the purpose of constructing the roads to Town standards for public maintenance. This document shall be recorded with the San Miguel County Clerk and Recorder.
3-303.B.3. A private road or driveway. In order to qualify as adequate access, the road or driveway must meet the following requirements:
a. The owner of the building lot must have an easement or the legal right to cross other private lands or a permit to cross public lands, for vehicular access for the permitted use.
b. That portion of the road or driveway that has or will have a traffic volume with the permitted use of more than that which would be generated by a one family dwelling unit or more than ten (10) ADT, whichever is less, but less than one hundred and fifty (150) ADT, must be constructed to minimum standards, as specified in the Right-of-Way Specifications.
c. That portion of the road or driveway that has or will have a traffic volume with the permitted use of more than one hundred and fifty (150) ADT, must be constructed to residential street standards as specified in the Right-of-Way Specifications.
d. The road or driveway must have a minimum eighteen foot (18') width or be wide enough to contain the required physical improvements.
e. Any access points to the publicly maintained system must be constructed in accordance with access permits issued by the Town, San Miguel County, the State Highway Department, or other public agency.
f. The lot owner must sign a maintenance waiver acknowledging that the Town does not maintain the road or driveway. This document shall be filed for recording with the San Miguel County Clerk and Recorder.
3-303.C. Administration. Access requirements administration shall consist of the following:
3-303.C.1. Unless otherwise provided by this Title, the Public Works Department is responsible for the administration and implementation of the requirements of this Division. Such responsibilities include, but are not limited to:
a. Determining that the requirements of this Section have been satisfied and that all necessary permits have been obtained from public agencies when such prior approval is required before issuing any lot access approval;
b. Reviewing lot access approval applications, reviewing and inspecting proposed access routes, and issuing approvals if the application and proposed access route are in compliance with the requirements of this Title;
c. Analyzing submitted traffic volumes for access routes and taking measurements of actual traffic volumes if deemed necessary;
d. Determining the need for road plans to be prepared by a Colorado Registered Professional Engineer;
e. Approving the location, cross section, lines and grade and other physical characteristics of an access route based on the standards given in this section, the Right-of-Way Specifications, the Streetscape Standards and sound engineering judgment;
f. Developing and transmitting recommendations to the P&Z regarding requested variances to the provisions of this Division.
3-303.C.2. Lot access permit approval shall be obtained from the Public Works Department prior to the issuance of any building permit for any new use or change of use to be located upon a building lot. An application for lot access approval shall be filed with and on forms made available by the Public Works Department and shall include the following information:
a. The minimum contents for all applications specified in Section 5-202.C of this Title;
b. Location of parcel (Subdivision name, Block and Lot number and Section, Township, Range);
c. Location map of access road or driveway;
d. Name and location of the access point to the public maintained road system;
e. Existing or new access route;
f. General description of physical characteristics of access route including length, average traveled width, easement width, average grade, steepest grade, and surfacing material;
g. Estimated average daily traffic volume.
3-303.C.3. The Public Works Department shall approve an application for a lot access permit only if the lot access conforms to the minimum requirements set forth in, or incorporated by, this Section 3-303. In evaluating the ability of the lot access to safely accommodate the type and volume of traffic that may reasonably be anticipated, the Public Works Department shall consider the following factors:
a. The suitability of the access route for use by vehicles generally expected to use the access, as well as emergency and fire fighting equipment and vehicles, and the availability of alternative access routes;
b. The physical limitations of terrain on meeting maximum grade requirements.
3-303.C.4. The Building Official shall not issue any building permit or any use permit for the establishment of any new use or change of use to be located upon a lot, unless a lot access approval has been granted in accordance with the provisions of this Title.
3-303.C.5. A lot access permit approval shall expire three (3) years after the date of issuance if the applicant has not completed construction according to provisions of the approval.
3-303.C.6. If lot access permit approval is received as part of another development approval process, no fee will be charged. If a lot access permit is the only development application sought, the fee shall be based on the Building Department’s hourly inspection fee rate set forth in the Town’s adopted Fee Schedule.
3-303.C.7. Any person aggrieved by an inability to obtain lot access permit approval by the Public Works Department, or by any decision of the Public Works Department made in the course of the administration or enforcement of the provisions of this Section 3-303, may submit an appeal to the P&Z.
3-303.C.8. Nothing herein shall be construed to deprive P&Z or the Town Council of the authority to approve lot access or to modify lot access or street improvement standards, where such authority has been vested in P&Z or Council.
3-304.A. Purpose. Vehicular access to property shall be controlled in such a manner as to protect the traffic carrying capacity of the street upon which the property abuts as well as to protect the value of the adjacent property.
3-304.B. Permit Required. Any curb cut on a designated state highway must receive a permit from the Colorado State Highway Department prior to being issued a building permit. Any other curb cut must receive a lot access permit from the Public Works Department and be designed in accordance with the Right-of-Way Specifications.
3-304.C. Minimum Number. The minimum number of curb cuts necessary to serve the subject parcel are permitted. For property being platted outside of the historic grid pattern, no entrance or exit shall be located nearer than fifty feet (50') to any intersecting street right of way or nearer than ten feet (10') to any adjacent property line, except where it is possible to provide one access point that will serve both adjacent properties, or except onto an alley. If adherence to these requirements would leave a parcel of property without vehicular access, either or both of these setback requirements may be reduced by the Public Works Department to permit a single vehicular access point if the Public Works Department finds that the intent of this Section would still be served.
3-304.D. Acceleration-Deceleration Lanes. On arterial streets, acceleration deceleration lanes may be required of the development if the Public Works Department finds that they are necessary to preserve the safety or the traffic carrying capacity of the existing street. The Public Works Department shall determine the length of the required acceleration deceleration lane.
3-304.E. Direct Access. No residential structures shall have direct access onto an arterial. However, if no alternative street access is possible, a curb cut may be permitted with the spacing and acceleration deceleration lanes determined to be necessary by the Public Works Department to preserve the safety and the traffic carrying capacity of the arterial.
3-304.F. Exceptions. Exceptions to this Section may be made in areas within the Town’s historic grid and other areas if the Public Works Department determines that safe and reasonable access is provided. The requirements of this Section may also be varied pursuant to Article 6, Division 3, Planned Unit Development, to provide for safe and reasonable access.
3-305.A. Numbering System. Structures shall be numbered according to the Town of Telluride Streets and Addresses Map and the provisions of Telluride Municipal Code Chapter 8.21, “Building Street Addresses and Emergency Telephone Information”. The Building Official will issue a house number when issuing a building permit for a new structure.
3-305.B. Compliance Required. No person shall use an unauthorized address or fail to maintain the assigned address sign in compliance with the requirements of this Section and Chapter 8.21.
3-305.C. Street Names. Proposed new names for streets shall be subject to approval by the Town Council. Street names shall conform to the city street name plan on file at the Planning Department. Owners of real property may petition the Town Council to change a street name. Town Council may grant such change only after consideration of the historic grid system nomenclature.
3-306.A. Construction or Installation Authorized. Nothing in this Title shall be construed to prevent the authorized construction or installation, in any zone district, of a public utility facility or structure necessary for the transmission of commodities or services of a utility company including mains, transmission and distribution lines, substations and exchanges. The storage, maintenance and business facilities of public utilities shall be restricted to their zone districts in which they are listed as permitted uses or uses permitted on review.
3-306.B. New Lines To Be Underground. All new electric, telephone, and cable television utility lines, including main transmission, distribution, and building service lines, shall be located underground. Proposed new utility lines shall be reviewed by the Public Works Department prior to the issuance of a building permit. Upon modification, reconstruction, or repair or a building that exceeds twenty five percent (25%) of the value of the building, utility lines existing on the building lot and serving the building shall be relocated underground.
3-306.C. Depth. No underground electric lines installed in any public right of way shall be less than three feet (3') below finished grade. The Public Works Department may require greater burial depths if, as determined by the director, such burial depths are required to protect the safety of persons or property.
3-306.D. Excavation Permit Required. For any excavation within a public right-of-way or public easement for utility installation or repair, or surface improvements, an excavation permit issued by the Director of Public Works or his/her designee shall be obtained prior to commencement of work. Prior to any work, all contractors excavating in public rights-of-way may be required to post a bond or other financial security in an amount deemed necessary by the Public Works Department, such bond or security to warrant all surface or other repairs for a period of time as determined by the Public Works Department.
All fuel storage tanks, except propane tanks, shall be completely buried beneath the ground surface, and shall be subject to compliance with applicable local, state and federal laws. New propane tanks to supply energy for residential heating, cooking, etc. are prohibited from being located in Telluride, except that propane tanks for gas grills are permitted.
3-401.A. Signs. This chapter is to be known and may be cited as the Town of Telluride Sign Code, or the Telluride Sign Code.
3-401.B. General.
3-401.B.1. The purpose of this chapter is to afford the business and residential community equal and fair opportunity to advertise and promote its products and services without discrimination; to protect and enhance the community character and visual environment; to preserve the right of the citizens to enjoy our Town's scenic beauty; to improve pedestrian and traffic safety; to minimize the possible adverse effect of signs on nearby public and private property; and to enable the fair and consistent enforcement of these sign regulations.
3-401.B.2. This chapter addresses problems caused by signs apart from any message conveyed by signs, and to protect and promote Telluride’s governmental interests in a way that is unrelated to the topic discussed, the idea or message conveyed, the speaker's viewpoint, or any other content of the message displayed on a sign. It is neither the purpose nor the intent of this chapter to stymie any sign because of the message or idea it conveys.
3-401.B.3. The intent is to protect the constitutionally guaranteed right of free speech by enacting regulations to regulate the time, place, and manner under which signs are permitted, and not the content of signs. Content will not be used as a basis for determining whether a proposed sign may be permitted.
3-401.B.4. It is Telluride’s policy to regulate signs in a way that does not favor commercial speech over noncommercial speech and is content neutral as to messages which are within the protections of the First Amendment to the U.S. Constitution.
3-401.B.5. Where any provision of this code covers the same subject matter as other regulations of the State of Colorado or the United States, the applicant is advised that nothing in this chapter shall be construed as a defense to a violation of applicable state or federal law except as may be provided in the state or federal law.
3-401.C. Regulatory Scope.
3-401.C.1. The provisions of this division apply to the display, construction, installation, erection, alteration, use, location, maintenance, and removal of all signs within the town that are not specifically exempt from such application.
3-401.C.2. No sign shall be displayed, constructed, installed, erected, or altered within the town until the town has issued a sign permit, unless the sign is exempt from this division, partially exempt from this division, or the sign (or modification) qualifies for an exception to the permit requirement.
3-401.D. Interpretation.
3-401.D.1. If there is a conflict between the general provisions of this chapter and a specific sign regulation contained in this chapter, the specific sign regulation shall control.
3-401.D.2. If there is a conflict between the sign regulations of this chapter and any other provision of the Town of Telluride LUC, the provisions of this chapter shall control.
3-402.A. Words or phrases defined in the Town’s Land Use Code apply to this chapter unless such definition conflicts with a definition in this chapter. In the event a definition elsewhere in the Town of Telluride Land Use Code conflicts with a definition here, the one listed here will preside.
3-402.B. Where terms are not defined, they shall have their ordinary accepted meanings within the context that they are being used.
3-402.C. As used in this chapter, the following words have the following meanings:
ADVERTISE: The non-personal communication of information usually paid for and usually persuasive in nature about products, services, or ideas by identified persons.
ATTENTION GETTING DEVICE: Any flag, streamer, spinner, pennant, costumed character, light, balloon, continuous string of pennants, flags or fringe or similar device or ornamentation used primarily for the purpose of attracting attention to a commercial use if visible by the public.
BANNER SIGN: A strip of cloth or other flexible material on which a sign or message is placed.
BUILDING FRONTAGE: The lineal distance of the façade of a building measured along the lot frontage measured from the edge of a building to the edge of building, or to the centerline of a wall separating uses.

BUSINESS: A commercial use of real property for which a valid business and occupational license has been issued.
COMMERCIAL SIGN: A sign for a commercial business.
COMMERCIAL USE: A business or activity where services, goods or commodities are exchanged for money, or are carried out for pecuniary gain.
COPY (MESSAGE OR CONTENT): Any graphic, letter, numeral, symbol, insignia, text, sample, model, device, or combination thereof located on a sign.
CORNER LOT: A lot bounded on two (2) sides by streets that intersect with each other.
DAY: A calendar day unless a business day is specified. A "business day" is a day that the offices of the town of Telluride are open for business.
DEPARTMENT: The town's Department of Historic Preservation and Planning.
DIRECTOR: The town's Director of Historic Preservation and Planning, or such person's designee.
DIRECTORY SIGN: A sign that serves as a common or collective identification of two (2) or more uses on the same property and which may contain a directory to the uses as an integral part thereof or may serve as a general identification for such developments as shopping centers, industrial parks, and similar uses.
DISPLAY BOX: A freestanding or wall sign located on private property within 3’ of the entrance to a restaurant, bar, or lounge less than six (6) square feet.
ELECTRONIC MESSAGE SIGN: A sign that uses LEDs (light emitting diodes), CCDs (charge coupled devices), plasma, or functionally equivalent technologies to display a series of still images or full motion, usually remotely programmable and changeable. Also known as "electronic message centers", "message centers", and "electronic signs".
FLAG: A sign containing a noncommercial message that is typically made of cloth and is displayed outdoor by being hung on a pole or hung from a building.
FLASHING SIGN: A sign that has lights or illumination that flashes, has a reflective surface, rotates, revolves, oscillates, blinks, flickers, varies in intensity of color, or uses intermittent electrical pulsations. An electronic message sign is not a flashing sign.
FREESTANDING SIGN: A permanent sign on private property that is supported by one or more columns, upright poles, or braces extended from the ground or from an object on the ground, or which is erected on the ground, where no part of the sign is attached to any part of a building, structure, or other sign. The term includes a "pole sign", "pedestal sign", and "ground sign".
GOVERNMENT SIGN: A sign that is the expression of the federal, state or local governmental entity when erected and maintained according to law and includes but is not limited active construction, wayfinding or traffic control devices that are erected and maintained to comply with the Manual of Uniform Traffic Control Devices adopted by the State of Colorado.
HISTORIC PLAQUE: A sign placed on the outside of a building or structure that has received designation as a landmark under the town's historic preservation designation, or applicable Federal law.
INDUSTRIAL USE: A property or structure intended to be used in whole or in part for the manufacture, conversion, processing, cleaning, laundering or assembly of any product, commodity, or article.
INTERNALLY LIT SIGN: An indirect source of light which illuminates a sign by shining through a translucent surface of a sign, lit from an internal light source or gas (e.g., neon, argon).
LEANING SIGN: A one sided sandwich board sign supported by another object such as a building or tree.
LOT: Measured portion of a subdivision intended as a unit for transfer of ownership, lease, or for development; or a parcel of real property designated by a separate and distinct number or letter on a plat filed with the San Miguel County Clerk and Recorder or, when not platted in a recorded subdivision; a parcel of real property abutting upon at least one (1) public street or right of way and held under separate ownership.
MARQUEE SIGN: A tall roof-like projection above a theater entrance, usually containing the name of a currently featured play or film and its stars.
MERCHANDISE: The commodities or goods that are bought and sold in business.
MOBILE SIGN: A sign or signage placed on or wrapped onto a vehicle or by other mobile means of travel.
MONUMENT SIGN: A freestanding sign with a base, including any portion of the sign or supporting structure that exceeds two (2) square feet in ground area.
MOVING SIGN: A sign that moves or simulates motion.
MURAL: a one-of-kind, hand-painted, hand-tiled, or digitally printed image on the exterior of a building that does not contain any commercial message advertising a business, services rendered, or goods produced or sold. Murals are not regulated under this chapter but may be subject to review by the Telluride Public Art Commission, if located on town property.
OFF-SITE SIGN: A commercial message sign that does not advertise a business, merchandise, product, service, or entertainment that is sold, produced, manufactured, furnished, or that is available on the property where the sign is located.
ON-SITE SIGN: A commercial message sign that advertises a business, merchandise, product, service, or entertainment that is sold, produced, manufactured, furnished, or that is available on the property where the sign is located.
PERMANENT SIGN: A sign that is to be placed or erected for an indefinite period pursuant to a permit issued under this chapter. Permanent signs are typically made of durable material such as wood or material that mimics wood such as high-density urethane, glass, or metal.
PORTABLE SIGN: A sign that meets one or more of the following criteria:
1. A sign that is not permanently attached or designed to be permanently attached to the ground or other permanent structure and may be easily moved; 2. A sign that is designed to be transported by means of wheels, skids, runners, or moveable frames; 3. Sandwich boards (A-frame or T-frame) signs.
PUBLIC AREA: Any outdoor place to which the public or a substantial number of the public has access, including, but not limited to, transportation facilities, schools, places of amusement, parks, playgrounds, and the outdoor common areas of public and private buildings and facilities.
PUBLIC ENTRANCE: Entrance into a business that is unlocked and available for use by the general public for access to and egress from the business during regular business hours. A "deliveries only" entrance is not a public entrance.
PUBLIC RIGHT-OF-WAY (ROW): A public street, sidewalk, or alley.
REFLECTIVE SURFACE: Any material or device that has the effect of intensifying reflected light, including, but not limited to, reflective tape, Day-Glo, glass beads, mirrors, highly reflective metals, and luminous paint.
RESIDENTIAL USE: means land, buildings or structures or portions thereof used, designed, or intended to be used principally (or primarily) as living accommodation for one or more individuals.
REVIEWING AUTHORITY: The Town with respect to all permit applications submitted under this chapter.
ROOF SIGN: A sign painted on the roof of a building, or supported by poles, uprights, or braces extending from the roof of a building, or projecting above the roof of a building, but not including a sign projecting from or attached to a wall.
SANDWICH BOARD SIGN (A-FRAME/T-FRAME): A sign that is constructed with two (2) pieces of non-reflective metal, blackboard, whiteboard, wood, or similar material, connected at the top, which pieces form a triangular or “T” shape and are self-supporting; also known as an "A-frame" sign.
SEASONAL DECORATION: Temporary, noncommercial decorations or displays erected or displayed only on a seasonal basis when such are clearly incidental to the primary use of the building.
SEPARATE FRONTAGE: A second building frontage, parallel and adjacent to a public right-of-way and on the opposite side of a building's primary frontage that includes a public entrance.
SIGN: Any device or image fixed to, painted on, or incorporated in the building surface, or displayed from or within a building or structure, or freestanding upon the site, and which is visible from a public right of way, which conveys or directs a message to the public concerning the identification of the premises, any land use or activity conducted on the premises, or which advertises or promotes the interest of any private or public firm, person or organization.
SIGN AREA OR SURFACE AREA: The area of the plane geometric figure which encompasses the facing of a sign, including copy, insignia, background and borders.
SIGN ON PROPERTY UNDER DEVELOPMENT: A sign erected in connection with the development of real property.
SIGN OWNER: The permittee with respect to any sign for which a sign permit has been issued; or, with respect to a sign for which no sign permit is required, or for which no sign permit has been obtained, "sign owner" means the person entitled to possession of such sign, the owner, occupant, or agent of the property where the sign is located, and any person deriving a pecuniary benefit from the sign.
SIGN STRUCTURE: All supports, uprights, braces, housings, mounting devices, and framework of a sign to the extent necessary to support the sign.
STATUARY SIGN: Any sign which is a modeled or sculptured likeness of a living creature or inanimate object.
STREET: A public or private way, other than an alley, which affords the principal means of access to abutting property. Street includes any street, avenue, boulevard, road, lane, parkway, square, viaduct, or other way for the movement of vehicular or pedestrian traffic which is an existing street, county or municipal roadway, or a street or right-of-way shown upon a plat, recorded pursuant to law.
STRUCTURE: Anything constructed or erected, which requires location on the ground or attached to something having a location on the ground, but not including fences or walls used as fences less than six feet (6') in height, poles, lines, cables or other transmission or distribution facilities of public utilities.
TEMPORARY SIGN: A sign that is not a permanent sign.
TRAFFIC CONTROL DEVICE: A sign, signal, marking, or other device used to regulate, warn, or guide traffic, placed on, over, or adjacent to a street, highway, pedestrian facility, or shared-use path by authority of a public agency having jurisdiction.
VEHICLE SIGN: Any sign attached to or placed on a parked vehicle or trailer used principally for advertising purposes, rather than transportation, but excluding signs relating to the sale, lease, or rental of the vehicle or trailer and signs which identify a firm or its principal product on a vehicle operated during the normal course of business.
WALKING SIGN: Any sign that is carried by any person while walking on a public street or sidewalk that is visible from a public right-of-way, adjacent property, or a public area.
WALL SIGN: Any sign attached to, or erected against the building or structure, with the exposed face of the sign in a plane parallel to the plane of said wall.
WAYFINDING SIGN: A pedestrian or vehicle-oriented sign erected by the Town of Telluride that indicates the route to, direction of or location of an on-site or off-site park, community facility, or other similar destination utilized by the general public.
WINDOW SIGN: A sign that is painted on, applied, internally hung, or attached to a window. Including graphics and text attached to a window or displayed in any way so as to be viewed or legible from outside the window or structure.
WINDOW DISPLAYS: Merchandise displayed visibly in to be viewed or legible from outside the window or structure.
The signs described in this section are prohibited unless explicitly allowed by another provision of this chapter.
3-403.A. Any sign that is erected for which no valid permit has been issued or exists; or any sign that violates the terms, conditions, and restrictions of this chapter or the sign permit that approved the sign.
3-403.B. Any sign that is specifically prohibited by the provisions of this chapter.
3-403.C. Temporary signs, except as specifically authorized by this chapter.
3-403.D. Attention-getting devices.
3-403.E. Flashing, moving and/or signs emitting audible sounds, smoke, fumes, odors, or visible matter.
3-403.F. Beacons, lasers, or searchlights used for a commercial purpose.
3-403.G. Inflated signs, balloons, or inflatable devices.
3-403.H. Electronic message and digital displays. Signs using digital displays or other means to present images or messages. These signs typically use light emitting diode (LED), liquid crystal display (LCD), plasma or other technology to present a series of still images, full motion animation, or other text messages.
3-403.I. Internally lit signs placed on the exterior of a building, or within five feet (5') of a window of a building.
3-403.J. Roof signs.
3-403.K. Any signs projecting above any portion of a roof or parapet wall or above the sloping roofline of the gable end of a structure.
3-403.L. Off-site signs.
3-403.M. Signs affixed to trees or utility poles.
3-403.N. Abandoned signs, §3-413.
3-403.O. Sandwich boards constructed of plastic.
3-403.P. Marquee signs.
3-403.Q. Flags that obstruct pedestrian, bicycle, or vehicular traffic, and/or the bottom of the flag has a clearance less than eight (8’) feet vertical clearance.
3-403.R. Banner signs (unless authorized by a permit).
3-403.S. Simulated Traffic Signs: Any sign which simulates or imitates in size, color, lettering or design any traffic sign or signal, or which makes use of words, symbols, or characters in such a manner as to interfere with, mislead, or confuse pedestrian or vehicular traffic.
3-403.T. Prohibited Obstructions. In no event shall a sign, whether temporary or permanent, obstruct the use of:
3-403.T.1. Building ingress or egress, including doors, egress windows, and fire escapes.
3-403.T.2. Operable windows (with regard to movement only; obstruction of transparency is allowed as provided herein).
3-403.T.3. Equipment, structures, or architectural elements that are related to public safety, building operations, or utility service (e.g., standpipes, downspouts, fire hydrants, electrical outlets, lighting, vents, valves, and meters).
3-403.U. Vehicle Signs.
The following signs do not require a sign permit and are exempt from the requirements of this chapter. Exemptions to the sign permit requirement do not constitute exemptions to other applicable codes or permit requirements.
3-404.A. Government and wayfinding signs.
3-404.B. Signs required by Federal, State, or local law.
3-404.C. Historic signs on designated historic buildings not to exceed ten (10) square feet. Such signs shall be excluded from future sign area limitations.
3-404.D. Cornerstones when carved into stone, concrete, bronze or other permanent material land made an integral part of a building or structure.
3-404.E. Signs required by applicable building codes (e.g., address numbers).
3-404.F. Warning signs marking hazards on private property two (2) square feet or less in size.
3-404.G. Decorations that are clearly incidental, customary, and commonly associated with a holiday.
3-404.H. Flags where the bottom of the flag has at least eight (8’) feet vertical clearance.
3-404.I. Signs on commercial vehicles, including trailers, provided that the vehicles/trailers are not in violation of subsection 3-408.F of this chapter;
3-404.J. Scoreboards associated with an approved recreational field.
3-404.K. Any other sign for which a permit is specifically not required by this chapter.
3-404.L. The holder of a special event permit issued by the Town of Telluride Parks and Recreation Department may affix temporary signs per the approved permit.
3-404.M. Temporary Window Signs. Window signs designed to be temporary (less than 90 days) are limited to a maximum of twenty-four (24) square feet or twenty-five (25) percent of window area, whichever is less.
3-405.A. General. Unless specifically excluded by this chapter, all signs displayed shall be included in determining the total sign area for a building.
3-405.B. The total square footage of allowable sign area for any building shall be equal to one (1) square foot of sign area for each three (3) feet of building frontage not to exceed twenty (20) square feet of total combined sign area. Example: (Linear feet of building frontage) x 0.33 = total square footage of allowable sign area.
3-405.B.1. A total of two (2) signs are allowed per business per frontage and may be a combination of the following:
a. Freestanding sign. One (1) per use. Freestanding signs shall be located on private property only out of public right-of-way. A sandwich board sign shall be allowed only if located entirely on private property. The area of one side of a sandwich board shall count towards the total signage allowed for the business and all other sections of the code shall apply.
b. Projecting sign. Shall not extend more than four feet (4') from the building wall except where such a sign is an integral part of an approved canopy or awning, and no projecting sign shall exceed six (6) square feet in area where two (2) faces are visible or ten (10) square feet where only one (1) face is visible.
c. Wall sign. Shall not exceed ten (10) square feet on any one (1) building wall, exclusive of cut out letters.
d. Window signs. Any window sign square footage shall be subtracted from the total permitted.
3-405.C. Display Boxes. Each restaurant, bar, or lounge may have one display box sign. If the size of the display box is six (6) square feet or less the display box shall not count as sign area. If the size of the display box exceeds six (6) square feet, the area of the display box more than six (6) square feet will be calculated in allowable sign area.
In addition to the signage allowed by this chapter, the owner or lawful occupant of any property may place the following temporary signs on the owner's or occupant's property without a sign permit but subject to the limitations of this section:
3-406.A. Signs not to exceed a total of twelve (12) square feet in size for a period of up to forty-five (45) days prior to an election involving candidates for a Federal, State, or local office, or ballot question. No one sign shall exceed four (4) square feet in size. The signs shall be removed within five (5) days following the election. The signs must not be placed in the public right-of-way.
3-406.B. One sign on the property not larger than four (4) square feet in size when the property is being offered for sale. The sign authorized pursuant to subsection B must be removed once the sale of the property has been concluded.
3-406.C. One sign on the property not larger than four (4) square feet in size when the property is being offered for rent or lease. The sign authorized pursuant to subsection D must be removed once the property has been rented or leased.
3-406.D. One sign not larger than four (4) square feet in size, subject to the terms of this chapter and applicable law.
Any sign on property adjacent to the River Park Trail shall be permitted with the following limitations:
3-407.A. No sign shall be permitted along property fronting the River Park Trail within view of the trail if such property is fronting a publicly accessible right-of-way where a sign can be located out of view from the trail.
3-407.B. Signs are permitted along property fronting the River Park Trail or in view from the River Park Trail if the property has no frontage on a publicly accessible right-of-way where a sign cannot be located out of view from the River Park Trail.
All signs for which a permit is required under this chapter shall be subject to the following general limitations:
3-408.A. Signs shall be secondary features. Freestanding signs shall not obscure the patterns of front façades and/or based on the standards herein described.
3-408.B. Materials.
3-408.B.1. Signs shall be constructed of materials used historically, predominantly of natural materials, such as metal or solid wood. Alternative materials that mimic wood grain (e.g., natural colored high-density urethane with the appearance of wood grain) are permitted;
3-408.B.2. Plastic, PVC and/or highly reflective materials are not permitted.
3-408.C. Location.
3-408.C.1. Flush-mounted signs shall be positioned to emphasize established architectural elements. Mounted signs shall be placed within frames created by components of the façade design.
3-408.C.2. Projecting signs shall be positioned to highlight building entrances. They shall be mounted to align with others in the block to provide a canopy line giving scale to the sidewalk.
3-408.C.3. Signs shall not obscure existing historic and/or architectural details.
3-408.D. Pictographic symbols are encouraged on signs to add visual interest to the street and are permitted on on-site awnings.
3-408.E. Lighting standards.
3-408.E.1. Shielded Lighting: Light emitting devices used for illuminating a sign shall not be visible from the vehicular travel lanes of adjacent public rights-of-way. The use of shielding, designed so light from sign illuminating devices does not shine off site without first being reflected off the sign or its background, is required whenever sign lighting is used.
3-408.E.2. Color and Brightness: The color temperature of sign lighting shall not exceed 3,000 kelvins. The intensity of sign lighting shall be limited to the equivalent of the Lumen output of a 40-watt incandescent bulb. This is approximately 450-550 lumens, depending upon the manufacturer.
3-408.E.3. Direction of lighting: All lighting fixtures shall be placed above the sign and shall shine downward toward the sign. Illumination of signs shall not be directed off site.
3-408.E.4. Internally lit signs: No sign that is placed on the exterior of a building or on the interior of the building within five feet (5') of a window shall be internally lit.
3-408.E.5. Window display lighting: Off-sight light trespass from window displays (i.e. backlit panels and/or LED glowing edges) is not permitted.
3-408.E.6. Component painting: All light fixtures, conduit, and shielding shall be painted to match or compliment either the building or the supporting structure that serves as the background of the sign.
3-408.F. Clearance. Signs shall not be located with less than three feet (3') horizontal or eight feet (8') vertical clearance from overhead electric conductors.
The following regulations shall apply to the specific types of signs as indicated.
3-409.A. Cutout Letters/Painted Letters: Cutout letters mounted on a building surface, and letters painted on a building, are wall signs and the aggregate area of such signs shall be counted against the allowable sign area established by this chapter. Measurements for cutout letters shall begin at the top of the first letter or logo, and end at the end and bottom of the last letter or logo. Spacing between letters and words shall count toward the sign area.
3-409.B. Double Faced Signs: The two (2) sides of a double-faced sign must be parallel back-to-back, and no thicker than twelve inches (12").
3-409.C. Projecting or Hanging Signs.
3-409.C.1. Projecting or hanging signs may not extend above the ceiling of the first floor of any building, where this is not possible, signs may be located higher with approval.
3-409.C.2. Projecting signs shall not be located above the eave line or parapet wall of any building and shall have a minimum eight feet (8') vertical clearance when located adjacent to or projecting over a public right-of-way.
3-409.C.3. The allowable size of any projecting or hanging sign shall not include the sign structure portion necessary to support the sign.
3-409.D. Wall Signs: Wall signs shall not be mounted higher than the eave line or parapet wall of the principal building and no portions of such wall sign, including cutout letters, shall project more than six inches (6") from the building.
3-409.E. Signs On Property Under Development: Total sign area not to exceed ten (10) square feet may be erected when a valid permit for the development of real property has been issued. Such sign must be removed at or prior to the issuance of the certificate of occupancy, or when construction of the project is abandoned,
3-410.A. Banners on School District and Public Property. Banners on school district or public property shall be reviewed by the Town of Telluride Town Manager or their designee.
3-410.B. Banners on Private Property. Banner signs may be displayed externally, on-site, subject to the following restrictions:
3-410.B.1. The banner sign shall be on the same site as the sponsoring establishment.
3-410.B.2. The banner sign shall not be mounted on or projected into the public right-of-way.
3-410.B.3. The banner sign shall be displayed for a maximum of fifteen (15) consecutive days.
3-410.B.4. The banner sign shall not exceed 16 (sixteen) square feet.
3-410.B.5. The banner sign shall not be illuminated.
3-410.B.6. The banner sign shall be securely fastened on all sides to a permanent on-site structure, such as a building or wall.
3-410.B.7. The banner sign shall be constructed of durable and weatherproof materials, such as vinyl or woven nylon, and shall be continuously maintained in good condition.
All signs must be structurally sound, maintained in good repair and may not constitute a hazard to safety, health, or public welfare by reason of inadequate maintenance, dilapidation or electrical shock. The display surfaces of all signs shall be kept neatly painted or posted at all times. In addition to other remedies provided for in this chapter, the Director shall have the authority to order the painting, repainting, repair, maintenance, or removal of any sign that has become dilapidated or a hazard to safety, health, or public welfare. If such a condition is determined by the Director to exist, the Director shall give notice to the sign owner at the address shown on the sign permit by certified mail, return receipt requested. If, within fifteen (15) days from service of the notice, the Director's order is not complied with, the Director may remove the sign, or cause it to be removed, and the cost of removal shall be charged against the sign owner and the sign owner's property.
Signs that were legally installed prior to the effective date of this chapter, but are inconsistent with the requirements of this chapter, are considered legal nonconforming signs, and are exempted by this chapter. As such, they may continue to exist; provided they shall not be altered, modified, or changed in any way that would increase their nonconformity. When such modification, alteration, or change occurs or is proposed the sign shall be brought into compliance with this chapter.
3-413.A. Signs Must Be Removed; When: A commercial message sign shall be removed within thirty (30) days after the activity, product, business, service, or other use that is being advertised has ceased or vacated the premises. Exceptions: The requirements of this subsection A shall not apply to:
3-413.A.1. Permanent signs for businesses that are open only on a seasonal basis if there is clear intent to continue operation of the business, or
3-413.A.2. Noncommercial message signs.
3-413.B. Signs May Be Removed by Town; When: After fourteen (14) days and notice to the permit holder, a sign that has not been removed as required by this section may be removed by the Town and the costs of such action may be collected from said owner.
This Division contains standards and procedures with respect to landscaping, outdoor illumination and maintenance, removal and relocation of trees. Applicable standards shall be met by each development within the Town of Telluride.
3-502.A. Landscape Plan Required. All developments are required to provide a landscaping plan designed in accordance with Article 7, Division 1, and H.A.R.C. design standards contained in Design Guidelines and Standards for Building in Telluride and other adopted landscape plans, policies and standards.
3-502.B. Landscape Materials. All material required in a landscaped area shall be live, predominantly native, or other climatically appropriate plant material. Non living plant materials such as bark or river rock may be used only if approved as part of the overall landscaping plan.
3-502.C. Water Usage. Landscaping materials and plants shall be designed to conserve and make efficient use of water and shall incorporate high efficiency plumbing fixtures. All landscaping shall be subject to applicable terms and limitations imposed by the Telluride Municipal Code Chapter 13, Article 5 (Water Conservation Code). New or remodeled landscapes shall submit an irrigation plan, prepared by an irrigation specialist, that includes a water budget evaluation determining the amount of water required for the health and survival of the landscaping and the results of a water audit following completion of irrigation and landscape installation.
3-502.D. Revegetation. Land disturbed by development activities shall be revegetated at least to its pre development condition.
3-502.E. Design Standards. All materials planted under the provisions of this Section shall meet the H.A.R.C. design standards contained in Design Guidelines.
3-502.F. Maintenance Required. The developer or applicant shall maintain the landscaping plan as originally approved and may be required to provide a financial guarantee for replacement of plant materials that have died, for a period of two (2) years from the issuance of a certificate of occupancy or certificate of completion.
3-503.A. Landscape Plan Required. No building permits or development approvals shall be granted for lands falling within the River Park and Trail Corridor as defined in Design Standards without providing and receiving approval for a plan to construct and maintain the trail system and associated landscaping improvements in accordance with Design Standards.
3-503.B. Securing Easements. In the event that no development is proposed on land within the River Park and Trail Corridor, the Town shall have the right to secure necessary easements for trail construction and to construct the River Park and Trail Corridor at Town expense. At such time as development occurs, the Town shall be reimbursed at a dollar value (per linear foot of trail constructed) consistent with costs incurred by other properties within the corridor.
3-504.A. Purpose. The purpose of this section is to regulate outdoor lighting fixtures and lamps (bulbs) to promote energy efficiency, decrease light pollution, maintain nighttime public safety and security, preserve the night sky and prevent light trespass which is detrimental to the environment and to the public use and enjoyment of public and private property. Outdoor illumination is regulated by the Land Use Code and the Design Guidelines.
3-504.B. General Provisions. All non-exempt outdoor light fixtures and illuminating devices permanently or temporarily installed outdoors, shall meet the following requirements:
3-504.B.1. They shall be down lit and shielded so that no light rays are emitted at angles above the horizontal plane.
3-504.B.2. Exterior bulbs shall be limited to the equivalent of the Lumen output of a 40 watt incandescent bulb. This is approximately 450-550 lumens, depending upon the manufacturer.
3-504.B.3. Blinking, flashing, rotating or moving lights are prohibited.
3-504.B.4. Exterior lighting fixtures require approval through the H.A.R.C. process, which review will include, but not be limited to the number of fixtures, location, type, compatibility and conformance.
3-504.B.5. Movement sensor lighting requires approval from the Planning Director who shall consider nuisance and impacts to adjacent properties when determining appropriateness.
3-504.C. Exemptions. The following are exempt from the provisions of 3-504.B.
3-504.C.1. Approved Historic Lighting Fixtures. Non-conforming lighting fixtures attached to a rated structure which are consistent with the character of the rated structure may be exempted with approvals from the H.A.R.C. Approved fixtures shall be consistent with the architectural period and design of style of the structure and the bulb shall not exceed approximately 450-550 lumens.
3-504.C.2. Governmental Lighting. All governmental lighting installed for the benefit of public health, safety and welfare.
3-504.C.3. Holiday Lighting. Holiday lighting which is temporary in nature shall be exempt from the provisions of this section, provided that such lighting does not create dangerous glare on adjacent streets or properties, is maintained in an attractive condition, and does not constitute a fire hazard. LED and energy efficient holiday lighting is encouraged.
3-504.D. Applicability. A lighting plan and cut sheets shall be submitted along with the established submittal requirements as required by the Land Use Code and Design Guidelines for both new construction and redevelopment.
3-504.D.1. New Construction. Compliance with the requirements of this section shall be required for all new development.
3-504.D.2. Redevelopment Standards. Expansion to the square footage or an exterior remodel of the building or unit triggers compliance with the requirements of this section as follows:
a. When the actual accumulative costs of all development or redevelopment undertaken exceeds twenty-five (25) percent of the value of the existing improved property, all exterior lighting fixtures and lamps shall be brought into full conformance with the requirements of this section.
b. No final inspection of the development or redevelopment of an existing structure shall be performed until the applicable exterior lighting requirements have been completed by the property owner.
3-504.E. Nonconforming Lights. The right to operate a lawful nonconforming light shall terminate upon new construction or redevelopment per 3-504.D.
3-505.A. Purpose. The purpose of this Ordinance is to facilitate the creation, maintenance, and protection of a diverse Community Forest that will be healthy and resilient for many years into the future, with a specific mix of tree species and ages throughout the Town. The Town recognizes that trees provide important environmental and aesthetic benefits to residents and guests of Telluride that extend well beyond the boundaries of the property on which they grow. The provisions herein are intended to govern the Town’s urban forest environments, but do not apply to the Open Space Zone Districts which are governed by other management practices and plans.
3-505.B. Maintenance, Removal, or Relocation of Trees. It is therefore unlawful for any person, including utility companies, without first obtaining a permit as herein provided, to top, cut down, remove, relocate or cause to be topped, cut down, removed or relocated, or knowingly damage so as to require the cutting down or removal, any cottonwood or aspen tree with a trunk diameter of six (6) inches or greater, or any other deciduous tree or coniferous tree with a trunk diameter of three (3) inches or greater, the measurement of which is to be taken at the Diameter at Breast Height (DBH) which is four feet six inches (4'6") above the highest existing grade at the base of the tree. Normal Tree Maintenance, as defined by the LUC, shall be exempt from the requirements and scope of this Section. Tree topping is prohibited.
Permits to cut down relocate or remove a tree as required under this Section shall be made to and issued by the Planning Director or his designee on such form as he or she shall provide. A permit applicant shall provide such information as the Planning Director deems necessary to adequately evaluate the permit request, including but not limited to a site plan of the subject property illustrating the following:
3-505.B.1. The location of existing or proposed structures, fences, driveways, sidewalks, public rights-of-way and utility lines, poles or pipelines.
3-505.B.2. The location of all existing cottonwood and aspen trees with a diameter of six (6) inches or greater and all other deciduous trees and existing coniferous trees with a diameter of three (3) inches or greater. All measurements are to be taken at the Diameter at Breast Height (DBH) which is four (4) feet six (6) inches above existing grade. Each tree is to be specified by trunk diameter and species.
3-505.B.3. The identification and location of any diseased or damaged tree, its size and species, and any tree endangered by or encroaching upon any utility line, pipeline, public right-of-way or structure.
3-505.B.4. The designation of all trees to be removed, retained or relocated and areas which shall remain undisturbed.
3-505.B.5. An identification of all proposed grade changes that could adversely impact the installation, maintenance, or growth of any tree to be retained on the site.
3-505.B.6. The proposed tree replacement plan consistent with the prioritized methods identified in section 3-505.E.1-3.
3-505.B.7. A Qualified Arborist assessment and recommendation as deemed necessary by the Planning Director.
3-505.C. Permit Application. Permit applications shall be accompanied by the appropriate fee and reviewed by the Planning Director, or his designee. The Planning Director may choose to refer the application to other departments such as Parks and Recreation and Building Department as necessary. The Planning Director may also request third party information such as a Qualified Arborist assessment and recommendation regarding the removal of the tree(s). A site visit with the permit applicant may be conducted prior to the issuance of a permit.
3-505.C.1. Standards for Removal. Permit applications shall be reviewed pursuant to the following standards:
a. Whether the tree cannot be reasonably preserved in its existing location, or can it be relocated on site.
b. The known or anticipated impact of the intended removal or relocation of a tree on flood, snow slide and landslide hazards, water runoff and erosion, public right-of-way, windbreaks and other trees and vegetation.
c. Whether removal or relocation of a tree is necessary to eliminate or minimize shade on solar panels used for energy production.
d. Whether removal or relocation of a tree is necessary to eliminate or minimize disease, danger of tree-fall, danger to utility infrastructure or structures, dangers to public rights-of-way, dangers to buildings or other structures, dangers to other trees, or constitutes a Hazard as defined by the LUC.
e. The number and kind of trees on the site and in the neighborhood of the site, the contribution of the subject tree to the aesthetic or historic character of the site or neighborhood, and the impact of the removal or relocation of the tree upon the property value of the site and adjoining properties.
f. Whether the removal or relocation of a tree is reasonably necessary for the development of the subject property or site or that of adjoining properties or sites involving from, by way of example, encroaching root systems or tree crowns. The party performing the development shall first consult with the affected property owner(s) and attempt to formulate an agreeable plan for removal or pruning of the encroaching tree(s), and shall bear all resulting permitting costs and fees.
g. Whether sustainable urban forestry practices, as defined by a Qualified Arborist and including the consideration of the number, spacing and species of trees on the site or adjoining properties, warrant the removal or relocation of the subject trees.
h. The value and impact of the subject trees to the spatial and architectural relationships between existing or planned structures on the site with other structures or trees.
3-505.D. Valuation of Trees. When, in accordance with this section, the value of a tree must be determined, the Basic Value shall equal twenty-five dollars ($25.00) per square inch of the cross sectional area of the tree at the Diameter at Breast Height (DBH).
Calculating the Basic Value, the following equation shall be used:
Basic Value = $25.00 x 3.14 x (D/2)2
3-505.E. Conditions of Permit Approval. Whether tree removal is sought for land development or improvement, the construction of structures, or tree removal in and of itself, the Planning Director, or his designee, shall require as a condition of permit approval one of the following in order of priority:
3-505.E.1. The replacement of such tree with another tree on the subject property. The replacement tree shall, where practicable, be of the same or comparable size and kind of the tree removed. The difference in value, which shall be estimated using the Basic Value method or another method recognized and practiced by a Qualified Arborist, whichever is less, shall be paid as a fee to the Tree Fund. This approach precludes application of the “caliper for caliper” mitigation approach, which allows six 1-inch tees to replace one 6-inch diameter tree, as the smaller trees are not a true replacement of the ecological value of the larger tree.
3-505.E.2. If a replacement tree may not reasonably be located on the subject property, then the Planning Director, or his designee, may require the permit applicant to plant the replacement tree on public or other private property within the neighborhood of the subject property, or within a public park or public open space area within the Town. The difference in value, which shall be estimated using the Basic Value method or another method recognized and practiced by a Qualified Arborist, whichever is less, shall be paid as a fee to the Tree Fund.
3-505.E.3. Alternatively, the Planning Director, or his designee, may allow the applicant to pay a cash-in-lieu fee equal to the Basic Value of the tree that was cut down and removed. Such fee shall be applied to the Tree Fund. The appraisal shall be conducted using the Basic Value method or another method recognized and practiced by a Qualified Arborist, whichever is less. The requirement for a mitigation tree and the difference in value paid to the Tree Fund may be reduced or waived at the discretion of the Planning Director for site specific situations when the purpose and the standards for removal section of this ordinance can still be met.
3-505.F. Hazard Trees. If the tree represents a Hazard as defined by this code, then the mitigation requirement may be reduced or waived at the discretion of the Planning Director. To reduce or waive the mitigation requirement the Hazard condition must be of natural causes, such as age, disease or other factors outside of the applicant’s control, and not the result of human actions to intentionally create a Hazard tree. A tree removed based upon human actions to create a Hazard tree or typical site development will require mitigation as specified in section 3-505.E.
3-505.G. Heritage Tree. Heritage Trees shall receive a special level of protection and consideration. An application for removal of a Heritage Tree shall exhaust all other alternatives before receiving Town approval for removal of the Heritage Tree. Upon recommendation from the public or the Town, the Planning Director may designate a tree as a Heritage Tree provided the tree’s health, aerial space, and open ground area for the root system have been certified as sufficient. No tree on private property can be designated without the consent of the property owner. This consent shall bind all successors, heirs, and assigns. As an incentive for designation, a Heritage Tree on either public or private land shall be eligible for maintenance or other services as provided by the Tree Fund (e.g., cabling reinforcement). Changes and modifications to a Heritage Tree designation over the course of its life are anticipated, provided they are subject to consideration by the Town Manager per the Appeal section 3-505.M of this Division.
3-505.H. Maintenance Required. As a condition of tree protection during construction the Planning Director, or his designee, may require a permitee to post security or provide a guarantee insuring a tree is in good health and free from disease for up to two (2) full growing seasons from the date it was sought to be protected during construction. Such a requirement is intended to be consistent with the Maintenance Required section of the LUC 3-502.F.
3-505.I. Tree Protection. It is unlawful for any person in the construction of any structure or other improvement to do the following:
3-505.I.1. Place material, machinery or substantially disturb the soil within the drip line of any cottonwood and aspen tree with a trunk diameter of six (6) inches or greater, or any other deciduous tree and coniferous tree with a trunk diameter of three (3) inches or greater, the measurement of which is to be taken at the Diameter at Breast Height (DBH) which is four (4) feet six (6) inches above grade; and during construction, the Planning Director, or his designee, shall require the erection of suitable protective barriers around all trees equal to the canopy of the tree. In addition, during construction, no attachments or wires other than protective guy wires shall be attached to any trees. Notwithstanding the above prohibitions, soil disturbance within the drip line of a tree may be allowed if it is determined by a Qualified Arborist that such activity can be done in a manner that would not negatively impact the health and vigor of the tree.
3-505.I.2. Cut the primary roots of existing trees within the drip line without oversight from a Qualified Arborist. If absolutely necessary roots greater than 2" in diameter shall be cut by hand.
3-505.J. Hazard Tree Removal. A permit need not first be obtained before the removal or cutting down of such tree. However, any person removing such a tree, or causing the removal or cutting down thereof, shall make all reasonable efforts to consult the Planning Director and/or a Qualified Arborist prior to removal of the tree. In all cases the removal of the tree shall be reported within seventy-two (72) hours thereof to the Planning Director. Once the Hazardous condition has been addressed, a tree removal permit shall be sought consistent with the requirements of this Section.
3-505.K. Consolidation of Reviews. The cutting down, relocation or removal of a tree may be consolidated with a duly processed and approved Development Application for New Construction or an Addition as issued under the Land Use Code.
3-505.L. Vesting. The cutting down, relocation or removal of a tree or trees, in and of itself, shall not constitute or be construed as development as that term is defined in the Land Use Code, and this Section shall regulate and govern the permitting of such activity. Tree removal approval shall be valid for a period of three (3) years from the effective date of the Tree Removal Permit. A Tree Removal Permit independent of a HARC Certificate of Appropriateness shall not constitute a site specific development plan for the purposes of establishing a vested property right.
3-505.M. Appeal. In the event that agreement cannot be reached upon the issuance of a permit, the permit application shall be referred to and resolved by the Town Manager. The appeal process is at the discretion of the Town Manager.
Renting or leasing a structure, (including but not limited to a dwelling, dwelling unit, or lock-off unit) for short term rental purposes in a residential zone district is subject to the following requirements:
3-601.A. Short Term Rental Period. A structure may be rented or leased for a short term period, which is defined as a length of time that is less than thirty (30) consecutive days (that is, any length of time between 1 to 29 consecutive days). A structure may be rented or leased for a maximum of three (3) times during a calendar year. For example, a property can be rented once for 14 days, once for 10 days and once for 5 days.
3-601.B. Long Term Rental Period. A structure may be rented or leased for a long term period, which is defined as a length of time that is thirty (30) consecutive days or longer. A structure may be rented or leased long term for a maximum of three (3) times during a calendar year. Long term rentals are not subject to the rental restrictions and requirements listed herein.
3-601.C. Exchanges. This Division does not prohibit the exchange for short term rental use of a structure in Telluride for the use of any other structure not in Telluride, for any period of time, except that if any such “exchange” includes the transfer of money, consideration, or any other thing of value other than the use of a structure, the “exchange” shall not constitute an allowable use under this Code. Exchange stays sold through non-profits for the purpose of fundraising shall be considered an allowable use.
3-601.D. Use. Short term rental is allowed if it is listed in the LUC as a use permitted by right in the underlying zone district.
3-601.E. Trash Storage. There is a clearly defined trash and recycling storage area and an adequate number of wildlife-proof trash and recycling containers provided.
3-601.F. Owner Representative. There is an owner representative within the Town of Telluride, who is on call full time to manage the property during any period within which the property is occupied as short term accommodations. The name, address, and phone number of the owner representative shall be listed on the business license which is on file at Town Hall. The owner representative shall keep record of the dates the structure is rented during each calendar year. It is the responsibility of the owner representative to inform short term rental tenants regarding town ordinances including but not limited to pets, parking, trash and noise.
3-601.G. Business License and Taxes. A business license has been granted by the Town prior to advertising the short term rental or lease of a structure.
3-601.H. Sales Tax Number. A local and state sales tax number has been received to provide for the collection of local and state sales taxes.
3-601.I. Excise Tax Number. A local excise number has been received to provide for the collection of local excise tax.
3-601.J. Affidavit. An annual affidavit is required to be filed for each calendar year including such information as is determined by the Town Clerk.
Any person who short term rents or leases, or causes to be rented or leased, any structure, or portion thereof in excess of an accumulative twenty-nine (29) days in excess of three (3) times in a calendar year, or who otherwise violates the provisions of this Division, shall be violating the terms of this Article.
This division is intended to provide for the creation of affordable and employee housing within the Town and the Telluride Region through a combination of:
3-710.A. Affordable housing requirements applicable to new development as further defined in Section 3-720 below;
3-710.B. Affordable housing included as part of a PUD application for which such units are intended to ensure compliance with Section 6-304.C., “Review Standards”;
3-710.C. Affordable housing or employee dwelling units constructed voluntarily in zone districts where such use is allowed either by right or as a use permitted on review; and;
3-710.D. Incentives available for the construction of affordable housing or employee dwelling units as further defined in Section 3-760 below.
3-720.A. Findings and Purpose.
3-720.A.1. Findings. It is essential and necessary for the preservation and maintenance of the Telluride community to ensure the provision of affordable housing within the Town and the Telluride region, as delineated on the Telluride Region Map in the San Miguel County Comprehensive Plan (“Telluride region”), which serves both year round and seasonal employees. Recognizing that new development generates additional employment needs, and consistent with the desire to have new development mitigate impacts attributable to such development, the Town finds it necessary to require new development to provide affordable housing. Maintaining permanent and long-term housing in proximity to the source of employment generation serves to maintain the community, reduce regional traffic congestion, and minimize impacts on adjacent communities. Housing must be affordable to the local labor force in order for the local economy to remain stable.
3-720.A.2. Purpose. The purpose of this Division is to create housing which is affordable, the need of which is created by new development. This is accomplished through the establishment of the affordable housing requirements for new development that requires the production of affordable housing units, deed restricting existing housing stock to affordable housing, the conveyance of land for affordable housing, or, as a less preferred alternative, cash payments.
3-720.A.3. Applicability. The standards of this Section apply to all single-family, duplex, multi-family, commercial, accommodations and other nonresidential new development within the incorporated limits of the Town of Telluride. This Section shall also apply to a change of use that generates additional employees. For the purpose of this Division, “development” shall be defined as set forth in Article 2, Division 1, except development shall not include dredging, excavation, drilling, demolition, clearing, and deposit as defined in Article 2, Division 1.
3-720.B. Exemptions. The following development is exempt from the requirements of this Section:
3-720.B.1. Redevelopment of Pre-Existing Use and Change in Use. Redevelopment or remodeling of an existing use or the change from one use to another is exempt from the requirements of this Section, provided such activity does not create additional employment generation as determined by Table #1 in subsection C.1.a of this Section, and provided the redevelopment or remodeling does not meet the definition of Section 2-309, Demolition. Only the uses and floor areas that existed prior to the redevelopment or remodeling when demolition has not occurred shall be exempt from the requirements of this Division. Any new floor area or unit or any change in use which creates additional employee generation as determined by Table #1 in subsection C.1.a of this Section shall be subject to the provisions of this Section. When demolition has occurred, the replacement of any existing floor area or unit shall be exempt from the requirements of this Section only if those spaces have previously provided mitigation in conformance with the current affordable housing mitigation requirements of this Title.
3-720.B.2. Affordable Housing and Designated Employee Dwelling Units. Development of affordable housing and designated employee dwelling units as defined in this Title are exempt from the requirements of this Section.
3-720.C. Calculation of Minimum Affordable Housing Requirements.
3-720.C.1. Minimum Affordable Housing Requirements. The minimum affordable housing requirements shall be determined according to the following steps:
a. Step 1: Determine the Number of Employees Generated by the Development. Calculate the number of employees generated by the proposed development (as determined by using the applicable generation factor in Table #1).
Table 1.
Land Use | Generation Rate |
|---|---|
Commercial/Public Facility Uses | 4.5 employees per 1,000 s.f. of net floor area |
Hotels and Accommodations Uses | 0.33 employees per unit |
Multifamily Dwelling and Mixed-Use Residential | 0.33 employees per dwelling unit |
One- and Two-Family Dwellings | Generation Rate = 0.070174(e)(0.000322 X Proposed, New Gross Floor Area) + 0.11 employees per 1,000 s.f. of gross floor area |
The employee generation of any use not listed in the table shall be determined by an Independent Calculation, pursuant to Subsection 3-720.D.2. New Gross Floor Area is calculated per the definition in Article 2 plus any Basement or Cellar Space and excluding garages and other unheated, non-living space. Affordable housing requirements for dwelling units in mixed-use development consisting of two or fewer residential units may be reduced or eliminated pursuant to the PUD process.
b. Step 2: Calculate the Amount of Required Mitigation. The amount of required mitigation shall be calculated using the following formula, based on (i) the number of Employees generated by the development as determined under Step 1 above (“Employees Generated”) multiplied by (ii) the provision of four hundred (400) square feet of Gross Floor Area per employee generated by the development multiplied by (iii) the Required Percentage Mitigation that is (A) forty percent (40%) for commercial uses; (B) ninety percent (90%) for multifamily, accommodations uses (except hotels); and single-family and duplex (two-family dwelling) uses; and (C) forty percent (40%) for a hotel equals the minimum number of employees required to be provided with affordable housing.
Employees Generated X 400 sq.ft. X Required Percentage Mitigation = Gross Floor Area of affordable housing mitigation requirement.
c. Step 3: Apply Any Affordable Housing Mitigation Credit. For one and two-family development that is submitted for a HARC review on or after July 1, 2010 that is required to provide for affordable housing mitigation as required by this section, a credit for already provided mitigation will be calculated. No credit is provided for one or two-family floor area development that is submitted for HARC review prior to July 1, 2010. The credit will be calculated by first determining the total floor area for the project that was submitted for HARC review and development on or after July 1, 2010 and constructed after such (“Mitigated Floor Area”), along with the corresponding number of employees generated (“Provided Mitigation”). The Mitigated Floor Area is then added to the new proposed floor area, with this total used to determine the new mitigation requirement using the exponential formula listed in Table 1 above. (“New Mitigation Requirement”). The amount of mitigation required is then determined by applying the provided Mitigation credit to the New mitigation requirement as follows (“Required Mitigation”).
New Mitigation Requirement – Provided Mitigation = Required Mitigation
Example: A 2,000 sq. ft. one family dwelling that submits for HARC review on or after July 1, 2010 that subsequently builds such floor area will provide a payment in-lieu for 0.13 employee according to the formula set forth in Table 1 above and mitigation is provided in the form of a payment in-lieu (This is the Provided Mitigation). Two years later, the owner is proposing an addition of 1,000 sq. ft. that results in a new total floor area of 3,000 sq. ft. Using the exponential formula listed in Table 1 above, a 3,000 sq. ft. one-family home generates a total of 0.18 employees (“New Mitigation Requirement”). The amount of new mitigation required is then calculated based determining the difference between the New Mitigation and the Provided Mitigation as follows: 0.18 employee – 0.13 employees = 0.05 employees that must be mitigated by a payment in-lieu.
Example: An existing one family dwelling built prior to 2009 is proposed to have an addition of 1,000 sq. ft. that generates 0.09 employees, with mitigation provided by a payment in-lieu (This is the Provided Mitigation). There is no credit for the existing home since no mitigation was provided when originally built. Five years later, the owner wants to add an additional 2,000 sq. ft. of floor area bringing the total floor area developed since 2009 to 3,000 sq. ft. that results in a mitigation of 0.18 employees per the exponential formula listed in Table 1 above (This is the new Mitigation Requirement). The amount of Required Mitigation is calculated as follows: 0.18 – 0.09 = 0.09.
3-720.C.2. Independent Calculation. An applicant may submit an independent calculation of the number of employees to be generated by a proposed development, to be used in place of the employee generation requirements Table #1.
a. Approval Authority and Review Criteria. Approval of the results of the independent calculation shall be at the sole discretion of the Planning and Zoning Commission. (“P&Z”) Prior to approval of any Independent Calculation, the Telluride Housing Authority Subcommittee (“THA”) shall review the Independent Calculation and forward a recommendation to the P&Z. In determining whether approval of an independent calculation should be granted, the Commission shall consider the following criteria:
(1) Data and records, including but not limited an independent pay roll audit, supporting employment generation for the proposed use. The Commission may employee, at the applicant’s expense, a professional of the Commission’s choosing to evaluate the independent calculation.
(2) Future changes in use for the property permitted by the underlying zoning and provisions of this Division.
(3) Actual employment rates of similar businesses and activities within the Telluride Region and other resort communities.
(4) Whether approval would be consistent with the intents and purposes of this Division and the Telluride Master Plan.
Any acceptance of an Independent Calculation shall be site and use specific, non transferable and be memorialized in a Development Agreement between the property owner and the Town. Such Agreement shall be executed prior to issuance of any building permit.
Should the independent calculation not be accepted, then the applicable employee generation factor from Table #1 shall be applied to the proposed development.
b. Independent Payroll Audit. The P&Z may require the applicant to have an independent payroll audit performed two (2) years following the project’s occupancy to determine if the number of employees in the project corresponds with the applicant’s calculation. The P&Z shall adjust the applicant’s housing requirement in accord with the results of the audit, and the Development Agreement shall be so amended. The P&Z may waive the Independent Payroll Audit.
c. Appeal. Upon final approval or denial of the Independent Calculation by the P&Z an appeal to Town Council may be filed pursuant to Section 5 207.A.
d. Public Notice. No public notice of an independent calculation shall be required other than listing such applications on the P&Z’s and the THA’s agendas.
3-720.D. Housing Mitigation Plan.
3-720.D.1. Housing Mitigation Plan Required. An applicant for any new development or change in use shall submit a Housing Mitigation Plan to the Planning Director, unless exempted pursuant to Section 3-720.B, “Exemptions”.
a. Content. The Housing Mitigation Plan shall include the following:
(1) Calculation and Method. The calculation of, and method by which housing is to be provided, in compliance with section 3-720.C, “Calculation of Minimum Affordable Housing Requirement” and Section 3-740.A.2, “Method for Providing Housing”.
(2) Unit Descriptions. If affordable housing units are to be developed, a site plan and building floor plans (if applicable), illustrating the number of units proposed, their location, the number of bedrooms in and Gross Floor Area of each unit, the rental/sale mix of the development, and the eligibility categories and price restrictions consistent with the Guidelines.
(b) Timing of Review/Amendments. The Housing Mitigation Plan shall be submitted to and approved by the Planning Director prior to, or concurrent with, application to the Town for the free market portion of the initial development plan. Review and approval of plans by the Town for construction of affordable housing shall be prior to, or concurrent with, the free market portion of the development plan. Any amendment to the Housing Mitigation Plan shall require Planning Department approval.
3-720.D.2. Certification of Action. The Planning Director, or its designee, shall certify the Planning Department’s approval, approval with conditions, or denial of the Housing Mitigation Plan, or of an amendment thereto. Such approval, approval with conditions, or denial shall be based on compliance with the provisions of this Division and the Telluride Affordable Housing Guidelines (“Guidelines”), unless an exception is granted by the THA.
3-720.D.3. Appeal. Upon final approval or denial of the Housing Mitigation Plan by the Planning Director an appeal to Town Council may be filed pursuant to Section 5-207.A.
Affordable Housing may also be
3-730.1. Included as part of a PUD application for which such units are intended to ensure compliance with Section 6-304.C., “Review Standards”; or
3-730.2. Constructed voluntarily in zone districts where such use is allowed either by right or as a use permitted on review.
When proposed for either of these purposes, the applicant must submit a plan for the provision of such affordable housing which meets all of the provisions of section 3-720.D. above except that no calculation of minimum affordable housing requirements under section 3-720.C. shall be included unless a PUD also has to provide required mitigation based on the intended use and the requirements of this Section.
3-740.A. Provision of Affordable Housing. When proposed either to satisfy the housing requirements established in Section 3-720.C, “Calculation of Minimum Affordable Housing Requirements”, or to provide affordable housing pursuant to section 3-730, affordable housing must meet the following requirements.
3-740.A.1. Minimum Requirements.
a. Deed restriction Affordable Housing Unit. Any Affordable Housing unit shall be deed restricted to rental or sales terms and occupancy limitations which comply with the Guidelines unless an exception is granted by the THA.
b. Telluride Affordable Housing Guidelines. The units shall be developed in accordance with the Guidelines.
c. Timing of Occupancy. The units shall be ready for occupancy no later than the date of the initial or temporary certificate occupancy or certificate of completion of the free market portion of the project. If the free market units are to be developed in phases, then the affordable housing units can be developed in proportion to the phasing of the free market units.
3-740.A.2. Allowed Methods of Providing Affordable Housing.
a. For all new development or redevelopment within all zone districts, the following methods may be used to provide affordable housing:
(1) Construction of unit(s) on the site on which the development is proposed.
(2) Construction of unit(s) within the Town of Telluride, provided such land, site or structure has not been previously deed-restricted to employee or affordable housing by any party, public or private, including the Town, the Town of Mountain Village or San Miguel County.
(3) Construction of unit(s) outside the Town of Telluride but within the Telluride Region (as defined by the Telluride Master Plan), provided such land, site or structure has not been previously deed-restricted to employee or affordable housing by any party, public or private, including the Town, the Town of Mountain Village or San Miguel County. Prior to construction of such unit(s), consent of the relevant jurisdiction or homeowner’s association (if required) to placement of a Town of Telluride deed restriction on the unit(s) must be obtained, in addition to any required land use approvals.
(4) Deed restricting existing free market unit(s) within the Town or the Telluride Region.
(i) As a condition of approval when the deed restriction of existing free market unit(s) is proposed, Applicants must obtain the approval of THA for the specific unit(s) to be deed restricted. Applicants must demonstrate to the satisfaction of THA that (a) the long term affordability of the proposed unit(s) is adequately protected, considering issues including but not limited to long term maintenance and homeowner’s assessments; and (b) the affected projects government documents, if any, do not prohibit the type of housing proposed. THA may request additional information about the proposed unit(s) as reasonable to make such a determination. Such approval may contain provisions to insure that any unit(s) so restricted meets long term standards for maintenance and affordability.
(ii) Prior to deed restriction of such unit(s) when located outside the Town of Telluride, consent of the relevant jurisdiction or homeowner’s association (if required) to placement of a Town of Telluride deed restriction on the unit(s) must be obtained, in addition to any required land use approvals.
(5) Fees in lieu pursuant to Section 3-740.A.3. not to exceed ten percent (10%) of the total affordable housing requirement.
(6) Conveyance of land pursuant to Section 3-740.A.4.
(i) Land may be within Telluride or the Telluride Region provided such land has not been previously restricted to employee or affordable housing by any party, including the Town, the Town of Mountain Village or San Miguel County.
(ii) Land located outside of Telluride must have approvals by the relevant jurisdiction or homeowner’s association (if required) for use as affordable housing and approval for placement of a Town of Telluride affordable housing deed restriction on the land and/or the resulting constructed housing.
(7) Any minimum affordable housing requirement required pursuant to Section 3-720.C., either fractional or whole, may be combined with other developments’ housing mitigation plans.
b. The ten percent (10%) limit regarding payment of fees in lieu described in Section 3-740.A.2.a(5) shall not apply when:
(1) The required affordable housing mitigation is equal to or less than four hundred (400) square feet; or
(2) The minimum affordable housing requirement per Section 3-720.C. is greater than fifteen percent (15%) of the gross floor area of the development, excepting gross floor area allocated to affordable housing. In this situation, only that portion of the affordable housing requirement above fifteen percent (15%) of the gross floor area of the development shall be eligible to be mitigated by payment of fees in lieu.
3-740.A.3. Payment of In Lieu Fee.
a. A payment in-lieu fee has been developed by the Town and adopted by the Town Council. Any payment of the in-lieu fee shall be made in amounts for each housing category, as these categories have been defined in the Guidelines. The fees shall be reviewed and updated within two (2) years of their original adoption, and at least every two (2) years thereafter. The adoption of a new fee can be included on the overall Planning and Building Department Fee Schedule as adopted by the Town Council.
b. Time of Payment and Use of Funds. Payment of the in lieu fee shall be made to the Town prior to the issuance of any building permits for the free market portion of the development.
(1) Interest Bearing Account. The Town shall transfer the funds to an interest bearing account.
(2) Authorized Uses of Fees. The funds, and any interest accrued, shall be used only for the purpose of planning for, subsidizing or developing affordable and employee housing.
c. Refund of Fees.
(1) Seven Year Limit. Fees collected pursuant to this section may be returned to the then present owner or property for which a fee was paid, including any interest earned, if the fees have not been spent within seven (7) years from the date fees were paid, unless the Town Council shall have earmarked the funds for expenditure on a specific project, in which case the Town Council may extend the time period by up to three (3) more years.
(2) Written Request. To obtain the refund, the present owner must submit a written request to the Planning Director within one (1) year following the end of the seventh (7th) year from the date payment was received.
(3) Payments Determined. For the purpose of this section, payments collected shall be deemed spent on the basis that the first payment shall be the first payment out.
d. Deferral of Payment-In-Lieu Fee.
(1) The Town Council has approved and implemented a deferral of the required payment-in-lieu fee program for owners of property within the Town of Telluride that are subject to an affordable housing payment-in-lieu fee under the following conditions:
(A) Pursuant to a review of the factors and eligibility criteria establishing qualifications for Town electors and residency for the same under Telluride Home Rule Charter Section 2.4, the individual property owner can demonstrate by the filing of an affidavit available from the Town, along with all necessary and supporting documentation, to establish that the structure that is the subject of the payment-in-lieu fee is currently the primary residence of the individual applying for the deferral of the required payment-in-lieu fee.
(B) An individual can also apply for a deferral of a payment-in-lieu fee if he or she is constructing a structure that is the subject of the payment-in-lieu fee that will become his or her primary residence within one (1) year after a certificate of occupancy for the same structure has been obtained from the Town of Telluride. The individual shall also file an affidavit with the Town and shall commit to providing all necessary and supporting documentation to demonstrate that the structure has become the primary residence of the individual no later than one (1) year after the certificate of occupancy has been issued as mentioned above.
(C) In addition to the criteria for demonstrating either current or future primary residence, at least one (1) person that is on title to the primary residence must also demonstrate at least one thousand four hundred (1,400) hours per year of employment during the previous twelve (12) calendar months within the boundaries of the Telluride R-1 School District and:
i. Continue to demonstrate, following the approval of the deferral of the required payment in lieu, at least one thousand four hundred (1,400) hours per year of employment within the boundaries of the Telluride R-1 School District for the next four (4) calendar years after the certificate of occupancy for the primary residence has been issued by the Town; or,
ii. After a sale has occurred to a subsequent purchaser, the purchaser must continue to demonstrate at least one thousand four hundred (1,400) hours per year of employment within the boundaries of the Telluride R-1 School District for the next four (4) calendar years who can also meet the standards of subsections A.3.d(1)(A) through C of this Section for a continued deferral of the required payment-in-lieu fee.
(2) Upon satisfaction of the above requirements described in subsections A.3.d(1)(A) through C of this Section, a deferral of the required payment-in-lieu fees shall only entitle the deferral of seventy-five percent (75%) of the amount due and owing the Town pursuant to the applicable payment-in-lieu fee. The Town and the person eligible for the deferral of the payment-in-lieu fee shall enter into a legal agreement that shall be recorded in the real property records of San Miguel County and shall run as a burden on the property until the deferred amount, plus interest calculated and compounded at an annual interest rate of the Wall Street Journal Prime Rate, is paid back to the Town upon one of the following occurrences:
(A) The real property that is the subject of the deferred payment-in-lieu fee has been sold or conveyed to a purchaser who does not meet the qualifications for the deferral of the required payment-in-lieu fee provisions of subsections A.3.d(1)(A) through C of this Section, in which case the obligation to pay the outstanding and deferred payment-in-lieu fee shall be a responsibility for the purchaser and any other person to whom a transfer is made with joint and several liability for the payment of the deferred payment-in-lieu fee at the time of closing;
(B) The real property that is the subject of the deferred payment-in-lieu fee is no longer the primary residence of the individual that received the deferral for the payment-in-lieu fee; or,
(C) There has been a failure to provide convincing proof to demonstrate satisfaction of the required employment hours, including the provisions requiring continued demonstration of at least one thousand four hundred (1,400) hours per year of employment within the boundaries of the Telluride R-1 School District for four (4) calendar years after the certificate of occupancy, under subsection A.3.d(1)(C) of this Section.
As to compliance with the payment-in-lieu fee deferral provisions of subsections A.3.d(1) and 2 of this Section, the Town Manager, following consultation with the Town Planning Director and the Town Attorney, shall be charged with rendering the final decision on behalf of the Town as to whether an individual can demonstrate that they have met the requirements to be eligible for a deferral of the payment-in-lieu fee.
3-740.A.4. Conveyance of Land. The applicant may convey land in fee to the Town, whose fair market value is at least equal to the equivalent in-lieu fee, as calculated pursuant to Section 3-740.A.3, “Payment of In-Lieu Fee”.
a. Establishment of Fair Market Values. Fair market value shall be established by a licensed real estate appraiser.
(1) Preliminary Value. Fair market value shall be established on a preliminary basis at the time the Housing Mitigation Plan is reviewed, pursuant to Section 3-720.D, “Housing Mitigation Plan”.
(2) Final Value. Fair market value shall be confirmed at the time of final development plan approval.
(3) Value Net of Commission. Fair market value shall be net of any customary real estate commission for the sale of the land.
b. Time of Dedication. Land conveyance shall occur prior to the issuance of any building permit for the free market portion of the development.
c. Location and Condition of Land. Approval of the location of land to be conveyed shall be by the Planning Director. The Planning Director may require, as a condition of approval, that the land be fully developed and ready for construction, with roads, water supply, sewage disposal and other basic services in place. A soils report or other necessary environmental report may also be required, stipulating whether the land is suitable for the type of construction contemplated and identifying any special construction techniques which may prove necessary for its development.
d. Subsequent Conveyance Permitted. The Town Council shall be permitted to sell the land without restrictions on its future use.
(1) Interest Bearing Account. All proceeds from the sale of the land shall be placed in an interest bearing account.
(2) Authorized Use of Proceeds. The proceeds from the sale, and any interest accrued, shall be used only for the purposes of planning for, subsidizing or developing affordable and employee housing.
3-740.B. Size and Design Standards for Affordable Housing Units. Affordable housing units shall comply with the size requirements and other design standards established within the Guidelines unless an exception is granted by the THA.
3-740.C. Homeowner’s Association.
3-740.C.1. If an affordable housing unit is developed as part of a mixed free market/affordable housing development project for sales purposes, then any documents creating the condominium association or homeowners association shall state that the affordable housing unit shall only be assessed monthly dues and other shared assessments based on whichever of the following two (2) formulas results in the lower cost for the affordable housing unit:
a. “The size of affordable housing unit in square feet as compared to the total size of the other units in the development”; or
b. “The size of the lot on which the affordable housing unit is located as compared to the total size of the other lots in the development”.
3-740.C.2. The initial general annual assessment for the Affordable Housing Unit shall not exceed one and a quarter percent (1.25%) of the initial allowed sales price of the Affordable Housing Unit.
3-740.C.3. Any general annual assessment, special assessment, or any other assessed charge for such Affordable Housing Unit shall be subject to an initial assessment and/or annual assessment increase limitation equal to 3% of the prior year’s general annual assessment for the Affordable Housing Unit, or the increase applied to the entire homeowners association, whichever is less.
3-740.D. Parking Requirements. Each development with an Affordable Housing unit shall provide a minimum of one parking space for each Affordable Housing Unit.
3-740.E. Provision of Affordable Housing in Advance of a Requirement.
3-740.E.1. Affordable housing may be provided in advance or in excess of a requirement of Section 3-720, or in advance or in excess of other affordable housing (voluntary or PUD), subject to all of the following conditions and provisions:
a. The housing has been constructed and deed restricted in full compliance with the applicable provisions of the Guidelines and this Division.
b. The amount of housing provided must be at least three hundred and fifty (350) square feet or more in excess of any affordable housing that is either required pursuant to Section 3-720 above or provided to ensure compliance with Section 3-720 above or provided to ensure compliance with Section 6-304.C., “Review Standards”. Increments of one hundred (100) square feet shall be permitted after the first increment of three hundred and fifty (350) square feet, but they must be contained within a single housing unit, unless mitigation requirements are combined and approved concurrently pursuant to Section 3-740.A.2.a(7).
3-740.E.2. Provided the above conditions have been met, the Director of Planning shall issue an Affordable Housing Mitigation Certificate which shall be referenced in the deed restriction, numbered, and in recordable form. The Certificate shall be fully assignable and transferable. The Certificate shall be recorded, and upon reliance on the Certificate in satisfaction of required housing, the Town shall file for record a certificate of cancellation.
3-740.E.3. Credit for excess affordable housing shall be granted only for the difference between the housing mitigation required pursuant to this Division or pursuant to a PUD or other Town process, and maximum square footage for the unit type established in the Guidelines.
3-750.A. Approval Standards.
3-750.A.1. Unit Design. A designated employee dwelling unit may be proposed for construction within a principal building structure or building or as a secondary structure or building. Additionally, an existing secondary and/or accessory structure or building may be converted to and/or designated as a designated employee dwelling unit.
a. All designated employee dwelling units shall comply with the design standards and size limitations specified in the Guidelines, unless an exception is granted by the THA.
b. All designated employee dwelling units shall meet the minimum size and design requirements for an “efficiency dwelling unit” as defined by the Uniform Building Code, as amended.
c. Ownership and Occupancy. The owner(s) shall restrict the use of the designated employee dwelling unit by executing and recording a covenant in favor of the Town and THA that shall burden and run with the land upon which the unit shall be constructed and which shall provide that it shall be owned by a THA qualified owner and occupied by a THA qualified household according to the provisions of the Guidelines. The Town and THA shall each be a named beneficiary of the covenant and may enforce it by any action available at law or equity. The form of the deed restriction shall be satisfactory to the Town Attorney.
3-750.A.2. Construction Deadlines. The construction or renovation of a designated employee dwelling unit must commence within one (1) year of the date of approval as granted under this Section and must be completed within two (2) years from approval. The issuance of any building permit or temporary or permanent certificate of occupancy shall be conditioned upon compliance with these time frames. Failure to comply with the specified time frames shall be grounds for revocation of the approval or suspension or revocation of such permits or certificates issued as a result of such approval.
3-750.A.3. Telluride Housing Authority Subcommittee Responsibilities. The THA shall have the responsibility for determining eligibility and qualifying households for occupying designated employee dwelling units according to the provisions of the Guidelines.
3-750.A.4. Condominiumization of Employee Dwelling Unit. Within the Residential, Hillside Transitional, Hillside Developing One, Hillside Developing Two, Medium Density Residential and Historic Residential zone districts, the owner(s) in title shall not sell, condominiumize or subdivide a designated employee dwelling unit apart from the original qualifying lot. Within other zone districts where EDUs are an allowed use, an EDU that is developed in accordance with this Section shall be allowed to propose a condominium subdivision in accordance with the Subdivision Regulations.
3-750.A.5. Demolition or Removal of Designated Employee Dwelling Unit. No designated employee dwelling unit shall be demolished, partially demolished, removed or relocated to another property unless approved by Town Council. Relocation of an employee dwelling unit on the same property shall require the approval of the Planning Director and THA.
3-760.A. Intent and Purpose. The intent of this Section is to provide incentives and opportunities to construct and lease or sell designated employee dwelling units, or affordable housing units, to THA qualified households within zone districts which permit such uses by right. Designated employee dwelling units and affordable housing units may be constructed and occupied under the terms of this Section provided:
3-760.A.1. The standards of this Division and all other applicable codes and regulations of the Town have been complied with; and
3-760.A.2. The designated employee dwelling unit(s) or affordable housing unit(s) are not included as part of a PUD application for which such units are intended to ensure compliance with Section 6-304.C., “Review Standards”; and
3-760.A.3. The designated employee dwelling unit(s) or affordable housing unit(s) are not part of a Housing Mitigation Plan submitted to comply with the provisions of Section 3-720 above.
3-760.A.4. Affordable housing or employee dwelling units which meet the conditions in Section 3-760.A. above are eligible for the following waivers and credits:
a. The Building Official shall waive that portion of any water and/or sewer tap fee attributable to a designated employee dwelling unit, or affordable housing unit provided such unit is deed restricted per Section 3-720.B.
b. All building and development application fees shall be paid at the time of application, however, the fees paid associated with the designated employee dwelling unit(s) or affordable housing unit(s) will be credited toward the amount required for the building permit fee.
3-760.B. Annual Review. The operation and enforcement of this Section and THA in administering portions of this Section may be reviewed annually by the Town Council upon the report of the Planning Director and the THA Executive Director, such report(s) to be submitted before the first Council meeting in March of each year.
The purpose and intent of the Wetland Regulations is to 1) protect and enhance the natural environment; 2) ensure the safe and healthy existence of the present population and future generations; 3) ensure that the wetlands in the Town are identified and protected; and 4) protect the vital, beneficial functions and values of wetland areas and the associated riparian areas within the Town of Telluride. Protecting riparian and wetland areas helps prevent degradation of valuable habitat that is vital to proper ecological function of the San Miguel Watershed, the San Miguel River, and its tributaries. Telluride considers these sensitive, natural features to be important resources because they give the community a special, natural character that it depends on for economic, environmental, aesthetic, and open space benefits. Therefore, the intent of the Wetland Regulations is to protect wetland areas and the associated riparian areas so that such areas will continue to:
3-810.A. Retain and slow flood waters thereby decreasing flooding impacts downstream;
3-810.B. Provide sediment and storm water mitigation by reducing peak runoff volumes and velocities, which increase as impervious surfaces in the watershed increase;
3-810.C. Recharge groundwater;
3-810.D. Provide a temporary refuge for riparian and wetland fauna during high water episodes;
3-810.E. Provide robust habitat for migrating, threatened, endangered, and/or commercially and recreationally important wildlife;
3-810.F. Provide an area to accommodate variations in riparian and wetland boundaries over time due to hydrologic and climatic change;
3-810.G. Act as a remediation and filtration area to remove and store nutrients, sediments, petrochemicals, pesticides, debris and other pollutants as they move from uplands toward riparian and wetland areas;
3-810.H. Keep disturbances at a distance, thereby reducing the impact of noise, traffic and other direct and indirect adverse human impacts; and
3-810.I. Provide a corridor that facilitates wildlife movement from upland and down valley habitats to and from riparian and wetland areas.
These regulations are intended to provide wetland protection and for buffers adjacent to wetlands to protect these critical functions and values.
3-820.A. Soil Disturbance Prohibited. Soil disturbance and wetland fill within wetland areas is prohibited unless such soil disturbance is associated with the exemptions listed in Section 3-820.C. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if a variance to this requirement is requested, any approval of such variance may require mitigation of wetland fill at a 2:1 ratio.
3-820.B. Wetland Setback.
3-820.B.1. 25-foot Wetland Setback. No soil disturbance, development activity or other formal activities shall occur within twenty-five 25 feet of a wetland area, including but not limited to fences, gazebos, play equipment, wells, roadways, driveways, utilities, other infrastructure and site development activities (including but not limited to clearing, storage or materials, grading, filling, retaining, etc.) unless an activity in the wetland setback is administratively approved by the Planning Director per the criteria in Section 3-830.
3-820.B.2. 5-foot Absolute Setback to Wetlands. In no event shall soil disturbance, development activity or other formal activities be allowed within five (5) feet of a wetland area, including but not limited to: 1) buildings or structures, including but not limited to driplines, bay windows, chimneys, cantilevered construction and decks; or 2) other development or disturbance activities, including but not limited to fences, gazebos, play equipment, lawns, formal landscaped areas, wells, roadways, driveways, utilities, other infrastructure and site development activities, including but not limited to clearing, storage or materials, grading, filling, retaining, etc. The five (5) foot wetland setback areas shall only be left in, or restored back to, a natural state.
3-820.B.3. Subsurface Soil Disturbance Prohibited. Subsurface soil disturbance is also prohibited within five feet of a wetland area, including but not limited to soil nailing and other similar building devices.
3-820.C. Exemptions to Wetland Regulations.
3-820.C.1. Exemptions. Work in a wetland setback is exempt from the wetland setback requirement if the proposed activity is to:
a. Revegetate and\or landscape the wetland setback to a natural, weed-free state without extensive grading;
b. Restore wildlife habitat;
c. Maintain public trails and related facilities (bridges, signs, benches, drainage, etc.) that existed as of April 7, 2006;
d. Install or maintain Town-wide water quality protection ponds and drainage features related thereto;
e. Maintain the River Park, including but not limited to necessary dredging operations related thereto;
f. USGS or other governmental water gauges;
g. Maintain utility lines, public roads and other public facilities that are dedicated to the Town;
h. Maintain or install wetland mitigation areas;
i. Maintain existing improvements in the wetland setback that exist as of April 7, 2006; or
j. Achieve either vehicular or utility access to property, and no other access route avoiding the wetland setback is technically feasible.
3-820.C.2. Written Approval of Exemption and Potential Mitigation. For an activity to qualify as exempt, the Planning Department must issue an exemption letter for such an activity prior to commencement of the same. An applicant for an exempt activity shall be required to submit a narrative explaining the activity, and the Planning Department may require the submission of a site plan showing a wetland delineation, the proposed activities and the proposed disturbance. Even if an activity is determined to be exempt, the Planning Department may require a mitigation plan as provided for in Section 3-850 and an improvements agreement and financial guarantee in accordance with Section 3-860 to ensure that wetlands and the associated wetland setback are not adversely impacted.
3-820.D. Development Review Procedures. Unless an activity is exempt from the Wetland Regulations as provided for Section 3-820.C, any soil disturbance within the 25-foot wetland setback shall be evaluated and administratively acted on by the Planning Director. If a Certificate of Appropriateness (CA) is required for an activity per Article 7, Historic and Architectural Review, the Wetland Regulations will be evaluated, and a determination made prior to submitting an application per Article 7.
3-820.E. Wetland Setback For Annexations and Planned Unit Developments. For annexation or PUDs, the Town may require a wetland setback of up to 100 feet from wetland areas, which may be reduced by the Planning and Zoning Commission per the criteria contained in Section 3-830.
3-820.F. Wetland Delineation Required. A wetland delineation shall be submitted concurrent with other applicable land use applications as required by this Title when there is a wetland area on a property, or a wetland area adjacent to a property. Such delineations shall be conducted in accordance with the 1987 edition of the Corps of Engineers Wetlands Delineation Manual. This submittal requirement shall apply to all lots that are located on or adjacent to either the San Miguel River or Cornet Creek, or other projects that have wetlands in close proximity to proposed development. Such delineation shall be prepared by a consultant approved by either the United States Army Corps of Engineers or the Town to conduct wetland delineations.
The Planning Director or, for annexations and PUDs, the Planning and Zoning Commission, may administratively approve disturbance of the wetland setback if the disturbance meets the following criteria:
3-830.1. There is no practical alternative to avoiding the wetland setback.
3-830.2. The proposed activity in the wetland setback is to either: 1) meet a policy of the Telluride Master Plan, or 2) allow reasonable use of the property.
3-830.3. The impact on the wetland setback will be mitigated in accordance with the requirements of the Wetland Regulations.
3-830.4. The mitigation area will be preserved by a legal restriction that runs with the land, which shall include the purpose and intent of protecting the wetland setback, a requirement for perpetual maintenance of the mitigation substantially in a natural state in general accordance with the approved mitigation plan, and the prohibition on development of the mitigation area as specified in Section 3-820.B.
3-840.A. Plan Requirements for Wetland Setback Disturbance Plan. Where soil disturbance and\or other activities are proposed in the wetland setback, an applicant shall submit a wetland setback disturbance plan that shows:
3-840.A.1. Wetland Delineation. A wetland delineation prepared by a qualified professional (as describe above in Section 3-820.F) that delineates the wetland area (as defined in Article 2) boundary and surveyed by a Colorado Licensed Surveyor.
3-840.A.2. Project Narrative. A description of the proposed activity causing disturbance in the wetland setback, including the proposed amount, location and area of wetland setback area soil disturbance, and a description of how the applicant is meeting the criteria contained in Section 3-830.
3-840.A.3. Schedule. A detailed timeline and description of the proposed best management practices throughout the construction process, including subsequent monitoring after the completion of construction.
3-840.A.4. Grading Plan. Details about grading and erosion control, including use of soil stabilization measures and practices to minimize the impacts of the proposed disturbance on the wetland setback. No disturbance in the 25-foot wetland setback shall be permitted until approved measures are in place unless disturbance is to install an approved measure. The grading plan details shall be consistent with the site construction mitigation plan as required by Title 15, Chapter 15.35 of the Town Municipal Code.
3-840.A.5. Construction Plan. A construction plan showing how the wetland setback will not have any development activity, including but not limited to construction activity, shall be submitted. No staging, scaffolding, grading equipment or other construction equipment can be conducted within the wetland setback and the setback line shall have appropriate fencing in place prior to mass excavation to ensure the integrity of the wetland setback is protected.
3-840.A.6. Site Plan. The proposed site plan for the entire property, including but not limited to existing conditions (topography in two foot contours), and proposed buildings and other structures.
3-840.A.7. Mitigation Plan. Details regarding the mitigation of impacts caused by the proposed activity in the 25-foot wetland setback, clearly stating whether the proposed mitigation will occur on site or off site. The following shall be included:
a. A clear illustration of the proposed setback area to be restored or created, supporting hydrology, and the location of the improvement.
b. Authority to conduct mitigation measures if the proposed mitigation is off site.
c. A revegetation and monitoring plan:
(i) The plan shall be prepared by an engineer or scientist trained in wetlands area mitigation.
(ii) A detailed planting plan that shows the location, quantity, species and size of plants to be installed.
(iii) Detailing methods and materials for interim soil stabilization.
(iv) Mitigation per the provisions of Section 3-850.
3-840.A.8. Mitigation Criteria. The following criteria shall be used by applicants in creating proposed mitigation plans. The following criteria shall also be used in evaluating a proposed mitigation plan:
a. Wetland setback area restoration, enhancement or creation shall be considered on-site first, then, if such is determined to not be practical, mitigation may be considered in the close proximity to the impacted area, preferably contiguous with existing wetland areas, or identified wildlife habitats or wildlife corridors, where practical. Mitigation shall not be proposed for sites outside of the Telluride Town Limits.
b. Mitigation shall provide the functional equivalent of the disturbed 25-foot wetland setback, to the extent that such functions and values can be practically replicated. It is preferred that a restored or created wetland setback area be in close proximity to the impacted wetland area and\or wetland setback and is of similar type and function and value.
c. General conformance with the mitigation provisions of Section 3-850, unless other mitigation is approved by the Town as provided for in that section.
3-850.A. Mitigation Measures. The following is a list of potential mitigation measures that may be required by the Town. Notwithstanding the foregoing, other mitigation may be considered and required by the Town to mitigate the impacts to wetland setbacks:
3-850.A.1. Wetland setback area disturbance should be mitigated at a 1:1 ratio, with plantings of equal or higher value, maintaining the function and value of the impacted wetland setback area. For example, if 10,000 square feet of soil disturbance is proposed in the wetland setback, 10,000 square feet of plantings should occur to mitigate the adverse impacts.
3-850.A.2. Where less than a 25-foot setback is proposed, provide an intensively landscaped buffer of deciduous trees, coniferous trees and shrubs to mitigate the effects to the wetland area.
3-850.A.3. Where practical, dig up the existing wetland setback area vegetation, place in burlap balls and retain and preserve on the site for replanting.
3-850.A.4. Retain natural, existing topsoil of the wetland setback area to reuse in revegetation and replanting.
3-850.A.5. Time grading and construction to minimize soil exposure during periods of snowmelt and rainy periods.
3-850.A.6. Retain and protect natural vegetation; strip only the area required for construction in stages.
3-850.A.7. Infiltrate runoff from impervious surfaces by locating infiltration trenches below driplines, walkways, parking areas and driveways.
3-850.A.8. Minimize length and steepness of exposed slopes by designing with the natural topography; prevent erosion on exposed slopes by placing barriers, such as waddles.
3-850.A.9. Keep runoff velocities low to prevent high erosive powers by using flow barriers (vegetation, rip-rap, etc.).
3-850.A.10. Protect drainageways and outlets from increased flows by using appropriate materials, such as vegetation, geofabric or rip rap.
3-850.A.12. Trap sediment on-site by using waddles, filter fences and sand bags.
3-850.A.13. Any disturbed areas must be replanted with native vegetation.
3-850.A.14. Natural hydrologic flows will be maintained through the site.
3-850.A.15. Minimize earth movement by avoiding cut and fill slopes.
3-850.A.16. Any structure or fill authorized shall be properly maintained, including maintenance to ensure public safety.
3-850.A.17. Appropriate erosion and siltation controls must be used and maintained in effective operating condition during construction, and all exposed soil and other fills must be permanently stabilized at the earliest practical date.
3-850.A.18. No activity may substantially disrupt the movement of those species of aquatic life indigenous to the water body, including those species that normally migrate through the area, unless the activities primary purpose is to impound water.
3-850.A.19. Heavy equipment working in wetlands must be placed on mats or other measures must be taken to minimize soil disturbance.
3-850.A.20. Any other appropriate best management practices as deemed necessary by the Town.
An improvements agreement shall be required for projects prior to issuing any permits for grading or construction. Between June 1st and October 1st, the Town will not issue a certificate of occupancy until the required and approved mitigation has been completed. Between October 2nd and May 31st, a financial guarantee shall be required by the Planning Director prior to issuing a certificate of occupancy to ensure the mitigation is installed in accordance with the approved plans. Such an agreement may require that the financial guarantee be held for two years from the date of the installation of the mitigation to ensure successful plant establishment. Financial guarantees shall meet the requirements of, and be held, released or drawn upon, as applicable, in accordance with Sections 6-409 E through J.
In addition to any and all other remedies provided for violations under Title 1, Chapter 1.16 of the Municipal Code, the Town may seek an injunction requiring complete restoration of any wetland area or wetland setback area disturbed in violation of these Wetland Regulations. In addition, the Town may also issue stop work orders, withhold any further permits for site development, and cease the processing of any site development applications related to the property that has a violation of the Wetland Regulations.
ZONE DISTRICT REGULATIONS
This Article divides the Town into Zone Districts of such number, shape and area, and of such common unity of purpose or use as are deemed most suitable to effectively accomplish the intent of the Telluride Master Plan. To manage land development, each Zone District has a stated purpose, uses permitted by right and uses permitted by review, dimensional limitations, and off-street parking requirements. All development within each Zone District shall be consistent with the purposes stated for that Zone District.
This Article also contains street and utility design requirements, sign regulations, landscaping and illumination standards, and short term rental restrictions, which are applicable to land development as provided in their particular Division.
Zone districts are classified according to the predominant character of development and current or intended use of the area as expressed in the Telluride Master Plan. The zone districts in Telluride are as follows:
(HT) | Hillside Transitional |
(HD-1) | Hillside Developing One |
(HD 2) | Hillside Developing Two |
(R) | Residential |
(HR) | Historic Residential |
(MDR) | Medium Density Residential |
(AC l) | Accommodations One |
(AC 2) | Accommodations Two |
(R/C) | Residential/Commercial/Gondola Corridor Overlay District |
(C) | Commercial |
(HC) | Historic Commercial |
(OSCE) | Open Space CE |
(OS) | Open Space |
(P) | Park |
(PP) | Public Purpose |
(WH) | West Hillside |
(CD) | Cemetery |
(AHW) | Affordable Housing West |
The boundaries of the districts set out in this Division are shown on the Town’s official zone district map, entitled Town of Telluride “Zone District Map”, dated 1992, and as subsequently amended, which map accompanies the ordinance codified in this Division and is made a part of this Division. The original of this Map, as amended, is properly attested to, and is on file with the Town Clerk. If, pursuant to the terms of this Title, amendments are made to the boundaries of the Zone District Map, such amendments shall be promptly entered on the map after their effective date. The Zone District Map and all the information shown thereon shall have the same force and effect as if fully set forth or described in this Division.
The Planning Director is authorized to interpret the boundaries of the Zone District Map, utilizing the rules set out in Article 1, Division 2 of this Title.
Every building erected or structurally altered shall be located on a single lot, as defined in Article 2. No more than one principal building shall be located on a lot, unless modified by H.A.R.C. within the Commercial, Historic Commercial or Accommodations Two, or Public Purpose Zone Districts, or approved pursuant to the provisions of Article 6, Division 3, Planned Unit Developments, or the Town Council’s general waiver authority set forth in Section 5-205.C.
3-105.A. General. Uses permitted by right and uses permitted on review shall comply with the dimensional limitations, parking requirements, street and utility design requirements, sign regulations, landscaping and illumination standards, and short term rental restrictions of this Article, and all other generally applicable provisions of this Title. Uses permitted on review are also subject to the application requirements of Article 6, Division 1 of this Title.
3-105.B. Multiple Uses. Permitted uses and uses permitted on review may be located in the same building or upon the same lot.
3-105.C. Uses Not Listed. Any use not authorized as a use permitted by right or a use permitted on review within a zone district is prohibited, unless the Planning Director shall interpret the Code to mean that such use is generally authorized within a specific use category, or unless an amendment to the use table for that zone district shall be approved by Town Council. Any such interpretation by the Planning Director shall be performed pursuant to the provisions of Section 1-202 of this Title.
Tables 3-1 and 3-2 summarize the dimensional limitations applicable to all development in each of Telluride’s zone districts. Tables 3-1 and 3-2 should be used in conjunction with the dimensional limitations for each zone district, found in Division 2 of this Article 3, which illustrate the dimensional limitations for each zone district.
Whenever HARC is authorized to modify any dimensional limitation, such modification shall be evaluated utilizing Design Guidelines, applicable design review criteria of Article 7 of this Title, and with regard to the purpose of the applicable zone district.
Table 3-4 summarizes the off-street parking requirements applicable to each type of use permitted in Telluride’s zone districts. The off-street parking requirements for each zone district are also found in Division 2 of this Article 3.
Off street parking shall be provided for each use in accordance with the requirements set forth in Table 3-4 and Division 2 of this Article 3; provided, however, if the requirements for a particular use are not herein below specified, P&Z shall determine the number of off street parking spaces required, based upon a comparison of the particular use with the uses hereinafter specified.
3-109.A. Location. Parking required for a use located in the C, HC, R/C (including the GCOD), ACI, AC2 Districts shall not be located in an adjacent residential zone district. In addition to the above required parking for a use located in the HT, HD-1, R, HR, MDR, C, HC, R/C (including the GCOD), AC1, AC2 Districts may be provided on abutting lots, provided such parking is secured in perpetuity through a recorded easement or other document acceptable to the Town Attorney and the Planning Director.
3-109.B. Use. Parking required for a use shall be available to on-site employees and residents. For Commercial and Accommodation uses, parking spaces shall be available to customers.
3-109.C. Size, Design And Access. Each off street parking space shall have an unobstructed area measuring not less than eight feet (8') in width by eighteen feet (18') in length and seven feet (7') in height and have legal, unobstructed area for access to a street or alley. The Design Guidelines and Standards for Building in Telluride shall also considered in the design of parking areas.
The minimum parking space dimension length of eighteen feet (18') for a parcel in the THLD may be reduced should the parcel be a receiving site for a relocated rated or non-rated THAS Secondary Structure and the structure is utilized for the purposes of covered parking. The variation shall be conditioned upon maintaining or upgrading the rating of the structure according to the Telluride Historic and Architectural Survey. A requested dimensional variation shall be reviewed by HARC when the application for relocation of the structure is also reviewed.
3-109.D. Tandem Parking. The Planning Director may approve tandem or stacked off-street parking. Tandem configurations consisting of three (3) spaces or deeper shall require approval by the Planning and Zoning Commission pursuant to Article 6, Division 1, Part 1, Use Permitted on Review. A parking attendant shall be designated and shall be on duty during hours of operation for an institution, commercial or assembly use, and continuously for accommodations or residential use.
3-110.A. In the Residential Zone Districts, on lots with a pre-construction grade or slope of the building’s site coverage of less than 25%, residential and accessory/secondary structures shall contain no more than one floor level that is below the post-construction grade low point of the building’s site coverage. A basement with a stepped floor is allowed. The finished floor level of the basement shall be no more than 12 feet below the finished floor above.


3-110.B. In the Residential Zone Districts, on lots with a pre-construction grade or slope of the building’s site coverage of 25% or greater, residential and accessory/secondary structures shall contain no floor levels that are below the post-construction grade low point of the building’s site coverage.


New lots below the minimum size specified within each zoning district shall only be permitted through PUD review. Existing lots below the minimum size specified in each zoning district shall be considered nonconforming and subject to the provisions of Section 4-105.B.
Table 3-1. Dimensional Limitations: Accommodations, Commercial, Park and Open Space-Type Zone Districts
Accommodations One(AC-1) | Accommodations Two (AC-2) | Residential/Commercial/ Gondola Corridor Overlay (R/C) | Commercial (C) | Historic Commercial (HC) | Open Space (OS) | Park (P) | |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
Minimum Lot Area | 2,500 s.f. Maximum 7,000 s.f. | 2,500 s.f. | 2,500 s.f. | 2,500 s.f. Maximum 11,750 s.f.; see 3-212.C.2.b. | 2,500 s.f. Maximum 11,750 s.f. | Not applicable: Subdivision of open space lands not permitted; no buildings are allowed | 2,500 s.f. for a single family residence on private lands |
Minimum Lot Width | 25 feet Maximum 62.5 feet | 25 feet | 25 feet | 25 feet | 25 feet | Not applicable | No limitation |
Minimum Lot Frontage | 25 feet | 25 feet | 25 feet | 25 feet | 25 feet | Not applicable | No limitation |
Maximum Facade Width | Not applicable | Not applicable | Not applicable; additions > 100 s.f. are not permitted within 15 feet to the rear of the primary facade of a historically rated principal structure | 50 feet, unless modified, to a maximum-of 75 feet* | 50 feet, unless modified, to a maximum of 75 feet* | Not applicable | Not applicable |
Minimum Front Yard | The average setback of structures in the block at the time of passage of the ordinance from which this subsection derives* | No limitation* except along Park or Open Space, River Park Trail, River | The average setback of structures in the block at the time of passage of the ordinance from which this subsection derives, or 6 feet* | No limitation except along River, River Trail, River Park | 0 feet* | Not applicable | 20 feet |
Minimum Side Yard | 3 feet* | No limitation* | 3 feet GCOD:lot width<50'=3' lot width>50'=5' San Juan Ave=0' | No limitation | No limitation | Not applicable | 3 feet |
Minimum Rear Yard | 5 feet | No limitation* | 5 feet | 5 feet | 5 feet | Not applicable | No limitation |
Minimum Yards For Corner Lots | 5 feet for the front and side yard | No limitation* | 5 feet for the front and side yard; 0' to San Juan | No limitation | No limitation | Not applicable | Not applicable |
Maximum Floor Area | No limitation | No limitation 30,000 s.f. per structure*; see 3-210.C.11.b | No limitation | Ratio of 1.5:1, see Section 3-212.C.13 for calculation methodology | Ratio of 1.5:1, see Section 3-213.C.10 for calculation methodology | Not applicable | 2,500 s.f. per dwelling unit |
Maximum Site Coverage | 50% total principal use, 45%; by structures or 2,500 s.f. per building, whichever is less | Principal use, 30-40%; 40-50% when all parking is covered | R/C No limitation GCOD 45% | No limitation | No requirement | Not applicable | No limitation |
Minimum Roof Pitch | 1:4* | 1:4* Maximum ridge line length 50'* | 1:4* | No limitation* | Flat roof* | Not applicable | 1:4* |
Maximum Height - Principal Buildings Accessory Buildings | 25 feet average of block +20% or 16 feet | N. of River, 35 feet S. of River, 40 feet with slopes > 15%, 45 feet for highest ridge | 25 feet or average of existing principal structures in GCOD +35% 16 feet | 35'*; special restrictions apply to architectural elements and historically rated structures; minimum ceiling height 11.75' | 35'*; special restrictions apply to architectural elements and historically rated structures; minimum ceiling height 11.75' | Not applicable | 25 feet 16 feet |
*Means a dimensional limitation which may be modified by H.A.R.C.
Table 3-2. Dimensional Limitations: Residential Type Zone Districts
Hillside Transitional (HT) | Hillside Developing One (HD-1) | Hillside Developing Two (HD-2) | Residential (R) | Historic Residential (HR) | Medium Density Residential (MDR) | |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
Minimum Lot Area | 2,500 s.f. | 5,000 s.f. | 10,000 s.f | 2,500 s.f. | 2,500 s.f. | 1,500 s.f. affordable housing 2,500 s.f. free market |
Maximum Density | 2,500 s.f./d.u., unless designated as affordable housing | 5,000 s.f./d.u., unless designated as affordable housing | 10,000 s.f./d.u. | 2,500 s.f./d.u. unless designated as affordable housing | 2,500 s.f./d.u. unless designated as affordable housing | 2,500 s.f./d.u. unless designated as affordable housing |
Minimum Lot Width | 25 feet | No limitation | 50 feet | 25 feet | 25 feet | 25 feet |
Minimum Lot Frontage | 25 feet | 25 feet | 50 feet | 25 feet | 25 feet | 25 feet |
Minimum Front Yard | 15 feet* | 15 feet* | 15 feet* | 15 feet or the average setback of the block in which the parcel lies* | 15 feet or the average setback of the block in which the parcel lies but not less than 5'* | 15 feet |
Minimum Side Yard | 3 feet on lots with frontage less than 40 feet* 5 feet on lots with frontage of 40 feet or greater but less than 65 feet* 7 feet on lots with frontage of 65 feet or greater* | 3 feet | 3 feet | 3 feet on lots with frontage less than 40 feet* 5 feet on lots with frontage of 40 feet or greater but less than 65 feet* 7 feet on lots with frontage of 65 feet or greater* | 3 feet on lots with frontage less than 40 feet* 5 feet on lots with frontage of 40 feet or greater but less than 65 feet* 7 feet on lots with frontage of 65 feet or greater* | 3 feet |
Minimum Rear Yard | 15 feet* | 15 feet* | 15 feet* | 15 feet or the average setback of the block in which the parcel lies, but not less than 5 feet* | 15 feet or the average setback of the block in which the parcel lies, but not less than 5 feet* | Principal buildings: 15 feet Accessory buildings: 5 feet |
Minimum Yards For Corner Lots | Not applicable | Not applicable | Not applicable | 15 feet or the average setback of the block in which the parcel lies, but not less than 5 feet for front and side yard* | 15'or the average setback of the block in which the parcel lies, but not less than 5' for front and side yard* | 15 feet |
Maximum Floor Area | See Section 3-201.C.8 | 5,000 s.f. if lot size is 5,000 s.f. or greater; 1,200 s.f. if lot size is less than 5,000 s.f. | No limitation; see Section 3-203 C.9 for maximum building volume limitation | See Section 3-204.C.8 | See Section 3-205.C.8 | Principal Structure: 5,000 s.f. Accessory/Secondary Bldg: 50% of principal structure or 1200 s.f., whichever is less |
Maximum Site Coverage | See Section 3-201.C.11 | 40% | 40%; 50% when all parking is covered | See Section 3-204.C.11 | See Section 3-205.C.11 | 40% |
Minimum Roof Pitch | 1:4* | 1:4* | No limitation | 1:4* | 1:4* | 1:4* |
Maximum Height - Principal Building Secondary/Accessory Buildings | 25 feet 16 feet 30'/20' to highest ridge | 25 feet 16 feet | 31 feet 16 feet | 25 feet 16 feet with slopes >15' 15'* | 25 feet 16 feet with slopes > 15' 15* | 25 feet 16 feet 30'/20' to highest ridge |
*Means a dimensional limitation which may be modified by H.A.R.C.
Table 3-3. Dimensional Limitations: Park, Open Space and Public Purpose Type Zone Districts
Open Space (OS) | Park (P) | Public Purpose (PP) | |
|---|---|---|---|
Minimum Lot Area | Not applicable: Subdivision of open space lands not permitted; no buildings are allowed | 2,500 s.f. for a single family residence on private lands | 10,000 s.f. |
Minimum Lot Width | Not applicable | No limitation | 50 feet* |
Minimum Lot Frontage | Not applicable | No limitation | 50 feet* |
Maximum Facade Width | Not applicable | Not applicable | Not applicable |
Minimum Front Yard | Not applicable | 20 feet | No limitation* |
Minimum Side Yard | Not applicable | 3 feet | No limitation* |
Minimum Rear Yard | Not applicable | No limitation | No limitation* |
Minimum Setback to Colorado Avenue | Not applicable | Not applicable | 20 feet* |
Minimum Yards For Corner Lots | Not applicable | Not applicable | No limitation* |
Maximum Floor Area | Not applicable | 2,500 s.f. per dwelling unit | No limitation* |
Maximum Site Coverage | Not applicable | No limitation | 40% except as provided in §3-218.C.12 |
Minimum Roof Pitch | Not applicable | 1:4* | 1:4* |
Maximum Height - Principal Buildings Accessory Buildings | Not applicable | 25 feet 16 feet | 35 feet except for buildings within 200 feet of Colorado Avenue for which the height is 16 feet |
*Means a dimensional limitation which may be modified by H.A.R.C.
Table 3-4. Parking Requirements for Use Categories
USE CATEGORIES | PARKING REQUIRED |
|---|---|
All Residential Uses, including Accommodations Units with a kitchen | One space per unit |
Short-term Dwelling Unit | Two spaces per three units |
Hotel, Lodge, Roominghouse, Boardinghouse | Two spaces per three units |
Low Intensity uses: Assembly areas - exhibit rooms; gymnasiums; and skating rinks. Retail stores and shops. Offices - professional (excluding medical and dental); general business offices; utility; telephone; telegraph; radio and broadcasting. Personal Services. | One space per 1,000 square feet of Net Floor Area |
High Intensity Uses: Assembly areas – bar (assembly area); theater; auditorium; dance floor (including room or hall); church; chapel; assembly hall; bowling alley (assembly area only); stadium (bleacher area only); and swimming pool (including deck area); laundromat. Offices - medical and dental (including clinics); financial institutions, banks and loan companies. | One space per 500 square feet of Net Floor Area |
High Intensity Uses: Restaurant | No spaces required |
Hospitals and Schools, Public Facility, Institutional Use | Set by review of P&Z |
3-201.A. Purpose. The purpose of the Hillside Transitional Zone District (HT) is to allow hillside land located adjacent to established residential areas of Town to be used for residential purposes and accessory uses. Development in the HT Zone District is expected to be mostly in-fill of new residential units among existing units and renovation of existing units.
3-201.B. Uses Table. The uses permitted by right and the uses permitted on review in the Hillside Transitional Zone District are as follows:
Hillside Transitional Zone District Use Table
Uses Permitted By Right | Uses Permitted On Review |
|---|---|
1. One-Family Dwelling Units | 1. School, Church, Hospital or Public Building |
2. Two-Family Dwelling Units | 2. Recreation Facilities and Uses |
3. Designated Employee Dwelling Units and Affordable Housing Units | 3. Home Occupations |
4. Accessory Buildings and Uses | 4. Three-Family Dwelling Units |
5. Parks and Open Space | |
6. Short-Term Rentals pursuant to Article 3, Division 6 (pursuant to and subject to Note 1 below) | |
7. Multi-family Dwelling Units pursuant to Section 3-201.C.1.c. |
Note 1: Pursuant to and subject to all applicable terms and limitations imposed in the Telluride Municipal Code Chapter 6, Article 1 (Business Licenses).
Note 2: Lots in this zone district for all Uses Permitted by Right and Uses Permitted on Review are subject to the prohibition on certain lot line vacations contained in Section 6-408.W.
3-201.C. Dimensional Limitations. The following dimensional limitations apply to all uses permitted by right and uses permitted on review in the Hillside Transitional Zone District:
3-201.C.1. Minimum Lot Area and Maximum Density.
a. Minimum lot area shall be two thousand five hundred (2,500) square feet.
b. Maximum density shall be two thousand five hundred (2,500) square feet per dwelling unit, except as provided for designated employee dwelling units and affordable housing units.
c. Maximum density shall be one thousand two hundred and fifty (1,250) square feet per dwelling unit, provided at least fifty percent (50%) of dwelling units are designated employee dwelling units or affordable housing units.
3-201.C.2. Minimum Lot Width. Twenty five feet (25').
3-201.C.3. Minimum Lot Frontage. Twenty five feet (25').
3-201.C.4. Minimum Front Yard. All buildings, fifteen feet (15'), unless modified by H.A.R.C.
3-201.C.5. Minimum Side Yard.
a. All buildings, three feet (3'), on lots with frontage less than forty feet (40').
b. All buildings, five feet (5'), on lots with frontage of forty feet (40') or greater, but less than sixty-five feet (65').
c. All buildings, seven feet (7'), on lots with frontage of sixty-five feet (65') or greater.
d. H.A.R.C. may reduce the minimum side yard setbacks, but in no case less than three feet (3'), provided the H.A.R.C. determines that important resources or site features are being preserved, such as historic structures or context, preservation of mature vegetation, or avoidance of steep slopes, and that reducing the setback results in an overall development plan that is in greater compliance with the applicable review criteria.
3-201.C.6. Minimum Rear Yard. All buildings, fifteen feet (15'), unless modified by H.A.R.C.
3-201.C.7. Minimum Yard Between Principal Building and Secondary or Accessory Buildings on Lot. Fifteen feet (15') unless modified by H.A.R.C., however, the setback shall not be less than six feet (6').
3-201.C.8. Minimum Floor Area. No limitation.
3-201.C.9. Maximum Floor Area.
a. Principal Building in the Hillside Transitional Zone District.
Lot Area in Square Feet | Maximum Gross Floor Area in Square Feet of Principal Building | If under Section C.1.c., then | |
|---|---|---|---|
Over | But Not Over | ||
0 | 2,500 | 0.73 x lot area | 0 s.f. |
2,500 | 3,000 | 1,825 + 0.58 x lot area over 2,500 s.f | +100 s.f. |
3,000 | 4,000 | 2,115 + 0.248 x lot area over 3,000 s.f. | +200 s.f. |
4,000 | 5,000 | 2,364 + 0.248 x lot area over 4,000 s.f. | +300 s.f. |
5,000 | 6,000 | 2,613 + 0.244 x lot area over 5,000 s.f. | +400 s.f. |
6,000 | 8,596 | 2,858 + 0.44 x lot area over 6,000 s.f. | +400 s.f. |
b. In no case shall the total gross floor area of any principal building on any lot be greater than four thousand (4,000) square feet.
c. The total floor area of all secondary and accessory buildings on any lot shall not exceed the maximum gross floor area allowed as described by Table d (below). No single secondary or accessory structure shall exceed nine hundred and fifty (950) square feet.
d. Accessory and Secondary Buildings in the Hillside Transitional Zone District
Lot Area in Square Feet | Maximum Gross Floor Area in Square Feet of Accessory or Secondary Building | |
|---|---|---|
Over | But Not Over | |
0 | 2,500 | (0.73 x lot area) x .33 |
2,500 | 3,000 | (1,825 + (0.58 x lot area over 2,500 s.f.)) x .33 |
3,000 | 4,000 | (2,115 + (0.285 x lot area over 3,000 s.f.)) x .33 |
4,000 | 5,000 | (2,400 + (0.35 x lot area over 4,000 s.f.)) x .33 |
5,000 | 6,000 | (2,750 + (0.35 x lot area over 5,000 s.f.)) x .33 |
6,000 | 7,500 | (3,100 + (0.60 x lot area over 6,000 s.f.)) x .33 |
3-201.C.10. Maximum Building Height.
a. Principal buildings, twenty five feet (25'); however, no portion of any building, excluding chimneys, shall exceed a height of thirty vertical feet (30') above the pre-construction grade of a building’s site coverage or the post-construction grade at the perimeter of the building’s site coverage (including window and door wells which extend greater than four feet (4') from the building’s site coverage perimeter) whichever is more restrictive.
b. Accessory and secondary buildings, sixteen feet (16'); however, no portion any building, excluding chimneys, shall exceed a height of twenty (20) feet vertically above the pre-construction grade of the building’s site coverage or the post-construction grade at the perimeter of the building’s site coverage (including window and door wells which extend greater than four feet (4') from the building’s site coverage perimeter) whichever is more restrictive.
3-201.C.11. Minimum Roof Pitch. For all buildings, one (1) unit of vertical rise to four (4) units of horizontal run unless modified or otherwise required by H.A.R.C.
3-201.C.12. Maximum Site Coverage.
a. For lots size of two thousand five hundred (2,500) square feet to three thousand one hundred twenty-five (3,125) square feet:
When all required parking is enclosed
0.45 - ([(Lot Area - 2,500) x 0.15]) / (3,125) = Maximum Percent Site Coverage
When all required parking is not enclosed
0.38 - ([(Lot Area - 2,500) x 0.15]) / (3,125) = Maximum Percent Site Coverage
b. For lots greater than three thousand one hundred twenty-five (3,125) square feet but less than seven thousand five hundred (7,500) square feet:
When all required parking is enclosed
0.42 - ([(Lot Area - 3,125) x 0.17]) / (7,500) = Maximum Percent Site Coverage
When all required parking is not enclosed
0.35 - ( [(Lot Area - 3,125) x 0.17]) / (7,500) = Maximum Percent Site Coverage
c. For lot sizes of seven thousand five hundred (7,500) square feet or greater, the site coverage shall not exceed twenty-five percent (25%), or when all required parking is enclosed, thirty-two percent (32%). For lots less than two thousand five hundred (2,500) square feet, the site coverage shall not exceed thirty-eight percent (38%), or when all required parking is enclosed, forty-five percent (45%).
d. Site coverage may be increased, by an amount up to ten percent (10%) of the lot area, so long as all of the following criteria are met:
(1) The site coverage increase area, for the purposes of this Section, means basement or cellar space having one hundred percent (100%) of its floor-to-ceiling height below the finished level of the adjoining ground (meaning entirely below grade). No portion of the building or structure’s site coverage increase area shall project above the finished grade except in the following instance: If the portion of building or structure associated with the site coverage increase area is located beneath ground floor porches or decks, then portions may project less than eighteen inches (18") above the finished grade so long as the H.A.R.C. finds the design treatment adequately screens the area between the porch or deck and the ground beneath the porch or deck. Detailed plans illustrating the treatment of the area beneath the porch or deck shall be submitted for H.A.R.C. review.
(2) The site coverage increase area, for the purposes of this Section, is measured where the exterior wall meets the foundation and includes those portions that project beyond the foundation wall of the above grade building and enclosed floor area.
(3) The site coverage increase area may not include elements visible from the exterior such as light wells, egress wells or egress stairs.
(4) The gross site coverage increase may not exceed ten percent (10%) of the lot area, up to a maximum of five hundred twenty-five (525) square feet.
(5) The site coverage increase may not be located less than three feet (3') from the property lines.
(6) Should the site coverage increase be applied to more than one (1) level below grade, where permitted, then it is counted separately for each level below grade regardless of floor height.
(7) The site coverage increase area shall not affect the Height of Building.
e. For lots of five thousand (5,000) square feet or less which contain a rated THAS secondary structure, the total maximum site coverage may be increased up to three percent (3%) by H.A.R.C. provided it finds the development application maintains or improves the historic rating of all historic structures on the lot.
3-201.D. Additional Development Requirements. The following additional requirements shall apply to all development in the Hillside Transitional Zone District.
3-201.D.1. Grading Permit.
a. A grading permit shall be required pursuant to Chapter 70 of the Uniform Building Code for all grading done within this zone district.
b. When reviewing the grading plans submitted with the application for a grading permit, the Building Official may require a report prepared by a registered civil engineer as to the adequacy of safeguards provided against the hazard of rocks dislodged during the grading operation.
3-201.D.2. Access Roads.
a. If access roads are proposed other than existing roads (not including unused platted streets), a separate grading permit shall be required for their construction. The issuance of this permit shall be approved by the Town Council, following P&Z recommendation.
b. In addition to meeting the requirements for a grading permit, as specified in Chapter 70 of the Uniform Building Code, the applicant shall also provide the following information to both P&Z and the Town Council:
(1) The proposed location of roads, the right of way width, roadbed width, grade and proposed surface treatment;
(2) If the proposed roads are not on existing street rights of way, a statement explaining if such roads will be private or offered to be dedicated to the Town;
(3) A report prepared by a registered civil engineer as to the adequacy of safeguards provided against the hazard of rocks dislodged during the roadbed grading operation.
3-201.D.3. Geologic and Flood Hazard Reports. Reports are required by a civil engineer and an engineering geologist, evaluating the degree of potential hazard that may be present and recommending action that would be practical in reducing the potential hazard(s) to an acceptable level. These reports must be prepared and submitted prior to issuance of a building permit. The potential hazards to be evaluated include, but are not limited to, rockfall, avalanche, flash flood, landslide and mud flows. Such reports and proposed corrective measures, at the option of the Town, may be reviewed for adequacy by the Colorado Geological Survey, or by a disinterested independent consultant that the Town may select.
3-201.E. Off Street Parking Requirements. The following number of off street parking spaces shall be provided for each use in the Hillside Transitional zone district:
Parking Requirements in the Hillside Transitional Zone District
Use Category | Required Parking |
|---|---|
All Residential Units | 1 space per dwelling unit |
Home Occupations | Set by review of P&Z |
Hospital or School | Set by review of P&Z |
Church, Public Building | One space per 500 square feet of floor area |
Public Swimming Pool (including deck area) or Stadium (bleacher area only) | One space per 500 square feet of floor area |
3-202.A. Purpose. The purpose of the Hillside Developing One Zone District (HD-1) is to allow hillside land that is largely undeveloped to be used for residential purposes and accessory uses.
Master planning is required for the entire zone district to locate residential units, access, and utilities with sensitivity to site conditions, open space and visual resources on and off the property in this area, through the planned unit development (PUD) review process. Less site coverage, clustering of units, low visibility, minimal impact on terrain and reduced densities are encouraged.
3-202.B. Use Table. The uses permitted by right and the uses permitted on review in the Hillside Developing One Zone District are as follows:
Hillside Developing One Zone District Use Table
Uses Permitted By Right | Uses Permitted On Review |
|---|---|
1. One-Family Dwelling Units | 1. Recreation Facilities and Uses |
2. Two-Family Dwelling Units | 2. Home Occupations |
3. Designated Employee Dwelling Units and Affordable Housing Units | 3. Three-Family Dwelling Units |
4. Accessory Buildings and Uses | |
5. Short-Term Rentals pursuant to Article 3, Division 6 (pursuant to and subject to Note 1 below) | |
6. Parks and Open Space | |
7. Multi-family Dwelling Units pursuant to Section 3-202.C.1.c |
3-202.C. Dimensional Limitations. The following dimensional limitations apply to all uses permitted by right and uses permitted on review in the Hillside Developing One Zone District:
3-202.C.1. Minimum Lot Area and Maximum Density.
a. Minimum lot area shall be five thousand (5,000) square feet.
b. Maximum density shall be five thousand (5,000) square feet per dwelling unit, except as provided for designated employee dwelling units and affordable housing units.
c. Maximum density shall be two thousand five hundred (2,500) square feet per dwelling unit, provided at least fifty percent (50%) of the dwelling units are designated dwelling units or affordable housing units.
3-202.C.2. Minimum Lot Width. No limitation.
3-202.C.3. Minimum Lot Frontage. Twenty five feet (25').
3-202.C.4. Minimum Front Yard. All buildings, fifteen feet (15'), unless modified by H.A.R.C.
3-202.C.5. Minimum Side Yard. All buildings, three feet (3').
3-202.C.6. Minimum Rear Yard. All buildings, fifteen feet (15'), unless modified by H.A.R.C.
3-202.C.7. Minimum Floor Area. No limitation.
3-202.C.8. Maximum Floor Area.
a. For lots of five-thousand (5,000) square feet or greater: five thousand square feet per dwelling unit.
b. For lots of less than five thousand (5,000) square feet: twelve hundred (1,200) square feet per dwelling unit.
c. For development exercising the density bonus provided under B.7 and C.1.c., no designated employee unit and affordable housing unit shall exceed one thousand two hundred (1,200) square feet, and no free market unit shall exceed four thousand (4,000) square feet.
3-202.C.9. Maximum Building Height.
a. Principal buildings, twenty five feet (25').
b. Accessory and secondary structures, sixteen feet (16').
3-202.C.10. Minimum Roof Pitch. For all buildings, one (1) unit of vertical rise to four (4) units of horizontal run, unless modified or otherwise required by H.A.R.C.
3-202.C.11. Maximum Site Coverage. Not to exceed a ratio of 0.4 site coverage to 1.0 lot area. Accessory buildings shall be counted at one-half (1/2) their actual site coverage.
3-202.D. Additional Development Requirements. The following additional requirements shall apply to all development in the Hillside Developing One Zone District.
3-202.D.1. Grading Permit.
a. A grading permit shall be required pursuant to provisions of the International Building Code series for all grading done in this District.
b. When reviewing the grading plans submitted with the application for a grading permit, the Building Official shall also require a report prepared by a registered civil engineer as to the adequacy of safeguards provided against the hazard of rocks dislodged during the grading operation.
3-202.D.2. Access Roads.
a. If access roads are proposed other than existing roads (platted rights-of-ways), a separate grading permit shall be required for their construction. The issuance of this permit shall be approved by the Town Council, following recommendation by the Town Engineer and P&Z.
b. In addition to meeting the requirements for a grading permit, as specified in the International Building Code series, the applicant shall also provide the following information to both P&Z and the Town Council:
(1) The proposed location of the roadways, the right of way width, roadbed width, grade and surface treatment;
(2) If the proposed roads are not on existing street rights of way, a statement explaining if such roads will be private or offered to be dedicated to the Town;
(3) A report prepared by a registered civil engineer as to the adequacy of safeguards provided against the hazard of rocks dislodged during the roadbed grading operation.
3-202.D.3. Geologic and Flood Hazard Reports. Reports are required by a civil engineer and an engineering geologist, evaluating the degree of potential hazard that may be present and recommending action that would be practical in reducing the potential hazard(s) to an acceptable level. These reports must be prepared and submitted prior to issuance of a building permit. The potential hazards to be evaluated include, but are not limited to, rockfall, avalanche, flash flood, landslide and mud flows. Such reports and proposed corrective measures, at the option of the Town, may be reviewed for adequacy by the Colorado Geological Survey, or by a disinterested independent consultant that the Town may select.
3-202.E. Off Street Parking Requirements. The following number of off street parking spaces shall be provided for each use in the Hillside Developing One Zone:
Parking Requirements in the Hillside Developing One Zone District
Use Category | Required Parking |
|---|---|
All Residential Units | 1 space per dwelling unit |
Home Occupations | Set by review of P&Z |
Hospital or School | Set by review of P&Z |
Church, Public Building | One space per 500 square feet of floor area |
Public Swimming Pool (including deck area) or Stadium (bleacher area only) | One space per 500 square feet of floor area |
3-203.A. Purpose. The purpose of the Hillside Developing Two Zone District (HD 2) is to allow undeveloped hillside land to be used for residential and accessory purposes while preserving and enhancing the outstanding scenic vistas, open spaces, and foot trail corridors which characterize the hillside areas.
Lands in the HD-2 Zone District are characterized by steep slopes, flatter benches, gullies, cliffs, and identified geologic hazards. Recognizing that large amounts of land within the district are platted in small, rectangular lots and cannot be accessed or developed utilizing platted rights of way under current development standards, coordinated planning is generally required to allow integrated development and growth within the district.
Residential units, roads and utilities shall be located with extreme sensitivity to site conditions and to protection of visual and aesthetic resources within and without the district. Clustering of units, reduced visibility of development, minimization of environmental impacts and geohazard risks, construction of affordable housing, and enhancement of open areas and overall development flexibility are encouraged, particularly through the planned unit development (PUD) review process.
All development in the district should be guided, approved and constructed in consideration of the Telluride Master Plan and the 1989 Telluride Hillside Master Plan element thereof, as may be subsequently amended.
3-203.B. Permitted Uses and Uses Permitted on Review. The uses permitted by right and the uses permitted on review in the Hillside Developing Two Zone District are as follows:
Hillside Developing Two Zone District Use Table
Uses Permitted By Right | Uses Permitted On Review |
|---|---|
1. One-Family Dwelling Units | 1. Recreation Facilities and Uses |
2. Two-Family Dwelling Units | 2. Home Occupations |
3. Three-family dwelling units or other multi-family dwelling units, provided such dwelling units must receive approval pursuant to PUD review. | |
4. Caretaker unit which must be part of and accessory to a one-family dwelling and shall not exceed 800 square feet in floor area. Such units shall not be located on a substandard lot, nor within or above a garage detached from the principal one-family dwelling, unless so approved pursuant to PUD review. | |
5. Designated Employee Dwelling Units and Affordable Housing Units provided such dwelling units receive approval pursuant to PUD review | |
6. Accessory Buildings and Uses | |
7. Parks and Open Space | |
8. Short-Term Rentals pursuant to Article 3, Division 6 (pursuant to and subject to Note 1 below) |
3-203.C. Dimensional Limitations. The following dimensional limitations apply to all uses permitted by right and uses permitted on review in the Hillside Developing Two Zone District:
3-203.C.1. Minimum Lot Area. Ten thousand (10,000) square feet per dwelling unit. Minimum lot area may be reduced, if approved pursuant to the PUD process, provided that:
a. overall density of dwelling units in the land area included within the PUD plan does not exceed one unit per 10,000 square feet of total land area;
b. no detached single family dwelling unit shall be on a lot less than two thousand five hundred (2,500) square feet; and
c. as a condition of any lot area reduction or density transfer, land areas designated as “unsuitable” for development in the Telluride Hillside Master Plan shall be permanently dedicated, covenanted, or deed restricted as public or private open space, or made subject to conservation easements under C.R.S. 38-30.5-101 et seq., at the time of filing of the final plan and/or plats including such property.
3-203.C.2. Minimum Lot Width. Fifty feet (50') at the narrowest point, provided that the lot width may be reduced pursuant to the PUD process.
3-203.C.3. Minimum Lot Frontage. Fifty feet (50') per lot, provided that the lot frontage may be reduced pursuant to the PUD process.
3-203.C.4. Minimum Front Yard. All buildings, fifteen feet (15').
a. The minimum front yard setback may be reduced to zero feet (0'), if approved pursuant to the PUD review process and in accordance with the Uniform Building Code.
b. In the event that the development application does not request or require PUD plan approval, then the minimum front yard setback may be reduced to zero feet (0') by H.A.R.C., upon issuance of a Certificate of Appropriateness.
c. No encroachment into any public right of way shall be authorized by any such modification or reduction of the front yard setback.
3-203.C.5. Minimum Side Yard. All buildings, three feet (3'), provided that the side yard setback may be reduced if approved pursuant to the PUD process and pursuant to the Uniform Building Code.
3-203.C.6. Minimum Rear Yard. All buildings, fifteen feet (15'), provided that such setback may be reduced to a minimum of three feet (3') if approved pursuant to the PUD process and in accordance with the Uniform Building Code. In the event that the development application does not request or require PUD approval, the minimum rear yard setback may be modified by H.A.R.C. upon issuance of a Certificate of Appropriateness, provided the modified setback shall not be less than three feet (3').
3-203.C.7. Minimum Floor Area. No limitation.
3-203.C.8. Maximum Floor Area. No limitation.
3-203.C.9. Maximum Building Volume and Ratio.
a. Maximum above grade building volume shall be thirty thousand (30,000) cubic feet per lot, except that such maximum shall be thirty five thousand (35,000) cubic feet per lot if the building contains a deed restricted designated employee dwelling unit as defined in Section 2-136 of this Title or an affordable housing unit, which unit has a minimum floor area of five hundred (500) square feet and is not less than five thousand (5,000) cubic feet in volume.
b. The maximum above grade building volume shall not exceed a ratio of three (3) cubic feet to one (1) square foot of lot area, unless otherwise approved pursuant to the PUD process. If the building contains a deed restricted designated employee dwelling unit or an affordable housing unit, the ratio shall be increased to three and one-half (3 1/2) to one (1).
c. For purposes of this Section, “above grade building volume” shall mean the volume of a building above a plane located at the original, pre-construction grade of the building site, measured from the outside of the exterior walls.
3-203.C.10. Maximum Building Height.
a. Principal buildings, consisting of or including dwelling units, thirty one feet (31').
b. Accessory buildings, sixteen feet (16').
c. Notwithstanding anything in this Title to the contrary, for the purpose of calculating maximum building height in the HD-2 Zone District, the height of any building shall be measured as the length of any line which is plumb from a plane located at the highest building point, which plane is above and parallel to the original, pre construction grade of the building site coverage area, or the post-construction grade at the perimeter of the building’s site coverage (including window and door wells which extend greater than four feet (4') from the exterior perimeter of the building’s site coverage), whichever is more restrictive. The following diagram illustrates this principle:

d. A survey of the original, pre construction grade of the building site area shall be provided as part of any application for approval of preliminary PUD plan, H.A.R.C. Certificate of Appropriateness, building permit, or any other form of approval for construction of a building, unless previously submitted.
3-203.C.11. Minimum Roof Pitch. No limitation.
3-203.C.12. Maximum Site Coverage. Not to exceed a ratio of 0.4 site coverage to 1.0 lot area.
a. If all parking is covered, the maximum site coverage shall not exceed a ratio of 0.5 site coverage to 1.0 lot area.
b. Accessory buildings shall be counted at one-half (1/2) their actual site coverage.
c. Impervious site coverage shall not exceed sixty percent (60%) of the total lot area. For the purposes of this Section, “impervious site coverage” shall mean a surface which does not absorb water, which may include buildings, parking areas, driveways, roads, and any concrete, brick, or asphalt covered areas.
d. Maximum site coverage or impervious site coverage may be increased, if approved pursuant to the PUD process.
3-203.D. Density Requirements.
3-203.D.1. Number of Dwelling Units.
a. The number of dwelling units permitted shall be one (1) unit per ten thousand (10,000) square feet of total land area included in the application.
b. The number of dwelling units permitted under a PUD plan shall be one (1) unit per each ten thousand (10,000) square feet of total land area included in the application, plus any density bonus and any designated employee dwelling unit or affordable housing unit bonus.
c. For purposes of these computations, the term “land area” shall include the following:
(1) all land owned or controlled by the applicant; and
(2) rights of way allowed under subsection D.2 of this Section to be considered in computation of “lot area”.
d. Land included in “land area” for the purposes of this Section need not all be under common ownership or control if the requirements of this Section are met.
3-203.D.2. Determination of Lot Area and Control.
a. Adjacent, contiguous, or diagonally adjoining lots under substantially the same control shall be considered as one (1) lot for the purpose of determining compliance with the minimum lot area, development coordination, and density bonus requirements of this Section.
b. For purposes of this Section, the phrase “substantially the same control” shall mean:
(1) Land owned by the same person or subdivider; or
(2) If the owner or subdivider is a corporation, any land owned by a parent or subsidiary or sister of such corporation or by a person owning more than twenty (20) percent of the voting stock of such corporation, or by a spouse, sister, brother, parent or child of such person; or
(3) If the land is owned by a partnership or joint venture, any land owned or controlled by a partner or venturer, if such partner or venturer owns or controls more than twenty (20) percent of the partnership or joint venture assets; or
(4) If the owner or subdivider is a natural person, land owned by a spouse, sister, brother, parent or child of such person or a trust of which such person is a trustee or beneficiary; or
(5) Any land which is, by reason of any legal or equitable right, whether or not enumerated here, effectively under the same control as the land included in any application for approval of a PUD, subdivision, or a zone district map or text amendment.
c. The existence of any public right of way, or street, or any planned street or right of way shall not, for any purpose of this Section, interrupt adjacency or contiguity, and such streets and rights of way shall be disregarded in determining whether lots are diagonally adjoining, contiguous, or adjacent.
d. Lot area may be calculated to include one half (1/2) of any platted rights of way adjoining such lot or lots, provided that the following conditions are met:
(1) a petition for vacation of such rights of way is approved as part of an application for preliminary subdivision plat;
(2) such rights of way or a portion thereof would revert or be transferred to the owner of such lot(s) upon vacation; and
(3) any additional rights of way to be dedicated to the public which would serve such lot(s) would result in an overall right of way area which is equal to or smaller than contained within the rights of way to be vacated.
e. For the purposes of determining maximum site coverage, impervious site coverage, percentage, and above grade building volume to lot area ratio, lot area shall be calculated by dividing the overall land area included in the application by the total number of lots.
3-203.D.3. Density Bonus.
a. A density bonus of up to forty percent (40%) of allowable dwelling unit density on lots or tracts of land totaling thirty thousand (30,000) square feet or greater is available if approved pursuant to the PUD review process. A density bonus is an increase in the allowable number of density units, provided that any bonus of a fraction of an additional unit shall be rounded down to the nearest whole number.
b. A density bonus may be granted by P&Z as part of Final PUD Plan approval, if it finds that the Plan includes at least three (3) of the following eight (8) items:
(1) Buildings are clustered or otherwise located or screened to minimize visual impact.
(2) Road length is minimized and roads are located away from identified geologic hazards, excluding rockfall hazards, and away from highly visible areas.
(3) Buildings are located outside of identified geologic hazard areas, except rockfall areas, and within areas identified in the Telluride Hillside Master Plan as suitable for development; provision is made for permanent preservation of public or private open space in excess of any applicable dedication requirement of Section 6-410, “Subdivision Dedication Requirements”.
(4) All required parking is clustered or provided off site in common parking areas.
(5) Parking is substantially covered or screened from view.
(6) One (1) or more designated employee dwelling units or affordable housing units will be provided as an integral part of development plans.
(7) Owners of two (2) or more properties not under substantially the same control present a joint application providing for common development of their properties.
(8) Dwelling units are primarily subterranean (e.g., earth sheltered) units that appear to blend into the hillside.
c. Any bonus dwelling units shall be limited to a maximum above grade volume of twenty five thousand (25,000) cubic feet, and shall not include caretaker units.
3-203.D.4. Employee Density Bonus.
a. In addition to the density bonus and PUD modification authority granted elsewhere in this Section, P&Z may authorize an increase in the allowable density and a decrease in the minimum lot area requirement as part of approval of an application for a PUD plan, if the plan includes a commitment to provide a designated employee dwelling unit or an affordable housing unit on the land area.
b. Such units shall be further limited by the condition that a designated employee dwelling unit or an affordable housing unit shall be contained within a principal dwelling unit, unless allowed through subparagraph c of this Section. The units shall also be limited by a deed restriction which provides for administration, inspection and enforcement by the Town of Telluride or its designee, including the Telluride Housing Authority.
c. Maximum allowable above grade building volume may be increased by five thousand (5,000) cubic feet for each designated employee dwelling unit or affordable housing unit provided as part of a PUD plan. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Title, the designated employee dwelling units or affordable housing units may be located in a structure other than one in which the additional building volume is allowed, provided that such designated employee dwelling units or affordable housing units are:
(1) incorporated into a single structure with a volume of not more than thirty five thousand (35,000) cubic feet;
(2) not less than five thousand (5,000) cubic feet in volume; and
(3) such structure containing designated employee dwelling units or affordable housing units shall be counted as a dwelling unit for density calculation purposes.
3-203.E. Additional Development Requirements. The following additional requirements shall apply to all development in the Hillside Developing Two Zone District.
3-203.E.1. Roads.
a. The location of all proposed new public or private roads or rights of way shall be reviewed by P&Z. If P&Z finds that such roads or rights of way are generally consistent with the Telluride Hillside Master Plan, it may approve such location and dedication as part of the subdivision review process. If P&Z finds that the location of such roads or rights of way are not generally consistent with the Telluride Hillside Master Plan, P&Z shall refer the proposal to the Town Council, together with a recommendation thereon.
b. The Town Council shall review the location of proposed new public or private roads or rights of way upon referral by P&Z. After consideration of P&Z’s recommendation, and the purposes of this Section and the Telluride Hillside Master Plan, the Council may approve such location if it finds such roads or rights of way can be constructed or dedicated in compliance with the design criteria and construction specifications set forth below.
c. The Town Council shall have final review and approval authority over any proposed vacation of an existing public right of way in the HD-2 Zone District. Such review shall be conducted in accordance with Article 6, Division 4, “Subdivision”. No right of way in areas generally designated in the Telluride Hillside Master Plan as a road corridor shall be vacated unless the Council finds compelling justification for such vacation.
d. Improvements to existing roads or rights of way may be required by P&Z as a condition of issuance of an access permit.
e. Improvements to Tomboy Road may be required as a condition of any development approval of property within the District and served by Tomboy Road in proportion to impacts to the public use of, and benefits to property served by, Tomboy Road. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, Tomboy Road shall be preserved in its present condition and minimum width of fourteen feet (14'), with additional turnouts as may be required, to the extent consistent with public health and safety. In no event shall Tomboy Road be widened beyond twenty four feet (24') in pavement width.
f. Access permits required pursuant to Section 3-303 of this Title, Access Requirements, shall be obtained prior to issuance of any building permit for construction in the HD-2 Zone District. Final approval of any PUD plan within this District issued after August 15, 1989 shall be deemed to be approval and issuance of an access permit, for purposes of Section 3-303, as to the lots included within the plan.
g. Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 6-408 of this Title, Subdivision Design Criteria, and the provisions of the Town of Telluride Right-of-Way Specifications, as amended, the following road design criteria and construction specifications are hereby established for the HD-2 Zone District:
(1) Street Right of Way Width. Fifty feet (50'), or wide enough to include one foot (1') beyond the extent of any necessary cut and fill slope, whichever is less.
(2) Street Pavement Width. Twenty four feet (24'), excluding curb and gutter, provided that such width may be reduced to a minimum of eighteen feet (18') pursuant to subsection E.1.h, below.
(3) Cul de sac right of way width. Sixty five feet (65'), or wide enough to include one foot (1') beyond the extent of any necessary cut and fill slope, whichever is less.
(4) Cul de sac bulb pavement radius. Fifty feet (50'), excluding curb and gutter, provided that such diameter may be reduced, or any other appropriate turnaround configuration and dimensions may be established, if approved pursuant to subsection E.1.h, below, and after review by the Telluride Fire Protection District.
(5) Cul de sac maximum length. Four hundred (400) feet, provided that such length may be increased to a maximum of eight hundred (800) feet, if approved pursuant to subsection E.1.h, below, and after review by the Telluride Fire Protection District. For purposes of defining cul de sac length deriving from Tomboy Road, length shall be measured from the intersection of the new cul de sac with Tomboy Road. For purposes of defining cul de sac length from Pandora Avenue and Columbine Street, length shall be measured from the intersection of Pandora Avenue and Columbine Street.
h. The Town Council may authorize a reduction or modification of these criteria and specifications, after review by P&Z, the Town Engineer, and the Telluride Fire Protection District, if the Council finds, after consideration of anticipated vehicular traffic, emergency access, and maintenance requirements, that:
(1) public health and safety will not be unnecessarily jeopardized by such reduction or modification; and
(2) public health, safety, and property will be protected through plans or design for snow storage, plowing, geohazard mitigation, and any other necessary measures, including, by way of example, agreements for private maintenance of roads and private acquisition of necessary maintenance equipment.
3-203.E.2. Geohazards.
a. No construction or development shall be permitted in any identified geologic hazard area within the HD-2 Zone District, except as approved in accordance with the requirements of this section. These requirements are intended to provide a basis at the plan approval stage to evaluate the safety and suitability of the location of proposed land uses, roads and road improvements, and buildings. These requirements are in addition to the pre construction geohazard permit application provisions of Article 8, Division 5, Geologic Hazard Control.
b. Construction or development in an identified geologic hazard area may be conceptually approved by P&Z as part of an application for preliminary subdivision plat or preliminary PUD plan approval, or may be finally approved upon referral to P&Z as part of an application for issuance of an access, geohazard, or building permit (unless previously approved), if P&Z finds:
(1) geologic hazards have been adequately identified;
(2) identified geologic hazards are avoided, or will be mitigated so as to protect the safety of persons and property; and
(3) environmental disruption is minimized.
3-203.E.c. Any request for final approval of construction or development within the HD-2 Zone District shall be accompanied by a report from a registered geotechnical engineer or other qualified professional, which includes:
1. a geological survey map of the site at same scale as the site plan; and
2. identification of any geologic hazard areas as defined in Article 8, Division 5, “Geologic Hazard Control”, on or affecting the site or any proposed new roads or road improvements or utility corridors necessary to access or serve such site; and
3. proposed measures necessary to avoid or safely mitigate any identified geologic hazards.
Such report may be required by P&Z, at its option, as part of its review pursuant to paragraph B, above.
3-203.E.3. Construction Impact Plans.
a. A construction impact mitigation plan for proposed construction of roads, utilities, buildings and parking areas shall be submitted, unless previously approved, as part of any application for approval of any final PUD plan, final subdivision plat, development agreement, or for issuance of an access permit, geohazard permit, or building permit, in the HD-2 Zone District. Such plan shall be reviewed and approved, with or without conditions, by P&Z, or upon referral from the appropriate permit authority if necessary, in accordance with the intent of this Zone District and for the purpose of protection of the public health, safety, and welfare.
b. The approved plan shall, at a minimum, include provisions for:
(1) erosion and dust control;
(2) parking and materials storage;
(3) restoration, revegetation, and additional natural landscaping of disturbed areas, including private drives, gabions, and public rights of way, including a guarantee of completion within one year after issuance of a temporary certificate of occupancy or after substantial completion of the project;
(4) adequate safeguards against the hazard of dislodging rocks or soil during any roadbed grading, excavation, or building operation, as recommended by a registered geotechnical engineer or other qualified professional;
(5) any other information or commitment as may be reasonably required by P&Z or the permit authority.
3-203.E.4. Design Flexibility.
a. Flexibility in design of roads, structures, and development patterns is encouraged as a matter of policy in the HD-2 Zone District.
b. Notwithstanding anything in this Section to the contrary, the following land use regulations and restrictions may not be altered, modified or waived by the Town Council, P&Z, or H.A.R.C.:
(1) Uses permitted or uses permitted on review;
(2) Maximum building height;
(3) Minimum number of off street parking spaces;
(4) Access permit requirements;
(5) Landscaping plans; lighting plans; construction impact plans; and
(6) Fence area limitations.
3-203.E.5. Landscaping And Lighting Plans.
a. Any application for preliminary or final PUD or subdivision approval for property located within the HD-2 Zone District shall include a landscaping plan and a lighting restriction plan. Such plans shall be reviewed by P&Z, and may be approved with or without conditions, if found consistent with the Telluride Master Plan and the purposes of the HD-2 Zone District.
b. Any application for approval of a Certificate of Appropriateness for a single lot or lots not requiring subdivision or PUD approval shall include a landscaping and lighting restriction plan. Such plans shall be reviewed by H.A.R.C. and may be approved with or without conditions, if found to be consistent with the Telluride Master Plan, the purposes of the HD-2 Zone District, and applicable treatment area guidelines.
3-203.E.6. Fences. Privacy fencing for gardens, decks and patios shall be located within twenty feet (20') of the closest principal building. Perimeter fencing of a lot or lots is prohibited.
3-203.E.7. Consistency Required.
a. No subdivision plat or PUD plan for property located within the HD-2 Zone District shall be approved unless P&Z finds that:
(1) The plat or plan is substantially consistent with the Telluride Master Plan and the Telluride Hillside Master Plan element thereof, both as amended; or
(2) There has been a change of circumstances in the Hillside Master Plan study area, including the presentation of new geologic hazard or other information relating to the suitable and unsuitable designations contained in the Telluride Hillside Master Plan, occurring since the last amendment to the Telluride Master Plan and the Telluride Hillside Master Plan element thereof, which justifies approval of such plat or plan; or
(3) There is substantial cause to amend the Telluride Hillside Master Plan by altering the designation of an area as suitable or unsuitable for development based on site specific analysis; or
(4) There exists a compelling public interest which justifies an amendment of such Plans.
b. If a development plan review requires a Master Plan amendment, such review can, upon request of the applicant, occur concurrently with consideration of a Master Plan amendment.
3-203.E.8. Development Coordination.
a. Any application for preliminary approval of a subdivision plat or a PUD plan for property located in the HD-2 Zone District shall include a non binding plan for development of all property within the HD-2 Zone District which is contiguous, adjacent, diagonally adjoining, or located within the same block, and which is owned by the applicant or under substantially the same control as the applicant’s property.
b. The plan shall generally designate proposed roads and utilities which will serve such property to be developed and which will accommodate land uses anticipated on the contiguous, adjacent, or diagonally adjoining property or property within the same block. The purpose of such plan is to facilitate the design of common access and utility service, to provide for coordination with proposed building locations, to address consistency with the Telluride Hillside Master Plan, and to provide a basis for agreements between property owners for joint utility and road development.
c. This requirement may be waived upon request of the applicant if P&Z finds that preparation of such a plan is not feasible or is not necessary to provide for coordination of access and utility installation within the HD-2 Zone District.
3-203.E.9. Phasing.
a. P&Z may grant final approval of such plan or plat in phases.
b. Preliminary approval of any phase of such plan or plat shall continue in effect for up to seven (7) years, unless otherwise provided at the time of preliminary approval. A preliminary plan or plat shall not be valid for longer than seven (7) years.
3-203.E.10. Substandard Lots.
a. In the event that the application of the HD-2 Zone District to a lot which is not under substantially the same control of an owner of any other lot within the HD-2 Zone District as of September 6, 1988 or any time thereafter, results in non compliance with the minimum lot area requirements of this Section, then such lot shall be deemed to be substandard for purposes of this Section.
b. A dwelling unit may be permitted to be constructed on a substandard lot in the HD-2 Zone District only if a majority of P&Z finds by clear and convincing evidence that at least two (2) of the following criteria have been met:
(1) the applicant has sought in good faith to enter into a joint development plan or application with owners of adjacent, contiguous, and diagonally adjoining lots, if such lots are designated as suitable for development; or
(2) if the applicant’s property is designated as unsuitable for development, the applicant has proposed the dedication or restriction of the applicant’s property for use as open space as part of a proposal to increase allowable density on other owners’ property by transfer of density (equivalent to a single family dwelling unit with volume based on ratio to original lot size) permitted upon the applicant’s property; or
(3) no other reasonable economic use of the property exists; or
(4) any other reasonable possibilities for separate or joint development of the property have been exhausted.
c. Notwithstanding any permission to construct a dwelling unit on a substandard lot which may be authorized by this Section, no modification to or variance from any other requirements of this Section shall be authorized by permitting construction on a substandard lot, except for lot frontage and lot width requirements. Any proposed development or construction on a substandard lot shall comply with all other restrictions on use, ground coverage, setbacks, building height and volume, parking, fencing, landscaping, lighting, construction impact mitigation, consistency, development coordination, access permit, and all other applicable requirements of this Section and this Title.
d. No replat or subdivision of substandard lots within this District shall be permitted if the new lots would not comply with all requirements of this Section, unless modified through PUD.
3-203.E.11. Application Requirements.
a. Any application for approval of development of property located within the HD-2 Zone District shall include, in addition to information required pursuant to Article 5, Development Review Procedures; Article 6, Division 3, Planned Unit Development; Article 6, Division 4, Subdivisions; and Article 8, Division 5, Geologic Hazard Control, the following information or materials:
(1) Statement identifying the proposed use(s) and density;
(2) Statement justifying any reduction or modification of road design criteria and building site construction specifications;
(3) Statement justifying any proposed lot area less than ten thousand (10,000) square feet;
(4) Statement justifying any setback, frontage, or ground coverage reduction or modification;
(5) A survey of the building site area;
(6) Off site or common parking plan, if applicable;
(7) Landscaping plan;
(8) Lighting plan;
(9) Construction impact plan;
(10) Statement establishing eligibility for any proposed density bonus;
(11) Geohazard report;
(12) A statement establishing substantial consistency with the Telluride Master Plan and the Telluride Hillside Master Plan element thereof, or a request for and justification of an amendment of such Plans;
(13) Development plan for other property of the applicant which is contiguous, adjacent, or diagonally adjoining, or within the same block; and documentation of diligent, good faith efforts to coordinate development with owners of contiguous, adjacent or diagonally adjoining property; and
(14) Master Plan amendment, if required, pursuant to Section 9-109 of this Title.
3-203.F. Off Street Parking Requirements. The following number of off street parking spaces shall be provided for each use in the Hillside Developing Two Zone District:
Parking Requirements in the Hillside Developing Two Zone District
Use Category | Required Parking |
|---|---|
All Residential Dwelling Units | 1 space for dwellings with two bedrooms. 2 spaces for dwellings with two or three bedrooms. 3 spaces for dwellings with four or five bedrooms. 4 spaces for dwellings with six or seven bedrooms. |
Home Occupations | Set By review of P&Z |
3-203.F.1. Parking spaces for individual lots may be located off-site or in common areas.
3-203.F.2. Except as provided above, all other provisions of Sections 3-108 and 3-109 with regard to off-street parking requirements shall apply within the Hillside Developing Two Zone District.
3-204.A. Purpose. The purpose of the Residential Zone District (R) is to allow land to be used for permanent residential purposes and accessory uses. This zone has been applied to areas within the original Telluride townsite which were historically divided into lots of approximately twenty-five feet by one hundred feet (25' x 100') or twenty-five feet by one hundred seventeen and one-half feet (25'x117.5').
Development in the Residential Zone District should primarily be in-fill, or redevelopment and renovation of existing structures, with design review to ensure compliance with historic district guidelines. Public improvements, including streets, sidewalks, landscaping, parking and similar features, should be designed to meet neighborhood needs and opportunities.
3-204.B. Use Table. The uses permitted by right and the uses permitted on review in the Residential Zone District are as follows:
Residential Zone District Use Table
Uses Permitted By Right | Uses Permitted On Review |
|---|---|
1. One-Family Dwelling Units | 1. School, Church, Hospital or Public Building |
2. Two-Family Dwelling Units | 2. Institutional Uses |
3. Designated Employee Dwelling Units and Affordable Housing Units | 3. Home Occupations |
4. Accessory Buildings and Uses | 4. Three-Family Dwelling Units |
5. Parks, Open Space and Recreation | |
6. Short-Term Rentals pursuant to Article 3, Division 6 (pursuant to and subject to Note 1 below) | |
7. Multi-Family Dwelling Units pursuant to Section 3-201.C.1.c. |
Note 1: Pursuant to and subject to all applicable terms and limitations imposed in the Telluride Municipal Code Chapter 6, Article 1 (Business Licenses).
Note 2: Lots in this zone district for all Uses Permitted by Right and Uses Permitted on Review are subject to the prohibition on certain lot line vacations contained in Section 6-408.W.
3-204.C. Dimensional Limitations. The following dimensional limitations apply to all uses permitted by right and uses permitted on review in the Residential Zone District:
3-204.C.1. Minimum Lot Area and Maximum Density.
a. Minimum lot area shall be two thousand five hundred (2,500) square feet.
b. Maximum density shall be two thousand five hundred (2,500) square feet per dwelling unit, except as provided for designated employee dwelling units and affordable housing units.
c. Maximum density shall be one thousand two hundred and fifty (1,250) square feet per dwelling unit, provided at least fifty percent (50%) of dwelling units are designated employee housing units or affordable housing units.
3-204.C.2. Minimum Lot Width. Twenty five feet (25') at the narrowest point.
3-204.C.3. Minimum Lot Frontage. Twenty five feet (25').
3-204.C.4. Minimum Front Yard.
a. All buildings, fifteen feet (15') or the average setback of the block in which the parcel lies, unless modified by H.A.R.C.; however, the setback shall not be less than five feet (5').
b. Corner lots (both streets), fifteen feet (15') or the average setback of the block in which the parcel lies, unless modified by H.A.R.C.; however, the setback shall not be less than five feet (5') for the front yard or the side yard.
3-204.C.5. Minimum Side Yard.
a. All buildings, three feet (3') on lots with frontage less than forty feet (40').
b. All buildings, five feet (5'), on lots with frontage of forty feet (40') or greater, but less than sixty-five feet (65').
c. All buildings, seven feet (7'), on lots with frontage of sixty-five feet (65') or greater.
d. Corner lots, same as minimum front yard.
e. H.A.R.C. may reduce the minimum side yard setbacks, but in no case less than three feet (3'), provided the H.A.R.C. determines that important resources or site features are being preserved, such as historic structures or context, preservation of mature vegetation, or avoidance of steep slopes, and that reducing the setback results in an overall development plan that is in greater compliance with the applicable review criteria.
3-204.C.6. Minimum Rear Yard.
a. Principal buildings, fifteen feet (15') or the average setback of the block in which the parcel lies, unless modified by H.A.R.C.; however, the setback shall not be less than five feet (5').
b. Accessory buildings, five feet (5').
3-204.C.7. Minimum Yard Between Principal and Secondary or Accessory Building(s) on Lot. Fifteen feet (15') unless modified by H.A.R.C., however, the setback shall not be less than six feet (6').
3-204.C.8. Minimum Floor Area. As specified in the Uniform Building Code.
3-204.C.9. Maximum Floor Area.
a. Principal Building in the Residential Zone District.
Lot Area in Square Feet | Maximum Gross Floor Area in Square Feet of Principal Building | If under Section C.1.c., then | |
|---|---|---|---|
Over | But Not Over | ||
0 | 2,500 | 0.73 x lot area | 0 s.f. |
2,500 | 3,000 | 1,825 + 0.58 x lot area over 2,500 s.f | +100 s.f. |
3,000 | 4,000 | 2,115 + 0.248 x lot area over 3,000 s.f. | +200 s.f. |
4,000 | 5,000 | 2,364 + 0.248 x lot area over 4,000 s.f. | +300 s.f. |
5,000 | 6,000 | 2,613 + 0.244 x lot area over 5,000 s.f. | +400 s.f. |
6,000 | 8,596 | 2,858 + 0.44 x lot area over 6,000 s.f. | +400 s.f. |
b. In no case shall the total gross floor area of any principal building on any lot be greater than four thousand (4,000) square feet.
c. The total floor area of all secondary and accessory buildings on any lot shall not exceed the maximum floor area allowed as described by Table d. (below). No single secondary or accessory structure shall exceed nine-hundred and fifty (950) square feet.
d. Accessory and Secondary Buildings in the Residential Zone District.
Lot Area in Square Feet | Maximum Gross Floor Area in Square Feet of Accessory or Secondary Building | |
|---|---|---|
Over | But Not Over | |
0 | 2,500 | (0.73 x lot area) x .33 |
2,500 | 3,000 | (1,825 + (0.58 x lot area over 2,500 s.f.)) x .33 |
3,000 | 4,000 | (2,115 + (0.285 x lot area over 3,000 s.f.)) x .33 |
4,000 | 5,000 | (2,400 + (0.35 x lot area over 4,000 s.f.)) x .33 |
5,000 | 6,000 | (2,750 + (0.35 x lot area over 5,000 s.f.)) x .33 |
6,000 | 7,500 | (3,100 + (0.60 x lot area over 6,000 s.f.)) x .33 |
3-204.C.10. Maximum Building Height.
a. Principal buildings, twenty five feet (25'). For structures which have at least fifty percent (50%) of their site coverage located on hillsides with a pre-construction grade or slope of fifteen percent (15%) or greater, no portion of the building, excluding chimneys, shall exceed a height of thirty vertical feet (30') above the pre-construction grade of the building’s site coverage, or the post-construction grade as measured from the exterior perimeter of the building’s site coverage (including window and door wells which extend greater than four feet (4') beyond the building’s site coverage perimeter), whichever is more restrictive.
b. Accessory and secondary buildings, sixteen feet (16'). For structures which have at least fifty percent (50%) of their site coverage located on hillsides with a pre-construction grade or slope of fifteen percent (15%) or greater, no portion of the building, excluding chimneys, shall exceed a height of twenty vertical feet (20') above the pre-construction grade of the building’s site coverage, or the post-construction grade as measured from the exterior perimeter of the building’s site coverage (including window and door wells which extend greater than four feet (4') beyond the building’s site coverage perimeter), whichever is more restrictive.
3-204.C.11. Minimum Roof Pitch. For all buildings, one (1) unit of vertical rise to four (4) units of horizontal run unless modified or otherwise required by H.A.R.C.
3-204.C.12. Maximum Site Coverage.
a. For lots size of two thousand five hundred (2,500) square feet to three thousand one hundred twenty-five (3,125) square feet:
When all required parking is enclosed
0.45 - ([(Lot Area - 2,500) x 0.15]) / (3,125) = Maximum Percent Site Coverage
When all required parking is not enclosed
0.38 - ([(Lot Area - 2,500) x 0.15]) / (3,125) = Maximum Percent Site Coverage
b. For lots greater than three thousand one hundred twenty-five (3,125) square feet but less than seven thousand five hundred (7,500) square feet:
When all required parking is enclosed
0.42 - ([(Lot Area - 3,125) x 0.17]) / (7,500) = Maximum Percent Site Coverage
When all required parking is not enclosed
0.35 - ( [(Lot Area - 3,125) x 0.17]) / (7,500) = Maximum Percent Site Coverage
c. For lot sizes of seven thousand five hundred (7,500) square feet or greater, the site coverage shall not exceed twenty-five percent (25%), or when all required parking is enclosed, thirty-two percent (32%). For lots less than two thousand five hundred (2,500) square feet, the site coverage shall not exceed thirty-eight percent (38%), or when all required parking is enclosed, forty-five percent (45%).
d. Site coverage may be increased, by an amount up to ten percent (10%) of the lot area, so long as all of the following criteria are met:
(1) The site coverage increase area, for the purposes of this Section, means basement or cellar space having one hundred percent (100%) of its floor-to-ceiling height below the finished level of the adjoining ground (meaning entirely below grade). No portion of the building or structure’s site coverage increase area shall project above the finished grade except in the following instance: If the portion of building or structure associated with the site coverage increase area is located beneath ground floor porches or decks, then portions may project less than eighteen inches (18") above the finished grade so long as the H.A.R.C. finds the design treatment adequately screens the area between the porch or deck and the ground beneath the porch or deck. Detailed plans illustrating the treatment of the area beneath the porch or deck shall be submitted for H.A.R.C. review.
(2) The site coverage increase area, for the purposes of this Section, is measured where the exterior wall meets the foundation and includes those portions that project beyond the foundation wall of the above grade building and enclosed floor area.
(3) The site coverage increase area may not include elements visible from the exterior such as light wells, egress wells or egress stairs.
(4) The gross site coverage increase may not exceed ten percent (10%) of the lot area, up to a maximum of five hundred twenty-five (525) square feet.
(5) The site coverage increase may not be located less than three feet (3') from the property lines.
(6) Should the site coverage increase be applied to more than one (1) level below grade, where permitted, then it is counted separately for each level below grade regardless of floor height.
(7) The site coverage increase area shall not affect the Height of Building.
e. For lots of five thousand (5,000) square feet or less which contain a rated THAS secondary structure, the total maximum site coverage may be increased up to three percent (3%) by H.A.R.C. provided it finds the development application maintains or improves the historic rating of all historic structures on the lot.
3-204.D. Off Street Parking Requirements. The following number of off street parking spaces shall be provided for each use in the Residential Zone District:
Parking Requirements in the Residential Zone District
Use Category | Required Parking |
|---|---|
All Residential Units | 1 space per dwelling unit |
Home Occupations | Set by review of P&Z |
Hospital or School | Set by review of P&Z |
Church, Public Building | One space per 500 square feet of floor area |
Public Swimming Pool (including deck area) or Stadium (bleacher area only) | One space per 500 square feet of floor area |
3-205.A. Purpose. The purpose of the Historic Residential Zone District (HR) is to allow land to be used for residential purposes and accessory uses, while preserving, maintaining, and enhancing the historical character and scale of new and existing buildings within the zone district.
3-205.B. Use Table. The uses permitted by right and the uses permitted on review in the Historic Residential Zone District are as follows:
Historic Residential Zone District Use Table
Uses Permitted By Right | Uses Permitted On Review |
|---|---|
1. One-Family Dwelling Units | 1. School, Church, Hospital or Public Building |
2. Two-Family Dwelling Units | 2. Institutional Uses |
3. Designated Employee Dwelling Units and Affordable Housing Units | 3. Home Occupations |
4. Accessory Buildings and Uses | 4. Three-Family Dwelling Units |
5. Parks, Open Space and Recreation | |
6. Short-Term Rentals pursuant to Article 3, Division 6 (pursuant to and subject to Note 1 below) | |
7. Multi-Family Dwelling Units pursuant to Section 3-201.C.1.c. |
Note 1: Pursuant to and subject to all applicable terms and limitations imposed in the Telluride Municipal Code Chapter 6, Article 1 (Business Licenses).
Note 2: Lots in this zone district for all Uses Permitted by Right and Uses Permitted on Review are subject to the prohibition on certain lot line vacations contained in Section 6-408.W.
3-205.C. Dimensional Limitations. The following dimensional limitations apply to all uses permitted by right and uses permitted on review in the Historic Residential Zone District:
3-205.C.1. Minimum Lot Area and Maximum Density.
a. Minimum lot area shall be two thousand five hundred (2,500) square feet.
b. Maximum density shall be two thousand five hundred (2,500) square feet per dwelling unit, except as provided for designated employee dwelling units and affordable housing.
c. Maximum density shall be one thousand two hundred and fifty (1,250) square feet per dwelling unit, provided at least fifty percent (50%) of dwelling units are designated employee dwelling units or affordable housing units.
3-205.C.2. Minimum Lot Width. Twenty five feet (25') at the narrowest point.
3-205.C.3. Minimum Lot Frontage. Twenty five feet (25') per lot.
3-205.C.4. Minimum Front Yard.
a. All buildings, fifteen feet (15'), or the average setback of the block in which the parcel lies, unless modified by H.A.R.C.
b. Corner lots, fifteen feet (15') or the average setback of the block in which the parcel lies, unless modified by the H.A.R.C.; however, in no instance shall the setback be less than five (5) feet for the front yard and five feet (5') for the side yard.
3-205.C.5. Minimum Side Yard.
a. All buildings, three feet (3') on lots with frontage less than forty feet (40').
b. All buildings, five feet (5'), on lots with frontage of forty feet (40') or greater, but less than sixty-five feet (65').
c. All buildings, seven feet (7'), on lots with frontage of sixty-five feet (65') or greater.
d. Corner lots, five feet (5'), except that side yard setbacks from an alley shall be three feet (3').
e. H.A.R.C. may reduce the minimum side yard setbacks, but in no case less than three feet (3'), provided the H.A.R.C. determines that important resources or site features are being preserved, such as historic structures or context, preservation of mature vegetation, or avoidance of steep slopes, and that reducing the setback results in an overall development plan that is in greater compliance with the applicable review criteria.
3-205.C.6. Minimum Rear Yard.
a. Principal buildings, fifteen feet (15') or the average setback of the block in which the parcel lies, unless modified by H.A.R.C.; however, the setback shall not be less than five feet (5').
b. Accessory and secondary buildings, five feet (5').
c. The rear yard setback associated with a repositioned or relocated rated or non-rated THAS Secondary Structure may be reduced from five feet (5') to a minimum of zero feet (0'). A variation may be granted by H.A.R.C. provided H.A.R.C. finds the development application maintains or improves the historic rating designation of the historic structure according to the Telluride Historic and Architectural Survey and upon condition that the applicant stabilizes, improves and maintains such structure in good repair.
3-205.C.7. Minimum Yard Between Principal Building and Secondary or Accessory Building(s) on Lot: Fifteen feet (15') unless modified by H.A.R.C., however, the setback shall not be less than six feet (6').
3-205.C.8. Minimum Floor Area. As specified in the Uniform Building Code.
3-205.C.9. Maximum Floor Area.
a. Principal Building in the Historic Residential Zone District.
Lot Area in Square Feet | Maximum Gross Floor Area in Square Feet of Principal Building | If under Section C.1.c., then | |
|---|---|---|---|
Over | But Not Over | ||
0 | 2,500 | 0.7 x lot area | 0 s.f. |
2,500 | 3,000 | 1,750 + 0.58 x lot area over 2,500 s.f | +100 s.f. |
3,000 | 4,000 | 2,040 + 0.286 x lot area over 3,000 s.f. | +200 s.f. |
4,000 | 5,000 | 2,326 + 0.286 x lot area over 4,000 s.f. | +300 s.f. |
5,000 | 6,000 | 2,613 + 0.244 x lot area over 5,000 s.f. | +400 s.f. |
6,000 | 10,685 | 2,857 + 0.244 x lot area over 6,000 s.f. | +400 s.f. |
b. In no case shall the total gross floor area of any principal building on any lot be greater than four thousand (4,000) square feet.
c. The total floor area of all secondary and accessory buildings on any lot shall not exceed the maximum gross floor area allowed as described by Table d. (below). No single secondary or accessory structure shall exceed nine-hundred and fifty (950) square feet.
d. Accessory and Secondary Buildings in the Historic Residential Zone District.
Lot Area in Square Feet | Maximum Gross Floor Area in Square Feet of Accessory or Secondary Building | |
|---|---|---|
Over | But Not Over | |
0 | 2,500 | (0.7 x lot area) x .25 |
2,500 | 3,000 | (1,750 + (0.58 x lot area over 2,500 s.f)) x .25 |
3,000 | 4,000 | (2040 + (0.36 x lot area over 3,000 s.f)). x .25 |
4,000 | 5,000 | (2,400 + (0.35 x lot area over 4,000 s.f.)) x .25 |
5,000 | 6,000 | (2,750 + (0.35 x lot area over 5,000 s.f.)) x .25 |
6,000 | 7,500 | (3,100 + (0.32 x lot area over 6,000 s.f.)) x .25 |
3-205.C.10. Maximum Building Height.
a. Principal buildings, twenty five feet (25'); provided that the maximum building height shall not be twenty percent (20%) taller than the mean average of heights of all existing principal buildings, excluding public buildings and churches, which are located within the same block or a portion of the same block located partly within the Historic Residential Zone District. For structures which have at least fifty percent (50%) of their site coverage located on hillsides with a pre-construction grade or slope of fifteen percent (15%) or greater, no portion of the building, excluding chimneys, shall exceed a height of thirty vertical feet (30') above the pre-construction grade of the building’s site coverage, or the post-construction grade as measured from the exterior perimeter of the building’s site coverage (including window and door wells which extend greater than four feet (4') from the building’s site coverage perimeter), whichever is more restrictive.
b. Accessory and secondary buildings, sixteen feet (16'). For structures which have at least fifty percent (50%) of their site coverage located on hillsides with a pre-construction grade or slope of fifteen percent (15%) or greater, no portion of the building, excluding chimneys, shall exceed a height of twenty vertical feet (20') above the pre-construction grade of the building’s site coverage, or the post-construction grade as measured from the exterior perimeter of the building’s site coverage (including window and door wells which extend greater than four feet (4') from the building’s site coverage perimeter), whichever is more restrictive.
3-205.C.11. Minimum Roof Pitch. For all buildings, one (1) unit of vertical rise to four (4) units of horizontal run unless modified or otherwise required by H.A.R.C.
3-205.C.12. Maximum Site Coverage.
a. For lots size of two thousand five hundred (2,500) square feet to three thousand one hundred twenty-five (3,125) square feet:
When all required parking is enclosed
0.45 - ([(Lot Area - 2,500) x 0.15]) / (3,125) = Maximum Percent Site Coverage
When all required parking is not enclosed
0.38 - ([(Lot Area - 2,500) x 0.15]) / (3,125) = Maximum Percent Site Coverage
b. For lots greater than three thousand one hundred twenty-five (3,125) square feet but less than seven thousand five hundred (7,500) square feet:
When all required parking is enclosed
0.42 - ([(Lot Area - 3,125) x 0.17]) / (7,500) = Maximum Percent Site Coverage
When all required parking is not enclosed
0.35 - ( [(Lot Area - 3,125) x 0.17]) / (7,500) = Maximum Percent Site Coverage
c. For lot sizes of seven thousand five hundred (7,500) square feet or greater, the site coverage shall not exceed twenty-five percent (25%), or when all required parking is enclosed, thirty-two percent (32%). For lots less than two thousand five hundred (2,500) square feet, the site coverage shall not exceed thirty-eight percent (38%), or when all required parking is enclosed, forty-five percent (45%).
d. Site coverage may be increased, by an amount up to ten percent (10%) of the lot area, so long as all of the following criteria are met:
(1) The site coverage increase area, for the purposes of this Section, means basement or cellar space having one hundred percent (100%) of its floor-to-ceiling height below the finished level of the adjoining ground (meaning entirely below grade). No portion of the building or structure’s site coverage increase area shall project above the finished grade except in the following instance: If the portion of building or structure associated with the site coverage increase area is located beneath ground floor porches or decks, then portions may project less than eighteen inches (18") above the finished grade so long as the H.A.R.C. finds the design treatment adequately screens the area between the porch or deck and the ground beneath the porch or deck. Detailed plans illustrating the treatment of the area beneath the porch or deck shall be submitted for H.A.R.C. review.
(2) The site coverage increase area, for the purposes of this Section, is measured where the exterior wall meets the foundation and includes those portions that project beyond the foundation wall of the above grade building and enclosed floor area.
(3) The site coverage increase area may not include elements visible from the exterior such as light wells, egress wells or egress stairs.
(4) The gross site coverage increase may not exceed ten percent (10%) of the lot area, up to a maximum of five hundred twenty-five (525) square feet.
(5) The site coverage increase may not be located less than three feet (3') from the property lines.
(6) Should the site coverage increase be applied to more than one (1) level below grade, where permitted, then it is counted separately for each level below grade regardless of floor height.
(7) The site coverage increase area shall not affect the Height of Building.
e. For lots of five thousand (5,000) square feet or less which contain a rated THAS secondary structure, the total maximum site coverage may be increased up to three percent (3%) by H.A.R.C. provided it finds the development application maintains or improves the historic rating of all historic structures on the lot.
3-205.D. Additional Development Requirements. The following additional requirements shall apply to all development in the Historic Residential Zone District.
Geologic and Flood Hazard Report: For those lands within the Historic Residential Zone District having identified areas of geologic or flood hazard per the adopted “Official Geologic Hazard Area Map” and the adopted “Flood Insurance Study for the Town of Telluride, reports shall be provided and permits obtained as may be required pursuant to Article 8 of this Title.
3-205.E. Off Street Parking Requirements. The following number of off street parking spaces shall be provided for each use in the Historic Residential Zone District:
3-205.E.1. Parking Requirements in the Historic Residential Zone District.
Use Category | Required Parking |
|---|---|
All Residential Units | 1 space per dwelling unit |
Home Occupations | Set by review of P&Z |
Hospital or School | Set by review of P&Z |
Church, Public Building | One space per 500 square feet of floor area |
Public Swimming Pool (including deck area) or Stadium (bleacher area only) | One space per 500 square feet of floor area |
3-205.E.2. Payment-In-Lieu of Parking. Notwithstanding any provisions of this Article 3 to the contrary, the Planning Director may authorize, upon recommendation of H.A.R.C., “payment in lieu” of one (1) on site parking space on any lot which:
a. contains a rated and a non rated structure; and
b. contains a rear yard through which vehicle access to required parking is obstructed by either such structure; or
c. in the case of a corner lot, contains a side yard through which access is so obstructed.
In addition, such payment may be waived upon consent of the Town Council, upon condition that the applicant stabilizes, improves, and maintains such structures in good repair.
3-205.E.3. The Planning Director may approve tandem or stacked off street parking as provided for in Section 3-109.C.
3-206.A. Purpose. The purpose of the Medium Density Residential Zone District (MDR) is to allow property owners an opportunity to provide employee housing uses to qualifying employees in the Town and in the immediate region, and to allow utilization of these units for residential land uses at densities in excess of those permitted in the Residential Zone District. Shared parking, strong pedestrian linkages, and appropriate recreation facilities are design elements to be considered in new developments in the district, and clustering of units is encouraged.
3-206.B. Use Table. The uses permitted by right and the uses permitted on review in the Medium Density Residential Zone District are as follows:
Medium Density Residential Zone District Use Table
Uses Permitted By Right | Uses Permitted On Review |
|---|---|
1. One-Family Dwelling Units | 1. School, Church, Hospital or Public Building |
2. Two-Family Dwelling Units | 2. Institutional Uses |
3. Three-Family Dwelling Units | 3. Home Occupations |
4. Designated Employee Dwelling Units and Affordable Housing Units | 4. Multi-Family Dwelling Units in Excess of Three Family Dwellings |
5. Accessory Buildings and Uses | 5. Recreation Uses and Open Use Recreation |
6. Parks and Open Space | |
7. Short-Term Rentals pursuant to Article 3, Division 6 (pursuant to and subject to Note 1 below) |
3-206.C. Dimensional Limitations. The following dimensional limitations apply to all uses permitted by right and uses permitted on review in the Medium Density Residential Zone District:
3-206.C.1. Minimum Lot Area and Maximum Density.
a. Minimum lot area shall be two thousand five hundred (2,500) square feet for lots containing free market units and one thousand five hundred (1,500) square feet for lots containing only designated employee dwelling units and affordable housing units.
b. Maximum density shall be one unit per two thousand five hundred (2,500) square feet for free market units and one unit per one thousand five hundred (1,500) square feet for designated employee dwelling units and affordable housing units.
3-206.C.2. Minimum Lot Width. Twenty five feet (25') at the narrowest point.
3-206.C.3. Minimum Lot Frontage. Twenty five feet (25').
3-206.C.4. Minimum Front Yard.
a. All buildings, fifteen feet (15').
b. Corner lots (both streets), fifteen feet (15').
3-206.C.5. Minimum Side Yard.
a. All buildings, three feet (3').
b. Corner lots, fifteen feet (15').
3-206.C.6. Minimum Rear Yard.
a. Principal buildings, fifteen feet (15').
b. Accessory buildings, five feet (5').
3-206.C.7. Minimum Floor Area. Five hundred (500) square feet per dwelling unit, or as specified in the Uniform Building Code, whichever is less.
3-206.C.8. Maximum Floor Area.
a. Principal buildings, five thousand (5,000) square feet, unless modified by H.A.R.C.
b. Secondary structures, fifty percent (50%) less than the principal structure or one thousand two hundred (1,200) square feet, whichever is less.
3-206.C.9. Maximum Building Height.
a. Principal buildings, twenty five feet (25').
b. Accessory and secondary structures, sixteen feet (16').
3-206.C.10. Minimum Roof Pitch. For all buildings, one (1) unit of vertical rise to four (4) units of horizontal run unless modified or otherwise required by H.A.R.C.
3-206.C.11. Maximum Site Coverage. The maximum site coverage for each lot or tract of land in the Medium Density Residential Zone District shall not exceed forty percent (40%). In the event that all required off street parking is covered on the lot or tract, maximum site coverage shall be fifty percent (50%). Accessory buildings shall be calculated at one half (1/2) the actual site coverage.
3-206.D. Off Street Parking Requirements. The following number of off street parking spaces shall be provided for each use in the Medium Density Residential Zone District:
Parking Requirements in the Medium Density Residential Zone District
Use Category | Required Parking |
|---|---|
All Residential Units | 1 space per dwelling unit |
Home Occupations | Set by review of P&Z |
Hospital or School | Set by review of P&Z |
Church, Public Building | One space per 500 sq. ft. of floor area |
Public Swimming Pool (including deck area) or Stadium (bleacher area only) | One space per 500 sq. ft. of floor area |
3-209.A. Purpose. The purpose of the Accommodations One Zone District (AC-1) is to preserve the historical character of the neighborhood and to allow and encourage long term residential uses, while also serving the visitor population through uses associated with tourist accommodations, including visitor oriented accommodations and associated commercial uses. Existing historical structures in the AC-1 Zone District should be saved where possible, and its traditional scale and residential uses should be preserved. New development should respect the historical setbacks and grid pattern of existing platted lots.
A secondary purpose of the AC-1 Zone District is to promote additional long term housing by preserving and improving secondary structures for use as long term dwelling units and by encouraging the placement of a designated employee dwelling unit in buildings where tourist commercial or office uses are proposed.
3-209.B. Use Table. The uses permitted by right and the uses permitted on review in the Accommodations One Zone District are as follows:
Accommodations One Zone District Use Table
Uses Permitted By Right | Uses Permitted On Review |
|---|---|
1. One-Family and Two-Family Dwelling Units | 1. School, Church, Hospital or Public Building |
2. Condominium Hotel, Hotels, Lodges, Roominghouses, Boardinghouses, Short-Term Dwelling Units (pursuant to and subject to Note 2 below) | |
3. Office and tourist related business use, not to exceed 1,000 square feet of business floor area per structure (pursuant to Note 1, below). | 2. Office use and tourist related business uses that exceed 1,000 square feet of business floor area per structure (pursuant to Note 1, below) |
4. Multi-Family Dwelling Units | |
5. Designated Employee Dwelling Units and Affordable Housing Units | |
6. Recreational Club Facilities & Uses | |
7. Timesharing, pursuant to the provisions of Section 6-413 of this Title | |
8. Accessory Buildings and Uses |
Note 1: If the building is a contributing or supporting “rated structure,” then the floor area utilized for office or tourist related business, excluding bars, taverns, and bar areas, shall not be counted in the determination of business floor area; provided, that such uses will not, in the determination of H.A.R.C., compromise the building’s rating. “Office and tourist related business use,” for purposes of this section, does not include floor area exclusively devoted to storage, utilities, rest rooms, lobbies, and stairwells. “Retail or office space” does not include floor area exclusively devoted to storage, utilities, rest rooms, lobbies and stairwells.
Note 2: Pursuant to and subject to all applicable terms and limitations imposed in the Telluride Municipal Code Chapter 6, Article 1 (Business Licenses).
Note 3: Lots in this zone district for all Uses Permitted by Right and Uses Permitted on Review are subject to the prohibition on certain lot line vacations contained in Section 6-408.W.
3-209.C. Dimensional Limitations. The following dimensional limitations apply to all uses permitted by right and uses permitted on review in the Accommodations One Zone District:
3-209.C.1. Lot Area.
a. Minimum. Two thousand five hundred (2,500) square feet.
b. Maximum. Five Thousand Eight Hundred Seventy (5,875) square feet, however such maximum may be increased pursuant to Article 6, Division 3, “Planned Unit Development”.
3-209.C.2. Minimum Lot Width. Twenty five feet (25') at the narrowest point.
3-209.C.3. Lot Frontage.
a. Minimum. Twenty-five feet (25') for all lots.
b. Maximum. Fifty feet (50') for all lots, however such maximum may be increased pursuant to Article 6, Division 3, “Planned Unit Development”.
3-209.C.4. Minimum Front Yard.
a. Each lot within the AC-1 Zone District shall have a minimum front yard setback equal to the average of the front yard setback of all structures on the same block in existence at the time of passage of the ordinance from which this subsection derives (Ordinance 403, November 13, 1979), illustrated as follows, unless modified by H.A.R.C.

b. Corner lot setbacks shall be a minimum of five feet (5'), for traffic safety purposes.
3-209.C.5. Minimum Side Yard.
a. All buildings, three feet (3'), unless modified by H.A.R.C.
b. Corner lots, same as minimum front yard.
3-209.C.6. Minimum Rear Yard. All buildings, five feet (5').
a. The rear yard setback associated with a repositioned or relocated rated or non-rated THAS Secondary Structure may be reduced from five feet (5') to a minimum of zero feet (0'). A variation may be granted by H.A.R.C. provided H.A.R.C. finds the development application maintains or improves the historic rating designation of the historic structure according to the Telluride Historic and Architectural Survey and upon condition that the applicant stabilizes, improves and maintains such structure in good repair.
3-209.C.7. Minimum Floor Area. No limitation.
3-209.C.8. Maximum Floor Area. No limitation.
3-209.C.9. Maximum Building Height.
a. Principal buildings, twenty five feet (25'); provided that the maximum roof height shall not be twenty percent (20%) taller than the mean average of roof heights on principal buildings located within the same block or portion of any block located partly within the AC-1 Zone District.
b. Accessory and secondary buildings, sixteen feet (16').
3-209.C.10. Minimum Street Frontage. Twenty five feet (25') per lot.
3-209.C.11. Minimum Roof Pitch.
a. For all buildings, one (1) unit of vertical rise to four (4) units of horizontal run unless modified or otherwise required by H.A.R.C.
b. No roof may begin less than seven feet (7') from ground level.
3-209.C.12. Maximum Site Coverage.
a. For the principal structure: forty-five percent (45%).
For developments comprised solely of Hotel, Lodge, Roominghouse, Boardinghouse, or Short-term Dwelling Unit uses (excepting affordable and employee housing): fifty percent (50%).
b. For secondary and accessory structures: fifteen percent (15%).
c. The site coverage of any rated THAS Secondary Structure shall be counted as half, provided H.A.R.C. finds the development application maintains or improves the historic ratings of all historic structures on the lot, and upon condition that the applicant stabilizes, improves, and maintains such structures in good repair.
d. No lot or lots in this zone district shall have more than a total of fifty percent (50%) site coverage by all structures.
3-209.D. Off Street Parking Requirements. The following number of off street parking spaces shall be provided for each use in the Accommodations One Zone District:
3-209.D.1.a. Parking Requirements in the Accommodations One Zone District.
Use Category | Required Parking |
|---|---|
Residential Dwelling Units | 1 space per unit |
Short-Term Dwelling Units | 2 spaces for every 3 units |
Hotel, Lodge, Roominghouse, Boardinghouse | 2 spaces for every 3 units |
High Intensity Use | One space per 500 square feet of floor area |
Low Intensity Use | One space per 1,000 square feet of floor area |
Assembly Areas | One space per 500 square feet of floor area |
3-209.D.1.b. Parking Requirements for development comprised solely of Hotel, Lodge, Roominghouse, Boardinghouse, and Short-term Dwelling Units.*
Lot Area | Required Parking |
|---|---|
0- 3,000 sq. ft. | 4 spaces; or the number of spaces required in 1.a, whichever is less |
3,001- 5,000 sq. ft. | 5 spaces; or the number of spaces required in 1.a, whichever is less |
5,001- 7,000 sq. ft. | 6 spaces; or the number of spaces required in 1.a, whichever is less |
Greater than 7,000 sq.ft. | To be determined by P&Z |
*excepting affordable and employee housing
3-209.D.2. Payment-In-Lieu of Parking. Notwithstanding any provisions of this Article 3 to the contrary, the Planning Director may authorize, upon recommendation of H.A.R.C., “payment in lieu” of one (1) on site parking space on any lot which:
a. contains a rated and a non rated structure; and
b. contains a rear yard through which vehicle access to required parking is obstructed by either such structure; or
c. in the case of a corner lot, contains a side yard through which access is so obstructed.
In addition, such payment may be waived upon consent of the Town Council, upon condition that the applicant stabilizes, improves, and maintains such structures in good repair.
3-209.D.3. The Planning Director may approve tandem or stacked off street parking as provided for in Section 3-109.C.
3-210.A. Purpose. The purpose of the Accommodations Two Zone District (AC-2) is to provide an area of relatively higher densities, where visitor-oriented accommodations, housing for residents recreation facilities to serve both visitors and residents, and limited commercial uses intended to provide tourist and accommodations-related services are permitted and encouraged.
Important development considerations in the AC-2 Zone District, beyond those expressed in the area’s design guidelines, are the need to preserve and create strong pedestrian corridors, the need to anticipate and design around and for the San Miguel River and River Park Trail Corridor, the need to accommodate public transit, and the opportunity to utilize the intercept parking areas which are centrally located within the AC-2 Zone District.
3-210.B. Use Table. The uses permitted by right and the uses permitted on review in the Accommodations Two Zone District are as follows:
Accommodations Two Zone District Use Table
Uses Permitted By Right | Uses Permitted On Review |
|---|---|
1. Lodginghouses, Boardinghouses and Roominghouses (pursuant to and subject to Note 1 below) | 1. School, Church, Hospital or Public Building |
2. Multi-Family Dwelling Units | 2. One-Family Dwelling Units on lots of 5,000 sq. ft. or less |
3. Multi-Family Short-Term Dwelling Units (pursuant to and subject to Note 1 below) | 3. Two-Family Dwelling Units on lots of 5,000 sq. ft. or less |
4. Condominium-Hotel, Hotels and Conference Facilities | |
5. The following tourist-related retail commercial uses only, the total area of which shall not exceed 15% of the gross floor area of the principal structure: a. Art Gallery b. Bar c. Book Shop d. Camera Shop e. Candy, Tobacco Store f. Gift Shop g. Jewelry Store h. Liquor Store i. Restaurant j. Sporting Goods Store k. Property Management Office l. Visitor Service Office Rental and repair and storage of uses in conjunction with uses set out in this subsection. | 4. Other tourist-related retail and service commercial uses not itemized as a permitted use, or office uses. In no case shall the total area of commercial or office use exceed 15% of the gross floor area of the principal structure. |
6. One-Family Dwelling Units in Backman Village, Lots 29-33, inclusive | 5. See C.9 |
7. Designated Employee Dwelling Units and Affordable Housing Unit | 6. Parking of motor vehicles East of Davis Street |
8. Timesharing, pursuant to the provisions of Section 6-413 of this Title | |
9. Parks, Open Space and Recreational Uses | |
10. Parking of motor vehicles West of Davis Street |
Determinations and interpretations of tourist-related retail and service commercial uses may be provided by the Planning Director upon request.
3-210.C. Dimensional Limitations. The following dimensional limitations apply to all uses permitted by right and uses permitted on review in the Accommodations Two Zone District:
3-210.C.1. Minimum Lot Area. Two thousand five hundred (2,500) square feet.
3-210.C.2. Minimum Lot Width. Twenty five feet (25').
3-210.C.3. Minimum Lot Frontage. Twenty five feet (25').
3-210.C.4. Minimum Front Yard. To allow flexibility in the design process, there is no established minimum front yard within this Zone District. Setbacks will be governed by the Uniform Building Code and the requirements of H.A.R.C.
3-210.C.5. Minimum Side Yard. Same as minimum front and rear yard.
3-210.C.6. Minimum Rear Yard. Same as minimum front and side yard.
3-210.C.7. Setback to the San Miguel River, River Trail and River Park. Notwithstanding the above provisions, the following minimum setback from a property line which is adjacent to a property which is zoned or entirely dedicated for Open Space or Park and contains either the San Miguel River or River Park Trail, or from the River Park Trail or the San Miguel River in the absence of such zoning or dedication, whichever is more restrictive, shall be ten feet (10'), however, in no case shall the average setback of the building facade be less than fifteen feet (15'). For the purposes of this section, the determination of setback shall include any building or structure, or portion thereof, including decks, porches, railings and fences:

3-210.C.8. Minimum Bulk Plane. Notwithstanding the above provisions, buildings shall be set back a minimum of one (1) horizontal foot for each one and a half (1.5) vertical feet, excluding chimneys, from a property line which is adjacent to a property which is zoned or entirely dedicated for Open Space or Park and contains either the San Miguel River or River Park Trail, or from the River dedication, whichever is more restrictive.
3-210.C.9. Setback for High Intensity Use. Notwithstanding Section 3-210.B., no High Intensity Use as defined in Table 3-3 shall be permitted within a structure whose access to that use, or which use is located outside a structure, which is within fifty (50') feet of a property line of a property which is zoned or entirely dedicated for Open Space or Park and contains either the San Miguel River or River Park Trial, or fifty (50') feet from the River Park Trail or the San Miguel River in the absence of such zoning or dedication, whichever is more restrictive, unless such uses are authorized and approved by P&Z subject to the provisions of Article 6, Division 1, “Uses Permitted on Review”.
3-210.C.10. Minimum Floor Area. No limitation.
3-210.C.11. Maximum Floor Area.
a. Thirty thousand (30,000) square feet per structure.
b. Fifty thousand (50,000) square feet per structure provided:
(1) the structure is comprised of hotel, lodge, roominghouse, boardinghouse, short-term dwelling units; facilities for conferences, performing arts, or special events, provided such facilities are available to local non-profit organizations1; excepting the following: the net floor area of uses other than those listed above shall not comprise greater than thirty-five percent (35%) of the gross floor area of the structure minus floor area dedicated to affordable or employee housing.
(2) the uses within the structure are memorialized in a development agreement or instrument as approved by the Town Manager.
c. The maximums listed above may be increased pursuant to Article 6, Division 3, “Planned Unit Development” or as modified by H.A.R.C.
1"Available to local non-profit organizations" means such facility shall be available free of charge a minimum of twenty (20) days per calendar year between the hours of 6:00 a.m. and 12:00 midnight, or the number of days and times as otherwise approved by the Planning and Zoning Commission pursuant to Article 6, Division 3, "Planned Unit Development", for use by local municipal, school, religious, public service organizations, and not-for-profit educational, charitable and artistic organizations.
3-210.C.12. Maximum Building Height.
a. To preserve the views of the surrounding mountainous terrain and because higher buildings will not have as severe a visual impact if situated at the toe of the mountain as those further north from the toe of the mountain, the following sub district building height limitations are imposed:
(1) Principal structures south of the San Miguel River: forty feet (40'); provided that the highest ridge point of any roof, excluding chimneys, shall not exceed forty five feet (45') directly above the pre construction grade of the building’s site coverage, or the post-construction grade at the perimeter of the building’s site coverage (including window and door wells which extend greater than four feet (4') from the exterior perimeter of the building’s site coverage), whichever is more restrictive.
(2) Principal structures north of the San Miguel River: thirty five feet (35');
b. Notwithstanding anything in Title to the contrary, for the purposes of measuring the height of principal structures south of the San Miguel River the constant slope method of height measurement may be used for structures which have at least fifty percent (50%) of their ground coverage located on hillsides with a pre construction grade or slope of fifteen percent (15%) or greater as follows:
(1) the height of any principal building or structure shall be measured as the length of any line which is plumb from a plane located at the highest point, excluding chimneys, of coping of a flat roof, or located at the mean height level between the eaves and ridge for gable, hip, the decline of a mansard roof, or gambrel roofs, and which plane is above and parallel to the original, pre construction grade of the building’s site coverage area, or the post-construction grade at the perimeter of the building’s site coverage (including window and door wells which extend greater than four feet (4') from the exterior perimeter of the building’s site coverage), whichever is more restrictive.
c. The maximum height of principal structures may be increased, if approved pursuant to PUD review, subject to the following conditions and limitations:
(1) South of the San Miguel River, up to fifty feet (50'), with a highest ridge point not to exceed fifty five feet (55') directly above the original ground surface, excluding chimneys, provided the pitch of any roof which is fifty feet (50') or greater directly above the pre-construction grade of the building’s site coverage, or the post-construction grade at the perimeter of the building’s site coverage (including window and door wells which extend greater than four feet (4') from the exterior perimeter of the building’s site coverage), whichever is more restrictive, in whole or in part, shall be eight to twelve (8:12) or steeper.
(2) North of the San Miguel River, forty feet (40').
d. A survey of the original, pre construction grade of the building site area south of the San Miguel River shall be provided as part of any application for approval of preliminary PUD plan, H.A.R.C. Certificate of Appropriateness, building permit, or any other form of approval for construction of a building, unless previously submitted.
3-210.C.13. Minimum Roof Pitch.
a. For all buildings, one (1) unit of vertical rise to four (4) units of horizontal run unless modified or otherwise required by H.A.R.C.
b. No roof may begin less than seven feet (7') from ground level.
3-210.C.14. Maximum Ridge Line Length. No ridge of any roof may extend continuously for a length greater than 60', unless modified by H.A.R.C.
3-210.C.15. Maximum Site Coverage.
a. For lot sizes twenty thousand square feet (20,000 sq.ft.) or less, the maximum site coverage shall not exceed forty percent (40%) or when all required parking is enclosed, fifty percent (50%).
b. For lot sizes greater than twenty thousand square feet (20,000 sq. ft.),
.4 - ([(Lot Area - 20,000) x .125]) / (100,000) = Maximum Percent Site Coverage
c. For lot sizes of one hundred thousand (100,000) sq. ft. or greater, the site coverage shall not exceed thirty percent (30%).
d. If an applicant elects to provide floor area or space within a building or structure which encloses either all or a percentage of the required parking, the site coverage maximum may be increased according to the following table:
Percent of Required Spaces Provided Within a Structure | Additional Site Coverage Percentage Allowed |
|---|---|
100 | 10% |
75 | 7.5% |
50 | 5% |
25 | 2.5% |
0 | 0% |
e. Enclosed open space shall be included in calculating site coverage. Enclosed open space means the ground area which is not covered by an above grade structure, which is surrounded on more than two sides by buildings, and which is physically or visually closed to view from all adjacent rights-of-way, or public lands within the Town of Telluride.
3-210.D. Off Street Parking Requirements. The following number of off street parking spaces shall be provided for each use in the Accommodations Two Zone District:
Parking Requirements in the Accommodations Two Zone District
Use Category | Required Parking |
|---|---|
Residential Dwelling Units | 1 space per unit |
Short-term Dwelling Units | 2 spaces for every 3 units |
Hotel, Lodge, Roominghouse, Boardinghouse | 2 spaces for every 3 units |
Low Intensity Use | One space per 1,000 square feet of floor area |
High Intensity Use | One space per 500 square feet of floor area |
3-211.A. Purpose. The purpose of the Residential/Commercial Zone District (R/C) is to preserve the historic residential development pattern, uses and scale of the neighborhood and to allow long term residential uses, while providing the opportunity for limited commercial development for demanded goods and services and for limited short term rental uses. The purpose of the Gondola Corridor Overlay District (GCOD) is to maintain the historic residential scale and character, and architectural integrity of the neighborhood while providing for commercial, visitor accommodations, and residential uses consistent with the Master Plan, and to implement the Telluride Gondola Gateway Plan.
3-211.B. Use Table. The uses permitted by right and the uses permitted on review in the Residential/Commercial Zone District are as follows:
Residential/Commercial Zone District Use Table
Uses Permitted By Right | Uses Permitted On Review |
|---|---|
1. One-Family Dwelling Units | 1. School, Church, Hospital or Public Building |
2. Two-Family Dwelling Units | 2. Bar or tavern |
3. Multi-Family Dwelling Units | 3. Shop Craft Industry |
4. Condominium-Hotel, Hotels, Lodges, Boardinghouses, Roominghouses, and Short-Term Dwelling Units (pursuant to and subject to Note 2 below) | |
5. Retail Commercial Uses as listed in Note 1 | |
6. Service Commercial Uses, limited to the following and similar uses: a. business office b. catering service c. financial institution d. personal service including barber or beauty shop e. studio for arts instruction f. radio and television broadcast facilities | |
7. Recreational Club Facilities | |
8. Designated Employee Dwelling Units and Affordable Housing Units | |
9. Timesharing, pursuant to the provisions of Section 6-413 of this Title | |
10. Accessory Buildings and Uses |
Note 1: Retail commercial establishments shall be limited to the following and similar uses:
1. Antique shop
2. Appliance store
3. Art gallery
4. Art supply store
5. Automobile accessory store
6. Bakery
7. Bookstore
8. Camera shop
9. Candy, tobacco or cigarette store
10. Catalogue store
11. Clothing store
12. Decorator shop
13. Department store
14. Pharmacy
15. Florist shop
16. Food market
17. Furniture store
18. Gift shop
19. Hardware store
20. Hobby shop
21. Jewelry store
22. Job printing shop
23. Key shop
24. Liquor store
25. Pet shop
26. Paint and wallpaper store
27. Pawn shop
28. Photography shop
29. Restaurant
30. Sporting goods store
31. Stationery store
32. Variety store
Note 2: Pursuant to and subject to all applicable terms and limitations imposed in the Telluride Municipal Code Chapter 6, Article 1 (Business Licenses).
Note 3: Lots in this zone district for all Uses Permitted by Right and Uses Permitted on Review are subject to the prohibition on certain lot line vacations contained in Section 6-408.W.
3-211.C. Dimensional Limitations. The following dimensional limitations apply to all uses permitted by right and uses permitted on review in the Residential/Commercial Zone District:
3-211.C.1. Minimum Lot Area. Two thousand five hundred (2,500) square feet.
3-211.C.2. Minimum Lot Width. Twenty five feet (25') at the narrowest point.
3-211.C.3. Minimum Lot Frontage. Twenty-five feet (25') for all lots.
3-211.C.4. Minimum Front Yard.
a. Each block within the R/C Zone District shall have a minimum front yard setback requirement equal to the average of the front yard setback of all structures on the same block, unless modified by H.A.R.C.
b. Corner lot setbacks shall be a minimum of five feet (5'), for traffic safety purposes, except as identified per Section 3-211.C.5.b.iii.
3-211.C.5. Minimum Side Yard.
a. Residential/Commercial District.
(i) All buildings, three feet (3').
(ii) Corner lots, same as minimum front yard.
b. Gondola Corridor Overlay District.
(i) For lots which have widths less than fifty feet (50'), three feet (3') for all buildings.
(ii) For lots which have widths fifty feet (50') or greater, five feet (5') for all buildings; however, H.A.R.C. may modify setbacks for secondary structures to three feet (3').
(iii) For lots which abut San Juan Avenue, zero feet (0') to San Juan Avenue.
3-211.C.6. Minimum Rear Yard. All buildings, five feet (5').
a. The rear yard setback associated with a repositioned or relocated rated or non-rated THAS Secondary Structure may be reduced from five feet (5') to a minimum of zero feet (0'). A variation may be granted by H.A.R.C. provided H.A.R.C. finds the development application maintains or improves the historic rating designation of the historic structure according to the Telluride Historic and Architectural Survey and upon condition that the applicant stabilizes, improves and maintains such structure in good repair.
3-211.C.7. Primary Facade Setback. An addition in excess of one hundred (100) square feet of gross floor area to a supporting or contributing rated principal structure shall not be permitted within fifteen feet (15') of the rear of the structure’s primary facade, unless approved by H.A.R.C.
3-211.C.8. Minimum Floor Area. No limitation.
3-211.C.9. Maximum Floor Area. In no case shall the total gross floor area of any principal building for a single-family or two-family residence be greater than four thousand (4,000) square feet, and in no case shall a secondary or accessory structure to a single family or two-family residence be greater than 950 square feet. The gross floor area of any multifamily residential dwelling unit shall not exceed four thousand (4,000) square feet.
3-211.C.10. Maximum Building Height.
a. Principal Buildings.
(i) Residential/Commercial District. twenty five feet (25').
(ii) Gondola Corridor Overlay District. twenty-five feet (25'), provided that the maximum roof height shall not exceed thirty five percent (35%) of the mean average of heights of all existing principal buildings, excluding public buildings and churches, which are located within the Gondola Corridor Overlay District.
b. Accessory and secondary structures, sixteen feet (16').
3-211.C.11. Minimum Street Frontage. Twenty five feet (25') per lot.
3-211.C.12. Minimum Roof Pitch.
a. For all buildings, one (1) unit of vertical rise to four (4) units of horizontal run. H.A.R.C. may require a greater minimum roof pitch based on applicable design guidelines for the affected treatment area.
b. No roof may begin less than seven feet (7') from ground level
3-211.C.13. Maximum Site Coverage.
a. Residential/Commercial District. No limitation
b. Gondola Corridor Overlay district.
(i) Forty-five percent (45%); except that for lots which contain a rated secondary structure the site coverage of the rated THAS Secondary Structure shall count as half, provided H.A.R.C. finds the development application maintains or improves the historic ratings of all historic structures on the lots.
(ii) For lots which contain a rated THAS Primary Structure, and which have non-conforming site coverage, the site coverage of the lot may be increased by up to twenty percent (20%), provided that such increase will not, in the determination of H.A.R.C., compromise the structure’s rating.
3-211.D. Off Street Parking Requirements.
3-211.D.1. The following number of off street parking spaces shall be provided for each use in the Residential/Commercial Zone District:
a. Parking Requirements in the Residential/Commercial Zone District.
Use Category | Required Parking |
|---|---|
Residential Dwelling Units | 1 space per unit |
Short-term Dwelling Units | 2 spaces for every 3 units |
Hotel, Lodge, Roominghouse, Boardinghouse | 2 spaces for every 3 units |
High Intensity Use | One space per 500 square feet of floor area |
Low Intensity Use | One space per 1,000 square feet of floor area |
b. Parking Requirements for development comprised solely* of Hotel, Lodge, Roominghouse, Boardinghouse, and Short-term Dwelling Units in the Residential/Commercial Zone District.
Lot Area | Required Parking |
|---|---|
0 - 3,000 sq. ft. | 4 spaces; or the number of spaces required in Section 3-211.D.1.a, whichever is less |
3,001 - 5,000 sq. ft. | 5 spaces; or the number of spaces required in Section 3-211.D.1.a, whichever is less |
5,001 - 7,000 sq. ft. | 6 spaces; or the number of spaces required in Section 3-211.D.1.a, whichever is less |
Greater than 7,000 sq.ft. | To be determined by P&Z |
*excepting affordable and employee housing
c. Parking Requirements in the Gondola Corridor Overlay District.
Lot Area | Required Parking |
|---|---|
0 - 3,000 sq. ft. | Single Family Dwelling Unit, 1 space. All other uses 2 spaces, except where commercial uses are present, then 3 spaces; or the number of spaces required in 3-211.D.1.a., whichever is less. |
3,001 - 10,000 sq. ft. | Single Family Dwelling Unit, 1 space. All other uses, 3 spaces, except where commercial uses are present, then 4 spaces; or the number of spaces required in 3-211.D.1.a., whichever is less. |
Greater than 10,000 sq.ft. | Use standards of Section 3-211.D.1.a |
3-211.D.2. Payment-In-Lieu of Parking. Gondola Corridor Overlay District: Notwithstanding any provisions of this Article 3 to the contrary, the Planning Director may authorize, upon recommendation of H.A.R.C., “payment in lieu” of one (1) on site parking space on any lot which:
a. contains a rated and a non rated structure; and
b. contains a rear yard through which vehicle access to required parking is obstructed by either such structure; or
c. in the case of a corner lot, contains a side yard through which access is so obstructed
Such payment may be waived upon consent of the Town Council, upon condition that the applicant stabilizes, improves, and maintains such structures in good repair.
3-211.E. Front Yard Landscaping Requirements within Gondola Corridor Overlay District.
3-211.E.1. The following landscaping requirement shall apply to any small scale or large scale H.A.R.C. application within the GCOD. A minimum of three of the following types of trees shall be planted in the front yard prior to issuance of a certificate of occupancy: six-foot spruce (6') spruce, fifteen-foot (15') cottonwood or three-inch (3") diameter aspen. HARC may modify this requirement based on site specific development plan review.
3-211.E.2. This requirement shall only be applied one time to each lot. Suitable collateral to secure performance of the landscaping requirement, in the form of cash or a certificate of deposit, shall be posted prior to issuance of a building permit.
3-211.F. Garbage storage areas shall not be located in the front yard within the Gondola Corridor Overlay District.
3-212.A. Purpose. The purpose of the Commercial Zone District (C) is to allow land to be used for retail and service commercial establishments and uses, affordable housing, together with accommodations uses. Some recreation, multi-family residential, accessory and institutional uses may also be appropriate, especially those that strengthen the Town’s commercial core.
3-212.B. Use Table. The uses permitted by right and the uses permitted on review in the Commercial Zone District are as follows:
Commercial Zone District Use Table
Uses Permitted By Right | Uses Permitted On Review |
|---|---|
1. Retail Commercial Establishments, as listed in note 1, below | 1. Schools as limited by Note 4 below, Public Buildings and Institutional Uses |
2. Service Commercial Establishments, limited to the following and similar uses (see Note 5): a. business office b. catering service c. financial institution d. parking lot or garage e. personal service including barber or beauty shop f. radio or television broadcast facility g. studio for arts instruction | 2. Recreation and Entertainment Establishments, limited to the following and similar uses: a. billiard parlor b. business, fraternal or social club or hall c. dance hall d. ice or roller skating rink |
3. Rental, repair and wholesaling facilities, in conjunction with permitted retail commercial and service commercial establishments, provided all such activity is clearly incidental to the permitted use and conducted within a building | 3. Shop Craft Industry |
4. Condominium-Hotel, Hotels, Lodges, Roominghouses, Boardinghouses, Short-Term Dwelling Units (pursuant to and subject to Note 6 below) | 4. Vehicle Repair Shops, as defined in Article 2, Division 1 |
5. Storage of materials accessory to permitted uses 1, 2, 3 & 4 above, provided all such storage is located within a structure | 5. See C.10 |
6. One-Family Dwelling Units in Backman Village Subdivision, Lots 1 through 28, inclusive | |
7. Multi-Family Dwelling Units: a. on lots greater than 5,875 square feet, per notes 2 and 3; b. on lots 5,875 square feet or less, per note 2 | |
8. Parks, Open Space and Recreational Uses | |
9. Designated Employee Dwelling Units and Affordable Housing Units; see note 2 | |
10. Parking of motor vehicles | |
11. Timesharing, pursuant to the provisions of Section 6-413 of this Title | |
12. Mixed Use Development: a. on lots greater than 5,875 square feet, per notes 2 and 3; b. on lots 5,875 square feet or less, per note 2 |
Note 1: Retail commercial establishments shall be limited to the following and similar uses:
1. Antique shop | 18. Furniture store |
2. Appliance store | 19. Gift shop |
3. Art gallery | 20. Hardware store |
4. Art supply store | 21. Hobby shop |
5. Automobile accessory store | 22. Jewelry store |
6. Bakery | 23. Job printing shop |
7. Bar | 24. Key shop |
8. Bookstore | 25. Liquor store |
9. Camera shop | 26. Pet shop |
10. Candy, tobacco or cigarette store | 27. Paint and wallpaper store |
11. Catalogue store | 28. Pawn shop |
12. Clothing store | 29. Photography shop |
13. Decorator shop | 30. Restaurant |
14. Department store | 31. Sporting goods store |
15. Drugstore | 32. Stationery store |
16. Florist shop | 33. Variety store |
17. Food market | 34. Medical marijuana facility and retail marijuana establishment |
Note 2: Restriction on Residential Dwelling Uses.
No residential use as defined in Table B as Uses Permitted by Right B.7 shall be permitted within the first or ground floor of a building or structure (that floor which is closest to the elevation of the adjacent street), unless such use is set back an average of thirty-five (35') from the front exterior wall of the building or structure as measured perpendicularly from the front exterior wall. In no case shall such use be closer than twenty feet (20') from the front exterior wall. Such setback may be modified by the Planning and Zoning Commission pursuant to Article 6, Division 3, “Planned Unit Development,” or varied by the Planning and Zoning Commission pursuant to Article 6, Division 2, “Variances.” For the purposes of this section, the “front exterior wall” of building or structure shall mean that wall which establishes the front yard, or in the absence of a front yard, the front lotline. Also, for the purpose of this section, the “front lotline” shall mean the frontage along the street with the shortest linear frontage for lots which have more than one street frontage.
Note 3: The floor area of such residential dwelling units, excepting floor area restricted as affordable housing and designated employee dwelling units, shall not exceed 35% of gross floor area of all structures per lot unless modified pursuant to Article 6, Division 3, “Planned Unit Development” and in no case greater than 65%. See graphic representation (below) which illustrates how to calculate the floor area of residential dwelling units for the purpose of conformance with this note.

Note 4: The P&Z shall deny an application for a public school as a use permitted on review if it determines (1) the proposed school meets the definition of a school as provided for in Section 44-3-103 of Colorado Revised Statutes; and (2) allowing such a school will prohibit the establishment or continuing operation of an establishment that serves alcohol pursuant to the Distance Requirements set forth in Section 6-2-160 of the Municipal Code.
Note 5: The East 300 Block of Colorado Avenue between Willow and Alder, is subject to the Vitality [Use] Setback in Section 3-213.E. and the Service Commercial Limit in Section 3-213.F. It is also subject to the Service Commercial Uses, Use Permitted by Right found in Section 3-213.B of the Historic Commercial Use Table.
3-212.C. Dimensional Limitations. The following dimensional limitations apply to all uses permitted by right and uses permitted on review in the Commercial Zone District:
3-212.C.1. Minimum Lot Area. Two thousand five hundred (2,500) square feet.
3-212.C.2. Maximum Lot Area.
a. Eleven thousand seven hundred and fifty (11,750) square feet unless modified pursuant to Article 6, Division 3, “Planned Unit Development”.
b. No limitation provided the development is comprised of hotel, lodge, roominghouse, boardinghouse, short-term dwelling units; facilities for conferences, performing arts, or special events, provided such facilities are available to local non-profit organizations1; excepting the following: the net floor area of uses other than those listed above shall not comprise greater than thirty five percent (35%) of the gross floor area of the structure minus floor area dedicated to affordable or employee housing. The uses within such structure(s) shall be memorialized in a development agreement or instrument as approved by the Town Manager.
1"Available to local non-profit organizations" means such facility shall be available free of charge a minimum of twenty (20) days per calendar year between the hours of 6:00 a.m. and 12:00 midnight, or the number of days and times as otherwise approved by the Planning and Zoning Commission pursuant to Article 6, Division 3, "Planned Unit Development", for use by local municipal, school, religious, public service organizations, and not-for-profit educational, charitable and artistic organizations.
3-212.C.3. Minimum Lot Width. Twenty-five feet (25').
3-212.C.4. Minimum Lot Frontage. Twenty-five feet (25') for all lots.
3-212.C.5. Minimum Front Yard. No limitation.
3-212.C.6. Minimum Side Yard. No limitation.
3-212.C.7. Minimum Rear Yard. All buildings, five feet (5'), provided this requirement shall not be applied so as to prohibit below grade structures within the rear yard setback.
a. The rear yard setback associated with a repositioned or relocated rated or non-rated THAS Secondary Structure may be reduced from five feet (5') to a minimum of zero feet (0'). A variation may be granted by H.A.R.C. provided H.A.R.C. finds the development application maintains or improves the historic rating designation of the historic structure according to the Telluride Historic and Architectural Survey and upon condition that the applicant stabilizes, improves and maintains such structure in good repair.
3-212.C.8. Setback to the San Miguel River, River Trail and River Park. Notwithstanding the above provisions, the following minimum setback from a property line which is adjacent to a property which is zoned or entirely dedicated for Open Space or Park and contains either the San Miguel River or River Park Trail, or from the River Park Trail or the San Miguel River in the absence of such zoning or dedication, whichever is more restrictive, shall be ten feet (10'), however, in no case shall the average setback of the building facade be less than fifteen feet (15'). For the purposes of this section, the determination of setback shall include any building or structure, or portion thereof, including decks, porches, railings and fences.

3-212.C.9. Minimum Bulk Plane. Notwithstanding the above provisions, buildings shall be set back a minimum of one (1) horizontal foot for each one and a half (1.5) vertical feet, excluding chimneys, from a property line which is adjacent to a property which is zoned or entirely dedicated for Open Space or Park and contains either the San Miguel River or River Park Trail, or from the River dedication, whichever is more restrictive.
3-212.C.10. Setback for High Intensity Use. Notwithstanding Section 3-212.B., no High Intensity Use as defined in Table 3-4 shall be permitted within a structure whose access to that use, or which use is located outside a structure, which is within fifty (50') feet of a property line which is adjacent to a property which is zoned or dedicated for Open Space or Park and contains either the San Miguel River or River Park Trial, or fifty (50') feet from the River Park Trail or the San Miguel River in the absence of such zoning or dedication; whichever is more restrictive, unless such uses are authorized and approved by P&Z subject to the provisions of Article 6, Division 1, “Uses Permitted on Review”.
3-212.C.11. Maximum Primary Facade Width. Fifty feet (50'), unless modified by H.A.R.C. In no case shall such modified width exceed seventy five feet (75').
3-212.C.12. Minimum Floor Area. No limitation.
3-212.C.13. Maximum Floor Area.
a. All buildings, above grade floor area to lot area ratio shall not exceed one point five to one (1.5:1), except as provided below.
b. In calculating such ratio, that square footage of floor area shall be excluded which is designed and built to provide exclusively for the storage or parking of motor vehicles.
c. The maximum floor area may be increased above the one point five to one (1.5:1) ratio, but not greater than two-to-one (2:1); provided, that the additional floor area between one point five to one (1.5:1) and two to one (2:1) is restricted to commercial use, or accommodation use.
d. The maximum floor area may be increased above the one point five to one (1.5:1) ratio, but not greater than two point two five to one (2.25:1); provided, that the additional floor area between one point five to one (1.5:1) and two point two five to one (2.25:1) is restricted to designated employee dwelling unit(s), or affordable housing units(s).
e. The gross floor area of any on-site affordable housing unit that is required by the development of the lot and provided to satisfy the affordable housing requirement of the site development shall be exempt from the gross floor area limitations as set forth in this section but only if hotel uses comprise a minimum of fifty percent (50%) of the gross floor area of the on-site development. Should on-site affordable housing in excess of the requirement be provided, and is not associated with satisfying the mitigation requirements of other development, then the excess on-site affordable housing gross floor area shall also be exempt from the gross floor area calculation of all structures per lot provided all other regulations are met.
For the purposes of this subsection:
(1) The gross floor area of any hotel unit shall be traditional in size; the maximum hotel unit size shall not exceed nine hundred (900) square feet; the average hotel unit size shall not exceed six hundred (600) square feet; and no hotel unit shall include a kitchen.
(2) The hotel portion of the on-site development shall be deed restricted in perpetuity to hotel use and shall survive foreclosure by legal instrument to the satisfaction of the Town Attorney.
(3) The hotel use shall not be condominiumized except as a single unit.
f. The maximum floor area may be increased above the one point five to one (1.5:1) ratio, but not greater than two point two five to one (2.25:1) pursuant to Article 6, Division 3, “Planned Unit Development.”
g. Covered or enclosed open space shall be included in calculating floor area. “Covered or enclosed open space” means ground area which does not permanently provide at the pedestrian level unobstructed access to light and air, or which is roofed, heated, or physically, psychologically, or visually closed to public access and view.
h. For lots with fifty (50) feet of frontage or less, a minimum of one thousand (1,000) square feet of net floor area of ground floor commercial use for each twenty-five (25) linear feet of frontage shall be provided. The commercial use shall be increased or decreased proportionally for every linear feet greater or less than twenty-five (25) feet. For lots with frontage greater than fifty (50) feet, this requirement can be varied pursuant to a “planned unit development.” For lots that have more than one street frontage, this requirement applies to the shortest linear street frontage which would also constitute the front lot line. Developments comprised solely of hotel, school as permitted by review, public facility as permitted by review, or institutional use as permitted by review, are exempt from this requirement.
i. The gross floor area of any multifamily residential dwelling unit shall not exceed four thousand (4,000) square feet.
3-212.C.14. Maximum Building Height.
a. All buildings, thirty five feet (35') provided that the maximum height may be increased up to forty feet (40'), if approved pursuant to the PUD process.
b. The height of the primary facade of a building shall be not less than sixteen feet (16').
c. Upon review and approval of H.A.R.C., the building height may be increased to forty feet (40'), provided that the maximum above grade floor area to lot area ratio shall not exceed a ratio of one point two to one (1.2:1), regardless of any other LUC requirements including, but not limited to, parking and employee housing.
d. Upon review and approval of H.A.R.C., an architectural element may be located on top of a building, provided that the element may not extend more than twenty percent (20%) beyond the highest point of the building. No element shall exceed one hundred fifty (150) square feet of gross floor area or ten percent (10%) of the structure’s ground coverage, whichever is less.
(1) No such element shall be permitted if it substantially reduces or blocks an adjacent structure’s access to light or air.
(2) No building shall be allowed more than one (1) architectural element.
(3) The burden of proof shall be on the applicant to establish how the excess in height will benefit the neighborhood and the Town.
(4) In determining whether to approve an architectural element, H.A.R.C. shall consider, but not be limited to, such site conditions as large lot size, placement of the structure on the lot, the relationship and proximity to adjacent neighboring structures, major street intersections and dead end streets, and whether the element would create a positive focal point.
e. The height of a structure rated as “contributing” or “supporting” by the Telluride Historic and Architectural Survey may be increased if the applicable following requirements are met:
(1) The height increase is necessary to replace an architectural element historically associated with the structure during the “period of significance”; or
(2) For buildings which have existing primary facade heights of twenty feet (20') or less, the addition is stepped back from the primary facade a minimum of four (4) horizontal feet for each one (1) vertical foot of increase in height; for buildings which have existing primary facade heights of greater than twenty feet (20'), the addition is stepped back from the primary facade a minimum of three (3) horizontal feet for each one (1) vertical foot of increase in height; and
(3) Is stepped back from side streets and side alley rights-of-way a minimum of two (2) horizontal feet for each one (1) vertical foot of increase in height.
Height increases authorized pursuant to this subsection C.14.e shall not be subject to compliance with the requirements of subsection C.14.d of this Section.
f. The height of all roof mounted mechanical and service equipment shall be counted in determining building height.
g. Renewable energy fixtures and equipment are permitted to project above building roof membrane for existing buildings provided H.A.R.C. finds that the following items are complied with:
(1) The visual impacts of active solar collection devices shall be subservient to the historic integrity and visual characteristics of the building.
(2) Screening that is consistent with design guidelines shall be provided to shield fixtures that are in the sight line of the street or alley at which they are viewed.
(3) All fixtures and equipment shall be located in the least visible location possible while maintaining the efficiency of the solar panels proposed. For example, PV shingles and propanel/standing seam integrated products can be used to achieve minimal visibility.
Furthermore, renewable energy fixtures and equipment are permitted to project above the building roof membrane for existing buildings provided that:
(4) Renewable energy fixture and equipment heights do not exceed three feet (3') if more than seventy-five percent (75%) of the roof is covered with panels.
(5) Fixture and equipment heights do not exceed four feet (4') if fifty percent to seventy-four and nine-tenths percent (50% to 74.9%) of the roof is covered with panels.
(6) Fixture and equipment heights of up to five feet (5') are permitted if less than fifty percent (50%) of the roof is covered with panels.
(7) All fixtures shall be installed in a manner that conforms to the Uniform Building Code, and roof load engineering may be required.
(8) All fixtures and equipment shall possess an anti-reflective top coating, such as TOPS (tempered glass tefzel glazing) or titanium dioxide. All metal surfaces shall be a matte finish.
(9) Top-of-pole ground mounts shall be permitted on the ground provided H.A.R.C. finds that:
(a) Fencing or screening is provided surrounding the fixtures.
Furthermore, renewable energy fixtures and equipment shall be permitted provided that:
(b) The fixture(s) conform to all setbacks.
(c) The highest portion of the ground-mounted fixtures does not exceed six feet (6').
(d) Fixtures are located in the rear third of the structure or site.
h. Renewable energy fixtures and equipment that are incorporated into new structures shall be permitted to project above building height limits provided H.A.R.C. finds that the following items are complied with:
(1) The visual impacts of active solar collection devices shall be subservient to the historical integrity and visual characteristics of the building.
(2) For new structures, renewable energy fixtures shall be incorporated into the design of the building to minimize their appearance.
(3) Screening that is consistent with design guidelines shall be provided to shield fixtures that are in the sight line of the street or alley at which they are viewed.
(4) All fixtures shall be located in the least visible location possible while maintaining the efficiency of the solar panels proposed. For example, PV shingles and propanel/standing seam integrated products can be used to achieve minimal visibility.
Furthermore, renewable energy fixtures and equipment that are incorporated into new structures shall be permitted to project above building height limits provided that:
(5) Two feet above allowable height limits will be permitted if H.A.R.C. determines that appropriate screening is provided.
(6) All fixtures and equipment shall possess an anti-reflective top coating, such as TOPS (tempered glass tefzel glazing) or titanium dioxide. All metal surfaces shall be a matte finish.
(7) All fixtures shall be installed in a manner that conforms to the Uniform Building Code, and roof load engineering may be required.
(8) Top-of-pole ground mounts shall be permitted on the ground provided H.A.R.C. finds that:
(a) Fencing or screening is provided surrounding the fixtures.
Furthermore, renewable energy fixtures and equipment shall be permitted provided that:
(b) The fixture(s) and equipment conform to all appropriate setbacks.
(c) The highest portion of the ground-mounted fixture(s) does not exceed six feet (6').
(d) Fixture(s) and equipment are located in the rear third of the structure or site.
i. H.A.R.C. may allow heights for elevator over-runs in excess of the maximum building height as established in the LUC, or as approved by PUD, for up to an additional six feet (6') for a total area of no more than four hundred (400) square feet or two and one-half percent (2.5%) of the lot area, whichever is less, provided such over-runs are not visible from adjacent public rights-of-way, river park corridor or parks.
3-212.C.15. Minimum Roof Pitch. No limitation except roofs of buildings located on lots with frontage on Colorado Avenue shall be flat unless otherwise permitted or required by H.A.R.C.
3-212.C.16. Maximum Site Coverage. No limitation.
3-212.C.17. Minimum Ceiling Height. For all buildings located on lots with frontage on Colorado Avenue, the minimum height of the lowest finished ceiling above sidewalk grade shall be not less than eleven and three-quarters feet (11.75') measured from the average sidewalk grade along the building frontage to the bottom of the ceiling, such minimum to apply within an area extending into the building a distance of twenty-five feet (25') from the Colorado Avenue property line.
3-212.D. Off Street Parking Requirements. The following number of off street parking spaces shall be provided for each use in the Commercial Zone District:
3-212.D.1. Parking Requirements in the Commercial Zone District.
Use Category | Required Parking |
|---|---|
Residential Dwelling Units | 1 space per unit |
Short-Term Dwelling Units | 2 spaces per every 3 units |
Hotel, Lodge, Roominghouses, Boardinghouses | 2 spaces for every 3 units |
High Intensity Use | One space per 500 square feet of floor area |
High Intensity Use: Restaurants | No spaces required |
Low Intensity Use | One space per 1,000 square feet of Net Floor Area |
3-212.D.2.
Parking Requirements for development comprised solely* of Hotel, Lodge, Roominghouse, Boardinghouse, and Short-term Dwelling Units for Lots less than 6,000 sq.ft.
Lot Area | Required Parking |
|---|---|
0 - 3,000 sq. ft. | 4 spaces; or the number of spaces required in Section 3-212.D.1, whichever is less |
3,001 - 5,999 sq. ft. | 5 spaces; or the number of spaces required in Section 3-212.D.1, whichever is less |
*excepting affordable and employee housing
3-212.E. Payment-In-Lieu of Parking. The Planning Director may approve an application for payment-in-lieu of parking for up to two (2) parking spaces required for commercial use or accommodations use.
3-213.A. Purpose. The purpose of the Historic Commercial (“HC”) Zone District is to allow land to be used for retail commercial, service commercial, affordable housing and accommodation purposes, with development designed in a manner which preserves, maintains, and enhances the historical character and scale of existing structures within the zone district, especially historically-rated structures. Some recreation, together with accessory and institutional uses may also be appropriate, especially those that strengthen the Town’s commercial core.
3-213.B. Use Table. The uses permitted by right and the uses permitted on review in the Historic Commercial Zone District are as follows:
Historic Commercial Zone District Use Table
Uses Permitted By Right | Uses Permitted On Review |
|---|---|
1. Retail Commercial Establishments, as limited to the uses listed in Note 1 below. | 1. Schools as limited in Note 3 below, Public Facilities and Institutional Uses |
2. Service Commercial Uses, limited to the following uses and subject to the Vitality [Use] Setback in Section 3-213.E and the 20% Service Commercial Limit in Section 3-213.F: a. business office b. professional office c. catering service d. financial institution e. personal service including barber or beauty shop f. radio or television broadcast facility g. studio for arts instruction h. similar uses as the above list as approved in writing by the Planning Director. | 2. Recreation and entertainment establishments, limited to the following and similar uses: a. billiard parlor b. business, fraternal or social club c. dance hall d. ice or roller skating rink |
3. Rental, repair and wholesaling uses, in conjunction with and accessory uses to the permitted Retail Uses and Service Commercial Uses, provided all such activity is clearly an Accessory Use to the permitted use and conducted within a building subject to the limitations set forth in Sections 3-213.E and 3-213.F. | |
4. Accommodation Uses including Condominium-Hotel, Hotels, Lodges, Rooming Houses, Boarding Houses, Short-Term Dwelling Units (pursuant to and subject to Note 4 below). | |
5. Storage of materials as an accessory use to the uses as permitted in Numbers 1, 2, 3 and 4 above, subject to the limitations set forth in Sections 3-213.E and 3-213.F. | |
6. Town owned and operated Parks, Open Space and Recreational Uses | |
7. Multi-Family Dwelling Units subject to the Vitality Use Setback in Section 3-213.E. Such units on lots greater than 6,250 square feet are subject to the limitation in Note 2 | |
8. Mixed Use Development subject to the Vitality Use Setback in Section 3-213.E. Such units on lots greater than 6,250 square feet are subject to the limitation in Note 2 | |
9. Designated Employee Dwelling Units and Affordable Housing Units subject to the Vitality [Use] Setback in Section 3-213.E | |
10. Time Sharing, pursuant to the provisions of Section 6-413 of this Title subject to the Vitality [Use] Setback in Section 3-213.E and the limitation in Note 2. | |
11. Parking of motor vehicles subject to the Vitality [Use] Setback in Section 3-213.E and the limitation in Note 2. |
Note 1: Retail commercial establishments shall be limited to the following list, and similar uses to this list as approved in writing by the Planning Director:
1. Antique shop
2. Appliance or electronics store
3. Art gallery
4. Art supply store
5. Automobile accessory store
6. Bakery
7. Bar
8. Bookstore
9. Camera shop
10. Candy or ice cream store
11. Clothing store
12. Decorator shop
13. Department store
14. Drug store
15. Florist shop
16. Food Market
17. Furniture store
18. Gift shop
19. Hardware store
20. Hobby shop
21. Jewelry store
22. Copy shop and associated retail sales
23. Liquor store
24. Movie Theater
25. Pet shop
26. Paint and wallpaper store
27. Photography shop
28. Restaurant
29. Sporting goods store
30. Medical marijuana facility and retail marijuana establishment
Note 2: The floor area of such residential dwelling units, excepting floor area restricted as affordable housing and designated employee dwelling units, shall not exceed 35% of gross floor area of all structures per lot, unless modified pursuant to Article 6, Division 3, “Planned Unit Development” and in no case greater than 65%. See graphic representation (below) which illustrates how to calculate the floor area of residential dwelling units for the purpose of conformance with this note.

Note 3: The P&Z shall deny an application for a public school as a use permitted on review if it determines (1) the proposed school meets the definition of school as provided for in Section 44-3-103 of Colorado Revised Statutes; and (2) allowing such a school will prohibit the establishment or continuing operation of an establishment that serves alcohol pursuant to the Distance Requirements set forth in Section 6-2-160 of the Municipal Code.
3-213.C. Dimensional Limitations. The following dimensional limitations apply to all uses permitted by right and uses permitted on review in the Historic Commercial Zone District:
3-213.C.1. Minimum Lot Area. Two thousand five hundred (2,500) square feet.
3-213.C.2. Maximum Lot Area. Eleven thousand seven hundred and fifty (11,750) sq. ft. unless modified pursuant to Article 6, Division 3, “Planned Unit Development”.
3-213.C.3. Minimum Lot Width. Twenty-five feet (25').
3-213.C.4. Minimum Lot Frontage. Twenty-five feet (25') for all lots.
3-213.C.5. Minimum Front Yard.
a. All buildings, zero feet (0').
b. Buildings shall be constructed to the front property line at full facade height. A third (3rd) floor may be set back from the front lot line upon approval of H.A.R.C.
c. The front yard setback may be increased by H.A.R.C.
3-213.C.6. Minimum Side Yard. No limitation.
3-213.C.7. Minimum Rear Yard. All buildings, five feet (5'), provided this requirement shall not be applied so as to prohibit below grade structures within the rear yard setback.
a. The rear yard setback associated with a repositioned or relocated rated or non-rated THAS Secondary Structure may be reduced from five feet (5') to a minimum of zero feet (0'). A variation may be granted by H.A.R.C. provided H.A.R.C. finds the development application maintains or improves the historic rating designation of the historic structure according to the Telluride Historic and Architectural Survey and upon condition that the applicant stabilizes, improves and maintains such structure in good repair.
3-213.C.8. Maximum Primary Facade Width. Fifty feet (50'), unless modified by H.A.R.C. In no case shall such width exceed seventy five feet (75').
3-213.C.9. Minimum Floor Area. No limitation.
3-213.C.10. Maximum Floor Area.
a. All buildings, above-grade floor area to lot area ratio shall not exceed one point five to one (1.5:1), except as provided below.
b. In calculating such ratio, that square footage of floor area shall be excluded which is designed and built to provide exclusively for the storage or parking of motor vehicles.
c. The maximum floor area may be increased above the one point five to one (1.5:1) ratio, but not greater than two to one (2.0:1); provided, that the additional floor area between one point five to one (1.5:1) and two to one (2.0:1) is restricted to commercial use.
d. The maximum floor area may be increased above the one point five to one (1.5:1) ratio, but not greater than two point two five to one (2.25:1); provided, that the additional floor area between one point five to one (1.5:1) and two point two five to one (2.25:1) is restricted to designated employee dwelling unit(s), or affordable housing units(s).
e. The gross floor area of any on-site affordable housing unit that is required by the development of the lot and provided to satisfy the affordable housing requirement of the site development shall be exempt from the gross floor area limitations as set forth in this section but only if hotel uses comprise a minimum of fifty percent (50%) of the gross floor area of the on-site development. Should on-site affordable housing in excess of the requirement be provided, and is not associated with satisfying the mitigation requirements of other development, then the excess on-site affordable housing gross floor area shall also be exempt from the gross floor area calculation of all structures per lot provided all other regulations are met.
For the purposes of this subsection:
(1) The gross floor area of any hotel unit shall be traditional in size; the maximum hotel unit size shall not exceed nine hundred (900) square feet; the average hotel unit size shall not exceed six hundred (600) square feet; and no hotel unit shall include a kitchen.
(2) The hotel portion of the on-site development shall be deed restricted in perpetuity to hotel use and shall survive foreclosure by legal instrument to the satisfaction of the Town Attorney.
(3) The hotel use shall not be condominiumized except as a single unit.
f. The maximum floor area may be increased above the one point five to one (1.5:1) ratio, but not greater than two point two five to one (2.25:1) pursuant to Article 6, Division 3, “Planned Unit Development.”
g. Covered or enclosed open space shall be included in calculating floor area. “Covered or enclosed open space” means ground area which does not permanently provide at the pedestrian level unobstructed access to light and air, or which is roofed, heated, or physically, psychologically, or visually closed to public access and view.
h. A minimum of one thousand (1,000) square feet of net floor area ground floor commercial use (including retail commercial and service commercial uses as permitted by the vitality use setback regulations found at Section 3-213.E.) for each twenty-five (25) linear feet of frontage shall be provided. The commercial use shall be increased or decreased proportionally for every linear foot greater or less than twenty-five (25) feet. The commercial use required by this section cannot be further subdivided in ownership resulting in a commercial use unit smaller than one thousand (1,000) square feet. However, this section does not otherwise regulate the owner’s ability to have more than one tenant or more than one commercial use contained within the unit. This section requirement is to be applied in addition to the vitality setback requirements found at Section 3-213.E. Developments comprised solely of hotel, school as permitted by review, public facility as permitted by review, or institutional use as permitted by review, are exempt from this requirement. For lots that have more than one street frontage, this requirement applies to the shortest linear street frontage which would also constitute the front lot line.
i. The gross floor area of any multifamily residential dwelling unit shall not exceed four thousand (4,000) square feet.
3-213.C.11. Maximum Building Height.
a. All buildings, thirty five feet (35') provided that the maximum height may be increased up to forty feet (40'), if approved pursuant to the PUD process.
b. The height of the primary facade of a building shall not be less than sixteen feet (16').
c. Upon review and approval of H.A.R.C., the building height may be increased to forty feet (40'), provided that the maximum above grade floor area to lot area ratio shall not exceed a ratio of one point two to one (1.2:1), regardless of any other LUC requirements including, but not limited to, parking and employee housing.
d. Upon review and approval of H.A.R.C., an architectural element may be located on top of a building, provided that the element may not extend more than twenty percent (20%) beyond the highest point of the building. No element shall exceed one hundred fifty (150) square feet of gross floor area or ten percent (10%) of the structure’s ground coverage, whichever is less.
(1) No such element shall be permitted if it substantially reduces or blocks an adjacent structure’s access to light or air.
(2) No building shall be allowed more than one (1) architectural element.
(3) The burden of proof shall be on the applicant to establish how the excess in height will benefit the neighborhood and the Town.
(4) In determining whether to approve an architectural element, H.A.R.C. shall consider, but not be limited to, such site conditions as large lot size, placement of the structure on the lot, the relationship and proximity to adjacent neighboring structures, major street intersections and dead end streets, and whether the element would create a positive focal point.
e. The height of a structure rated as “contributing” or “supporting” by the Telluride Historic and Architectural Survey shall not be increased unless one of the following requirements are met:
(1) the height increase is necessary to replace an architectural element historically associated with the structure during the “period of significance”; or
(2) for buildings which have existing primary facade heights of twenty (20) feet or less, the addition is stepped back from the primary facade facing Colorado Avenue a minimum of four (4) horizontal feet for each one (1) vertical foot of increase in height; for buildings which have existing primary facade heights of greater than twenty (20) feet, the addition is stepped back from the primary facade facing Colorado Avenue a minimum of three (3) horizontal feet for each one (1) vertical foot of increase in height; and
(3) is stepped back from side streets and side alley rights-of-way a minimum of two (2) horizontal feet for each one (1) vertical foot of increase in height.
f. The height of all roof mounted mechanical and service equipment shall be counted in determining building height.
g. Renewable energy fixtures and equipment are permitted to project above building roof membrane for existing buildings provided Historic Architectural Review Commission finds that the following items are complied with:
(1) The visual impacts of active solar collection devices shall be subservient to the historic integrity and visual characteristics of the building.
(2) Screening that is consistent with design guidelines shall be provided to shield fixtures that are in the sight line of the street or alley at which they are viewed.
(3) All fixtures and equipment shall be located in the least visible location possible while maintaining the efficiency of the solar panels proposed. For example, PV shingles and propanel/standing seam integrated products can be used to achieve minimal visibility.
Furthermore, renewable energy fixtures and equipment are permitted to project above the building roof membrane for existing buildings provided that:
(4) Renewable energy fixture and equipment heights do not exceed three (3) feet if more than seventy-five percent (75%) of the roof is covered with panels.
(5) Fixture and equipment heights do not exceed four (4) feet if fifty percent to seventy-four and nine tenths percent (50% to 74.9%) of the roof is covered with panels.
(6) Fixture and equipment heights of up to five (5) feet are permitted if less than fifty percent (50%) of the roof is covered with panels.
(7) All fixtures shall be installed in a manner that conforms to the Uniform Building Code, and roof load engineering may be required.
(8) All fixtures and equipment shall possess an anti-reflective top coating, such as TOPS (Tempered glass tefzel glazing) or titanium dioxide. All metal surfaces shall be a matte finish.
(9) Top-of-pole ground mounts shall be permitted on the ground provided Historic Architectural Review Commission finds that:
(a) Fencing or screening is provided surrounding the fixtures.
Furthermore, renewable energy fixtures and equipment shall be permitted provided that:
(b) The fixture(s) conform to all setbacks.
(c) The highest portion of the ground-mounted fixtures does not exceed six (6) feet.
(d) Fixtures are located in the rear third of the structure or site.
h. Renewable energy fixtures and equipment that are incorporated into new structures shall be permitted to project above building height limits provided Historic Architectural Review Commission finds that the following items are complied with:
(1) The visual impacts of active solar collection devices shall be subservient to the historical integrity and visual characteristics of the building.
(2) For new structures, renewable energy fixtures shall be incorporated into the design of the building to minimize their appearance.
(3) Screening that is consistent with design guidelines shall be provided to shield fixtures that are in the sight line of the street or alley at which they are viewed.
(4) All fixtures shall be located in the least visible location possible while maintaining the efficiency of the solar panels proposed. For example, PV shingles and propanel/standing seam integrated products can be used to achieve minimal visibility.
Furthermore, renewable energy fixtures and equipment that are incorporated into new structures shall be permitted to project above building height limits provided that:
(5) Two feet above allowable height limits will be permitted if Historic Architectural Review Commission determines that appropriate screening is provided.
(6) All fixtures and equipment shall possess an anti-reflective top coating, such as TOPS (Tempered glass tefzel glazing) or titanium dioxide. All metal surfaces shall be a matte finish.
(7) All fixtures shall be installed in a manner that conforms to the Uniform Building Code, and roof load engineering may be required.
(8) Top-of-pole ground mounts shall be permitted on the ground provided Historic Architectural Review Commission finds that:
(a) Fencing or screening is provided surrounding the fixtures.
Furthermore, renewable energy fixtures and equipment shall be permitted provided that:
(b) The fixture(s) and equipment conform to all appropriate setbacks.
(c) The highest portion of the ground-mounted fixture(s) does not exceed six (6) feet.
(d) Fixture(s) and equipment are located in the rear third of the structure or site.
3-213.C.12. Minimum Roof Pitch. Roofs shall be flat, unless otherwise permitted or required by H.A.R.C.
3-213.C.13. Maximum Site Coverage. No limitation.
3-213.C.14. Minimum Ceiling Height. For all buildings located on lots with frontage on Colorado Avenue, minimum height of the lowest finished ceiling above sidewalk grade shall not be less than eleven and three-quarters feet (11.75') measured from the average sidewalk grade along the building frontage to the bottom of the ceiling, such minimum to apply within an area extending into the building a distance of twenty-five feet (25') from the Colorado Avenue property line.
3-213.D. Off Street Parking Requirements. The following number of off street parking spaces shall be provided for each use in the Historic Commercial Zone District:
3-213.D.1. Parking Requirements in the Historic Commercial Zone District.
Use Category | Required Parking |
|---|---|
Residential Dwelling Units | 1 space per unit |
Short-term Dwelling Units | 2 spaces per every 3 units |
Hotel, Lodge, Roominghouses, Boardinghouses | 2 spaces for every 3 units |
High Intensity Use | One space per 500 square feet of Net Floor Area |
High Intensity Use: Restaurant | No space required |
Low Intensity Use | One space per 1,000 square feet of Net Floor Area |
3-213.D.2. Any above grade parking shall be located in the rear yard.
3-213.D.3. Vehicular access to on site parking will be permitted only through the rear yard, or through the side yard adjacent to the rear year.
3-213.D.4. Payment-In-Lieu of Parking. The Planning Director may approve an application for payment-in-lieu of parking for up to two (2) parking spaces required for commercial uses or accommodation use.
3-213.E. Vitality Setback.
3-213.E.1. To ensure the vitality of the Historic Commercial Zone District, no Service Commercial Uses (Section 3-213.B.2), rental repair and wholesaling uses (Section 3-213.B.3), Storage Uses (Section 3-213.B.5), Multi-family Dwelling Units (Section 3-213.B.7), Designated Employee Dwelling Units and Affordable Housing Units (Section 3-213.B.8), Timesharing Uses (Section 3-213.B.9) and Parking Uses (Section 3-213.B.11) shall be permitted unless such use is
a. Located within a Basement, or on the level above the Ground Floor, but not on a Mezzanine Level. For the purposes of this Section only, the term “basement” means a space located completely below the Ground Floor or below a Mezzanine Level.
b. If located on the Ground Floor, such use shall be setback an average of thirty-five (35') from the front exterior wall of the building or structure as measured perpendicularly from the front exterior wall. In no case shall such use be closer than twenty feet (20') from the front exterior wall. Such setback may be modified by the Planning and Zoning Commission pursuant to Article 6, Division 3, “Planned Unit Development.” For the purposes of this section, the “front exterior wall” of building or structure shall mean that wall which establishes the Front Yard, or in the absence of a Front Yard, the front lot line. Also, for the purpose of this section, the “front lot line” shall mean the frontage along the street with the shortest linear frontage for lots which have more than one street frontage.
3-213.E.2. Exceptions. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Town may permit 1) Service Commercial Uses and accessory uses related thereto (3-213.B.3 and 3-213.B.5) on the Ground Floor pursuant to the requirements of Section 3-213.F; and 2) Parking Uses on vacant lots prior to development provided such parking areas are approved pursuant to the requirements of this Title. A Public Facility is exempt from the requirements of Section 3-213.E and 3-213.F subject to obtaining the requisite use permitted on review approval from the Town pursuant to the requirements of this Title.
3-213.F. Service Commercial Limit. A Service Commercial Use established after September 28, 2007 may be located on the Ground Floor within the 35 foot average setback as provided for in Section 3-213.E only if the requirements of this Section are met.
3-213.F.1. Maximum Allowable Service Commercial Use Building Frontage. The total lineal Building Frontage dedicated to Service Commercial Uses in the Commercial Core shall not exceed 625 lineal feet (“Service Commercial Limit”). For the purposes of this regulation, the Commercial Core is defined as the geographic area that includes all properties fronting or abutting onto Colorado Avenue extending from Aspen to Alder streets.
a. The Service Commercial Limit may be increased on a site-by-site basis pursuant to Article 6, Division 3, “Planned Unit Development” if a site is vacant land being developed or if a building or group of buildings is proposed for demolition and complete redevelopment. If the Planning and Zoning Commission increases the Service Commercial Limit through the PUD process, such increase shall be: i) reflected in this Section of the LUC by through the Code amendment process; and ii) restricted to the property affected by the PUD, and not transferable within the Commercial Core. The P&Z shall only be able to increase the Service Commercial Limit as provided for in this subsection if it finds such increase will not detract from the overall vitality of the Commercial Core, and the overall PUD adds to the vitality of the Commercial Core.
b. The 625 lineal feet permitted by the Service Commercial Limit is based on the Building Frontage dedicated to Service Commercial Uses found in July of 2007, and represents the Town’s desire to maintain the status quo of frontage dedicated to such uses, and to promote community vitality.
3-213.F.2. Availability of Frontage. Any available frontage within the Service Commercial Limit shall be available on a first-come, first-served basis, and the Town shall not maintain a waiting list for prospective Service Commercial Use businesses.
3-213.F.3. Certificate of Zoning Compliance for New or Expanded Service Commercial Uses Required.
3-213.F.4. Prior to the establishment of a new Service Commercial Use in the Commercial Core, or prior to the expansion of an existing Service Commercial Use in the Commercial Core, a person shall submit a written request for obtaining a Certificate of Zoning Compliance from the Planning Department to confirm that the Service Commercial Limit for the Commercial Core will not be exceeded.
a. Once issued, the Certificate of Zoning Compliance shall be valid for a maximum of 90 days, and the permitted Service Commercial Use must be under significant construction or open to the public for business in accordance with the requirements of this Title and the Municipal Code prior to the expiration of the 90 day time period. In any event, a business shall be open to the public within 120 days of the issuance of a Certificate of Zoning Compliance.
b. The Planning Director may issue a written extension of a Certification of Zoning Compliance not to exceed thirty days if the applicant has submitted a written request that documents good cause for the extension, such as, but not limited to, the length of time needed to obtain a building permit.
c. If a Service Commercial Use business is not under significant construction or open to the public for business within 120 days of the issuance of the Certificate of Zoning Compliance, or as provided for in any extension as set forth above, the Certificate of Zoning Compliance for such business shall become null and void, and any available Service Commercial Use frontage within the Service Commercial Limit shall be available on a first come, first served basis.
d. Except as provided for in subsection 3-213.F.1.a, a Certificate of Zoning Compliance shall not be issued by the Planning Department if the Service Commercial Limit would be exceeded by a requested business.
3-213.F.5. Land Use Inventory. The Planning Department shall maintain and update a land use inventory and analysis of the Commercial Core that analyzes the Building Frontage and type of business. This inventory will be utilized as the foundation to permitting future businesses within the Commercial Core, and the foundation to ensuring a business is not established in the Commercial Core in contravention of these regulations.
3-213.F.6. Communication and Education. The Planning Department shall strive to communicate and educate property and business owners in the Commercial Core of the requirements of this Section.
3-215.A. Purpose.
3-215.A.1. To manage open space lands subject to deeds of conservation easements (“Conservation Easements”) in accordance with the terms of the conservation easements that have been placed on the lands.
3-215.A.2. To allow land adjacent to or apart from Historic Preservation Overlay Zone District (HPOD) to act as a transition between the HPOD and the developed and undeveloped areas outside the HPOD.
3-215.A.3. The Open Space CE zone district shall be applied only to land owned by the Town of Telluride, acquired for open space purposes and subject to Conservation Easements.
3-215.A.4. The Town shall manage, review and approve or disapprove permitted and prohibited uses, activities and improvements, including Development, pursuant to applicable provisions of this Code, and in strict accordance with the terms of the Conservation Easement and any associated management plan. Notwithstanding any provisions of the Telluride Municipal Code or LUC to the contrary, all signs and landscaping shall be reviewed by Town Staff, following a review and recommendation from the Open Space Commission, for conformance with the Conservation Easement and any associated management plan and not other provisions of this Code.
3-215.B. Dimensional Limitations. There are no dimensional limitations applicable in the Open Space CE Zone District.
3-216.A. Purpose. The purpose of the Open Space Zone District (OS) is to preserve land in its natural character for public or private use or enjoyment. The District is intended to preserve significant natural features, view corridors and environmentally sensitive lands. Natural or informal plantings are preferred for lands in the district.
In addition to large undeveloped areas at the edge of Town, along the River Park Trail corridor and under federal ownership, this district is intended to be applied to open space created by clustering buildings.
The Open Space Zone District shall be applied only to land dedicated to or owned by the Town, or to private property, upon consent of its owner.
Active recreation uses such as play fields, campgrounds, court installations, activity centers, permanent buildings and any other similar uses are not permitted within the Open Space Zone District.
3-216.B. Use Table. The uses permitted by right and the uses permitted on review in the Open Space Zone District are as follows:
Open Space Zone District Use Table
Uses Permitted By Right | Uses Permitted On Review |
|---|---|
1. Open Space uses, which include the retention of land in its natural state or the provision of such uses which are compatible with the natural state and the natural environment, including but not limited to walking and hiking trails, nature trails and rehabilitating land to its natural state | 1. Vehicular bridges and roads, provided such facilities shall be closed to public traffic which traverses the Town Park to serve other areas; pedestrian bridges |
2. Necessary public and private utilities and access thereto | |
3. Fences for the protection of certain natural features and other uses permitted on review. Fences shall be limited to a height of 36", unless otherwise approved by H.A.R.C. | |
4. River front uses, which include but are not limited to walking, hiking, and skiing trails, occasional benches and other passive uses | |
5. Flood control activities limited to proper rip rap or control measures using natural vegetation |
3-216.C. Dimensional Limitations. There are no dimensional limitations applicable to the uses permitted by right and uses permitted on review in the Open Space Zone District.
3-216.D. Off Street Parking Requirements. There are no off street parking requirements applicable to uses in the Open Space Zone District.
3-217.A. Purpose. The purpose of the Park Zone District (P) is to establish areas throughout Town to be used by the public for active and passive recreation, including organized sports, games, fishing, walking and picnics.
3-217.B. Use Table. The uses permitted by right and the uses permitted on review in the Park Zone District are as follows.
Park Zone District Use Table
Uses Permitted By Right | Uses Permitted On Review |
|---|---|
1. Recreation sites devoted to public recreation, including but not limited to facilities such as play grounds, play fields, campgrounds, swimming pools, golf courses, tennis courts, basketball courts and similar court installations, and skateboard ramps | 1. Riding ring, track, stables, and similar facilities |
2. Buildings and uses as approved in the Telluride Park Master Plan | 2. Municipal utility building for park purposes |
3. Art Facilities | 3. Parking areas |
4. Open Space | 4. Vehicular bridges and roads, provided such facilities shall be closed to public traffic which traverses the Town Park to serve areas outside of the Park; pedestrian bridges |
5. Caretaker’s dwelling | 5. Necessary access for underground public utilities and easements |
6. Fences, hedges or walls, as defined in Article 2, Division 1. | 6. Fences for the protection of certain natural features. Fences shall be limited to a height of 36". |
7. River Park Trail Corridor uses, which include but are not limited to walking, hiking, and skiing trails, bike paths, occasional benches and other passive uses | |
8. Flood control activities limited to rip rap and control measures using natural vegetation | |
9. One-Family Dwelling Unit, located on pre-existing private in-holdings or within existing structures |
3-217.C. Dimensional Limitations. The following dimensional limitations apply to all uses permitted by right and uses permitted on review in the Park Zone District:
3-217.C.1. Minimum Lot Area. One family residences on private land, two thousand five hundred (2,500) square feet; all other uses, no limitation.
3-217.C.2. Minimum Lot Width. No limitation.
3-217.C.3. Minimum Lot Frontage. No limitation.
3-217.C.4. Minimum Front Yard. All buildings, twenty feet (20').
3-217.C.5. Minimum Side Yard. All buildings, three feet (3').
3-217.C.6. Minimum Rear Yard. No limitation.
3-217.C.7. Minimum Floor Area. No limitation.
3-217.C.8. Maximum Floor Area.
a. Two thousand five hundred (2,500) square feet per dwelling unit;
b. For all other public uses, as approved by H.A.R.C. in conformance with the Park Master Plan.
3-217.C.9. Maximum Building Height.
a. Principal buildings, twenty five feet (25');
b. Town Park Main Stage, located in accordance with the Telluride Town Park Master Plan, forty feet (40');
c. Upon review and approval of H.A.R.C., an architectural element, above the 40'limit, may be located on or adjacent to the Town Park Main Stage, provided that the element may not extend more than twenty percent (20%) beyond the highest point of the structure. No element shall exceed six hundred fifty (650) square feet of gross floor area or fifteen percent (15%) of the structure’s ground coverage, whichever is less.
(1) No such element shall be permitted if it substantially reduces or blocks an adjacent structure’s access to light or air.
(2) No building shall be allowed more than two (2) architectural elements.
(3) The burden of proof shall be on the applicant to establish how the excess in height will benefit the neighborhood and the Town.
(4) In determining whether to approve an architectural element, H.A.R.C. shall consider, but not be limited to, such site conditions as large lot size, placement of the structure on the lot, the relationship and proximity to adjacent neighboring structures, major street intersections and dead-end streets, and whether the element would create a positive focal point.
3-217.D. Accessory buildings, sixteen feet (16').
3-217.D.1. Minimum Roof Pitch. One unit of vertical rise to four units of horizontal run, (1:4), unless otherwise approved or required by H.A.R.C.
3-217.D.2. Maximum Site Coverage. No limitation.
3-217.E. Off Street Parking Requirements. The following number of off street parking spaces shall be provided for each use in the Park Zone District:
Parking Requirements in the Park Zone District
Use Category | Required Parking |
|---|---|
All Residential Dwelling Units | 1 space per dwelling unit |
Assembly Areas | One space per 500 square feet of floor area |
3-218.A. Purpose. The intent of the Public Purpose Zone District is to provide an area for a limited type of public facilities. Such facilities may include public transportation-related facilities, parking and other public uses and limited commercial uses on review.
Important development considerations in this Zone District, beyond those expressed in the area’s design guidelines, are the need to preserve and create strong pedestrian corridors, the need to anticipate and design around and for the San Miguel River and River Park Trail Corridor, the need to accommodate public transit, and the opportunity to utilize the intercept parking areas which are located within the Public Purpose Zone District.
3-218.B. Use Table. The uses permitted by right and the uses permitted on review in the Public Purpose Zone District are as follows.
Public Purpose Zone District Use Table
Uses Permitted By Right | Uses Permitted On Review |
|---|---|
1. Parking, including festival parking | 1. Conference facilities and structures |
2. Public transit offices, stations and other uses to support transit uses | 2. Public utilities |
3. Public transit corridors | 3. Transit-related vending from temporary structures and carts |
4. Medical center | 4. Transit-related commercial uses necessary to support uses on the property |
5. Education facilities | 5. Other public buildings and facilities |
6. Recreation facilities | |
7. Affordable and employee housing | |
8. Community center | |
9. General governmental services | |
10. Open space administration and maintenance facilities |
3-218.C. Dimensional Limitations. The following dimensional limitations apply to all uses permitted by right and uses permitted on review in the Public Use Zone District:
3-218.C.1. Minimum Lot Area. 10,000 square feet, or as modified pursuant to Article 6, Division 3, “Planned Unit Development”.
3-218.C.2. Minimum Lot Width. 50 feet, or as approved by HARC.
3-218.C.3. Minimum Lot Frontage. 50 feet, or as approved by HARC.
3-218.C.4. Setback to Colorado Avenue. 30 feet.
3-218.C.5. Minimum Front Yard. To allow flexibility in the design process, there is no established minimum front yard within this Zone District. Setbacks will be governed by the Uniform Building Code and the requirements of H.A.R.C. and the Design Guidelines applicable to the property.
3-218.C.6. Minimum Side Yard. Same as minimum front and rear yard.
3-218.C.7. Minimum Rear Yard. Same as minimum front and side yard.
3-218.C.8. Minimum Floor Area. No limitation.
3-218.C.9. Maximum Floor Area. Thirty thousand (30,000) square feet per structure, however such maximum may be increased pursuant to Article 6, Division 3, “Planned Unit Development”. For the purposes of this section, square footage of vehicular parking areas which are enclosed or covered shall be counted in the determination of floor area.
3-218.C.10. Maximum Building Height.
a. Thirty-five feet (35'), except within two hundred (200) feet of Colorado Avenue, in which the maximum building height is sixteen feet (16').
b. Structures may be approved to forty (40) feet in height, if approved through the Planned Unit Development provisions of Section 6-301 et seq.
3-218.C.11. Minimum Roof Pitch. For all buildings, one (1) unit of vertical rise to four (4) units of horizontal run unless modified or otherwise required by H.A.R.C.
3-218.C.12. Maximum Site Coverage. For principal and accessory buildings, forty (40) per cent. The maximum site coverage may be increased to a maximum of fifty (50) percent pursuant to Article 6, Division 3, “Planned Unit Development”. The maximum site coverage may be increased to a maximum of seventy-five (75) per cent pursuant to Article 6, Division 3, “Planned Unit Development” provided the site coverage increase is attributable to buildings and structures constructed to enclose or cover motor vehicles.
3-218.D. Lighting Standards. All outdoor illumination shall meet the following conditions:
3-218.D.1. All exterior lighting shall be shielded in such a manner that the entire luminous flux is directed downward. In no case shall the luminous flux be directed onto off-site uses or structures.
3-218.D.2. A lighting plan indicating the location, type, intensity and height of all fixtures and luminaries shall be submitted for review and approval by HARC as part of any application for development approval.
3-218.E. Landscape Standards. All applications for development approval within this zone district shall be required to submit a landscape plan for HARC approval. H.A.R.C. or the H.A.R.C. Chairperson may refer the landscape plan to the Environmental Commission for its review and recommendation on technical environmental issues relative to the site. Such items shall include species types, affects of the proposed action on hydrology, water use and other factors relating to use of the natural environment.
3-218.F. Off Street Parking Requirements. The following number of off-street parking spaces shall be provided for each use within this zone district:
Parking Requirements in the Public Purpose Zone District
Use Category | Required Parking |
|---|---|
High Intensity Commercial Use | One space per 500 square feet of floor area |
Low Intensity Commercial Use | One space per 1000 square feet of floor area |
Vehicle Repair | One space per 200 square feet of area usable for repair work, exclusive of storage and equipment |
Residential Dwelling Unit | One Space per unit |
3-218.G. Bicycle Parking.
3-218.G.1. Required Bicycle Parking Spaces. A number equal to least ten percent of the required off-street parking spaces or ten percent of the automobile parking spaces provided on-site, whichever is greater, shall be provided on-site.
3-218.G.2. Required Facilities. Bicycle parking facilities shall be provided which:
a. Shall allow storage and locking of bicycles in lockers or security racks or equivalent installation in which both the bicycle frame and the wheels may be locked by the user;
b. Be designed so as not to cause damage to the bicycle.
c. Such facilities shall be located in convenient and accessible areas but shall not interfere with pedestrian movements.
3-218.H. Basements Prohibited. Basement spaces and structures within groundwater (excepting structural piers, piles or columns, and geothermal equipment).
3-219.A. Purpose. The purpose of the West Hillside Zone District (WH) is to allow land adjacent to or apart from Historic Preservation Overly Zone District (HPOD) to be used for regional residential purposes and accessory uses. The zone district is outside the HPOD and acts as a transition between the HPOD and the developed and undeveloped areas outside the HPOD. The development in the zone district is to be compatible with existing developments and open space in the area. Development in this zone district is expected to differ in character, scale and density from development in the HPOD. New developments are expected to integrate design elements that promote the clustering of lots and units, the provision of open space and trail amenities, the establishment and expansion of alternative transportation linkages, and the mitigation of geological hazards.
3-219.B. Use Table. The uses permitted by right and the uses permitted on review in the WH are as follows:
West Hillside Zone District Use Table
Uses Permitted By Right | Uses Permitted On Review |
|---|---|
1. One-Family Dwelling Units. | 1. Two-Family Dwelling Units |
2. One-Family Dwelling Unit with a Designated Employee Dwelling Unit or Affordable Housing Unit attached or detached to the primary dwelling. | 2. Multi-family |
3. Accessory Buildings and Uses | 3. Home Occupations |
4. Trails, parks, and open space | |
5. Short-Term Rentals pursuant to Article 3, Division 6 (pursuant to and subject to Note 1 below) |
3-219.C. Dimensional Limitations. The following dimensional limitations apply to all uses permitted by right and uses permitted on review in the WH zone:
3-219.C.1. Minimum Lot Area. Minimum lot area shall be two thousand five hundred and fifty (2,550) square feet per lot.
3-219.C.2. Maximum Density.
a. For two-family dwelling units and multi-family units the maximum density shall be two thousand five hundred and fifty (2,550) square feet of lot area per dwelling unit.
b. For each designated employee dwelling unit or affordable housing provided the total number of units allowed in 3-219.C.2.a may be increase by one.
3-219.C.3. Minimum Lot Width. Thirty feet (30').
3-219.C.4. Minimum Lot Frontage. Thirty feet (30').
3-219.C.5. Minimum Front Yard. Five feet (5').
3-219.C.6. Minimum Side Yard. All buildings Five feet (5').
3-219.C.7. Minimum Rear Yard. All buildings Fifteen feet (15').
3-219.C.8. Minimum Floor Area. No Limitation.
3-219.C.9. Maximum Primary Facade Width. Twenty five feet (25') without a minimum offset of four (4) feet.
3-219.C.10. Maximum Floor Area. Four thousand (4,000) gross square feet, inclusive of principal, accessory, and secondary buildings.
3-219.C.11. Maximum Building Height.
c. The maximum building height of a principal buildings located more than 50' from Colorado Avenue, shall be thirty five feet (35'); however, no portion of any building, excluding gas chimneys, shall exceed a height of forty vertical feet (40') above the pre-construction grade of a building’s site coverage or the post-construction grade at the perimeter of the building’s site coverage (including window and door wells which extend greater than four feet (4') from the building’s site coverage perimeter) whichever is more restrictive.
d. The maximum building height of a principal buildings or portion of the building located less than 50' from Colorado Avenue, shall be twenty five feet (25'); however, no portion of any building, excluding gas chimneys, shall exceed a height of thirty vertical feet (30') above the pre-construction grade of a building’s site coverage or the post-construction grade at the perimeter of the building’s site coverage (including window and door wells which extend greater than four feet (4') from the building’s site coverage perimeter) whichever is more restrictive.
e. Accessory and secondary buildings, twenty feet (20'); however, no portion any building, excluding gas chimneys, shall exceed a height of thirty (25) feet vertically above the pre-construction grade of the building’s site coverage or the post-construction grade at the perimeter of the building’s site coverage (including window and door wells which extend greater than four feet (4') from the building’s site coverage perimeter) whichever is more restrictive.
3-219.C.12. Minimum Street Bulk Plane. Buildings, shall be set back a minimum of one (1) horizontal foot for each two and a half (2.5) vertical feet, excluding chimneys, overhangs, and railing, from the street (front) Property Line;
3-219.C.13. Minimum Roof Pitch. For all buildings, one (1) unit of vertical rise to four (4) units of horizontal run. Notwithstanding the foregoing, roof areas with less than one (1) unit of vertical rise to four (4) units of horizontal run shall be allowed provided 1) the total flat roof area does not exceed 25% of the total roof area; and 2) the flat roof areas are not located on the highest main roof or main ridge. This limitation on flat roof areas does not apply to decks that are not over living or garage space, which do not have a limitation. Other roof forms may be approved by the HARC through the small scale HARC application process.
3-219.C.14. Maximum Site Coverage.
a. Total for all buildings shall be thirty-six percent (36%), unless increased by Planning and Zoning Commission during subdivision plat review. Covered porches shall be limited to five percent (5%) of total lot area.
b. For structures that have at least fifty percent (50%) of their site coverage located within fifty feet (50') of West Colorado Avenue, the total for all buildings shall be forty percent (40%), unless increased by Planning and Zoning Commission during subdivision plat review. Covered porches shall be limited to five percent (5%) of total lot area.
c. For structures that have at least fifty percent (50%) of their site coverage located on hillsides with a pre-construction grade or slope of twenty percent (20%) or greater, the total for all buildings shall be forty percent (40%), unless increased by Planning and Zoning Commission during subdivision plat review. Covered porches shall be limited to five percent (5%) of total lot area.
3-219.D. Additional Development Requirements. The following additional requirements shall apply to all development in the West Hillside Zone District.
3-219.D.1. Grading Permit.
a. A grading permit shall be required pursuant to Chapter 70 of the Uniform Building Code for all grading done within this zone district. The grading shall show proposed location of roads, the right-of-way width, roadbed width, grade and proposed surface treatment.
b. When reviewing the grading plans submitted with the application for a grading permit, the Building Official may require a report prepared by a registered civil engineer as to the adequacy of safeguards provided against the hazard of rocks dislodged during the grading operation.
3-219.D.2. Access Roads.
a. If new access roads are proposed, other than existing roads, (not including unused platted streets), a separate grading permit shall be required for their construction.
b. In addition to meeting the requirements for a grading permit, as specified in Chapter 70 of the Uniform Building Code, the applicant, where applicable, shall also provide the following information to Planning and Zoning Commission:
(1) If the proposed roads are not on existing street rights-of-way, a statement explaining if such roads will be private or offered to be dedicated to the Town;
(2) A report prepared by a registered civil engineer as to the adequacy of safeguards provided against the hazard of rocks dislodged during the roadbed grading operation.
3-219.D.3. Geologic and Flood Hazard Reports. In areas where development is proposed that has been or may be designated by the Town Council as being in any area of local or state interest or being an activity of local or state interest, a reports shall be prepared and reviewed in accordance with Article 8 of this Title.
3-219.E. Off Street Parking Requirements. Each primary dwelling unit shall require two parking spaces (9'x18') and each designated employee dwelling unit shall require one space. At the time of P&Z review of a Subdivision Plat, P&Z shall approve a parking plan demonstrating compliance with this parking requirement. Required parking may be provided either by off-street or on street spaces, and may be covered or uncovered.
3-220.A. Purpose. The purpose of the Cemetery District (“CD”) is to provide appropriate zoning and associated standards for the Lone Tree Cemetery District (“District”). The zone district is within the Historic Preservation Overlay District (“HPOD”) and within the Telluride Historic Landmark District (“THLD”). It s intended that the CD provide simple, basic regulations that allow for a cemetery and accessory uses associated with the Lone Tree Cemetery District.
3-220.B. Use Table. The uses permitted by right and the uses permitted on review in the CD are as follows.
Cemetery Zone District Use Table
Uses Permitted By Right | Uses Permitted On Review |
|---|---|
1. Cemetery. | |
2. Accessory Buildings, structures and uses |
3-220.C. Dimensional Limitations. The following dimensional limitations apply to all buildings permitted by right and uses permitted on review in the CD zone:
3-220.C.1. Minimum Lot Area. No limitation.
3-220.C.2. Maximum Density. No dwelling units allowed.
3-220.C.3. Minimum Lot Width. No limitation.
3-220.C.4. Minimum Lot Frontage. No limitation.
3-220.C.5. Minimum Front Yard. All buildings twenty-five feet (25'). Burial plots and associated monuments/headstones should be located a minimum of 10 feet from the perimeter fence, which setback shall be administered by the District.
3-220.C.6. Minimum Side Yard. All buildings twenty-five feet (25'). Burial plots and associated monuments/headstones should be located a minimum of 10 feet from the perimeter fence, which setback shall be administered by the District.
3-220.C.7. Minimum Rear Yard. All buildings twenty-five feet (25'). Burial plots and associated monuments/headstones should be located a minimum of 10 feet from the perimeter fence, which setback shall be administered by the District.
3-220.C.8. Minimum Floor Area. No Limitation.
3-220.C.9. Maximum Floor Area. No limitation provided open character of cemetery and National Landmark District character are maintained.
3-220.C.10. Maximum Building Height. 25 feet
3-220.C.11. Maximum Site Coverage. No limitation provided open character of cemetery and THLD character are maintained.
3-220.D. Certain Exemption from Historic Preservation Overlay District.
3-220.D.1. Landscape alterations, headstones, fencing, signage for the cemetery, mausoleums and monuments are exempt from the need to obtain a Certificate of Appropriateness pursuant to the requirements of the HPOD.
3-220.D.2. Buildings that contain floor area or an open columbarium require evaluation pursuant to the HPOD.
3-221.A. Purpose. The purpose of the Affordable Housing West Zone District (AHW) is to encourage land to be utilized for affordable and employee housing, and energy efficient (including net zero1) development. The zone district standards are intended to provide flexibility towards these development goals, and development in this zone district is expected to differ in character, scale and density from development in the Historic Preservation Overlay Zone District (HPOD). The zone district is outside the HPOD, and new developments are expected to integrate design elements that promote the clustering of lots and buildings, the provision of open space, connections to regional transportation, and the mitigation of geological hazards.
3-221.B. Use Table. The uses permitted by right and the uses permitted on review in the Affordable Housing West Zone District (AHW) are as follows:
Affordable Housing West Zone District Use Table
Uses Permitted by Right | Uses Permitted on Review |
|---|---|
1. Designated Employee Dwelling Units and Affordable Housing Units. The following unit types are permitted: a. One-Family Dwelling Units b. Two-Family Dwelling Units c. Three-Family Dwelling Units d. Multi-family Dwelling Units e. Boarding Houses | 1. Public Buildings and Uses |
2. Accessory Buildings and Uses | |
3-221.C. Dimensional Limitations. The following dimensional limitations apply to all uses permitted by right and uses permitted on review in the AHW zone:
3-221.C.1. Minimum Lot Area. Minimum lot area shall be one thousand five hundred (1,500) square feet per lot.
3-221.C.2. Minimum Lot Width. None.
3-221.C.3. Minimum Lot Frontage. None.
3-221.C.4. Minimum Front Yard. To allow flexibility in the design process, there is no established minimum front yard within this zone district. Setbacks will be governed by the International Building Code.
3-221.C.5. Minimum Side Yard. Same as minimum front and rear yard.
3-221.C.6. Minimum Rear Yard. Same as minimum front and side yard.
3-221.C.7. Minimum Floor Area. No limitation.
3-221.C.8. Maximum Floor Area. No limitation.
3-221.C.9. Maximum Building Height.
a. Forty feet (40');
b. For developments which are net zero on annual basis, forty-five feet (45').
3-221.C.10. Minimum Roof Pitch. No limitation.
3-221.C.11. Maximum Site Coverage. Forty percent (40%), or fifty percent (50%) if all required parking is enclosed.
3-221.D. Additional Development Requirements. The following additional requirements shall apply to all development in the Affordable Housing West District (AHW):
3-221.D.1. Geologic and Flood Hazard Reports. In areas where development is proposed that has been or may be designated by the Town Council as being in any area of local or state interest or being an activity of local or state interest, a report shall be prepared and reviewed in accordance with Article 8.
3-221.D.2. Fences.
a. Fencing shall be “wildlife friendly fences” in compliance with Colorado Parks and Wildlife (CPW) fencing standards.
b. Wildlife exclosures for gardens or composting areas that are accessory to residences may exceed three and one-half inches (3 ½"). Fencing for geohazard mitigation shall be permitted as required by Article 8.
3-221.E. Parking Requirements. The following number of parking spaces shall be provided for each use in the Affordable Housing West District:
Parking Requirements in the Affordable Housing West District (AHW)
1Net zero means producing enough energy (through the use of methods such as solar panels or passive design) to offset the energy consumed on an annual basis.
3-301.A. Purpose. The Town of Telluride Street and Utility Requirements are established to achieve the following purposes: 1) outline the manner in which new development and redevelopment will complete public improvements within adjacent or proposed public rights-of-way; 2) implement the “Design Standards and Construction Specifications for Construction in the Right of Way & Connections to Public Utilities (“Right-of-Way Specifications”); 3) implement the “Town of Telluride Manual of Streetscape Standards” (“Streetscape Standards”); and protect the public health, safety, and welfare through the regulation of new pedestrian access, access driveways, curb cuts, street addressing, public utility work, drainage infrastructure, and placement of fuel storage tanks.
3-301.B. List of Standards and Applicability. This Division contains standards and procedures with respect to pedestrian and vehicular access, general right-of-way improvements, street addressing and installation of utilities and fuel storage tanks. Applicable standards shall be met by each development within the Town of Telluride.
3-301.C. Amendment to the Right-of-Way Specifications and Streetscape Standards. The Town may amend the Right-of-Way Specifications and Streetscape Standards without an amendment to this Title. Such amendments shall require a recommendation from HARC and the Planning and Zoning Commission (“P&Z”) with final action by Town Council. Public notice shall be a Level 2 Notice according to the provisions of 5-204.C.
3-302.A. General. The arrangement, character, extent, and location of all streets shall conform to the Telluride Master Plan.
3-302.B. Improvements Required.
3-302.B.1. All abutting streets or pedestrian rights of way shall be improved by the applicant at the time of issuance of either 1) a building permit for new development, or redevelopment exceeding twenty five percent (25%) of the value of the existing improved property; or 2) concurrent with other development reviews as required by this Title (subdivision review, PUD review, use permitted on review, etc.). The improvements that may be required by the Town are intended to mitigate impacts directly attributable to the development.
3-302.B.2. The scope of right-of-way improvements appropriate to an adjacent street shall include: 1) up to the half width of a street right-of-way more than twenty-two (22) feet; 2) the entire width of street right-of-way twenty-two (22) feet or less; and 3) the entire width of any abutting alley, bike path, sidewalk, or pedestrian ways. The installation of improvements shall be dependent on the need for said infrastructure upgrades in the vicinity.
3-302.B.3. Water and wastewater extensions shall also be completed pursuant to Title 13 of the Telluride Municipal Code.
3-302.C. Procedure for Determining Improvements. A determination of the type, location, and extent of public improvements for a new development or redevelopment shall be completed by applying the provisions of Section 3-302.B., and the completion of one of the following two procedures:
3-302.C.1. Prior to issuance of a preliminary or final development approval, the Planning and Public Works Departments shall complete the following tasks:
a. Determine the type, location, and extent of improvements necessary to serve the development and to meet the Right-of-Way Specifications and Streetscape Standards.
b. Require development to be consistent with the Right-of-Way Specifications and the Streetscape Standards unless the Public Works Department determines that consistency is determined to be infeasible, or the Public Works Department determines an alternative design:
(i) Meets the Goals and Objectives of the Streetscape Standards; and
(ii) The proposed design has been prepared by a Colorado Registered Professional Engineer or other qualified professional approved by the Public Works Department.
c. Compare the existing condition of rights-of-way abutting the applicant’s property to the standards and designs specified for that right-of-way within the Right-of-Way Specifications and Streetscape Standards.
d. If a new or reconfigured right-of-way is proposed, the existing or proposed condition of any proposed or existing rights of way shall also be compared with the standards and designs specified for that right-of-way in the Right-of-Way Specifications and Streetscape Standards.
e. After consultation with the Public Works Department, the applicant shall complete a list and cost estimate of the improvements to the existing or proposed public right-of-way adjacent to its property, necessary to achieve consistency with the Right-of-Way Specifications and Streetscape Standards unless other designs have been approved by the Public Works Department per Section 3-302.C.1.b of this Division.
f. Confirm the contents of the list and estimate.
g. The list and estimate shall constitute work required to be completed by the applicant prior to issuance of a Certificate of Occupancy, or at such other date as may be arranged, and such list shall be incorporated into an improvements agreement that has a form and content approved by the Town. If public improvements are documented through a subdivision improvements agreement pursuant to Section 6-409 of this Title, a separate improvements agreement shall not be required.
3-302.C.2. The applicant may request a review of the determination of appropriate public improvements completed under Section 3-302.C.1 from the Telluride Planning and Zoning Commission (“P&Z”). When requested by an applicant in conjunction with a related development review, such as a subdivision, PUD, or Use or Activity Permitted on Review, HARC application or a building permit, concurrent review by the P&Z shall be required. The P&Z’s criteria for review shall include an assessment of impacts of the development that can reasonably be attributed to the development proposed, using the following information
a. Projected vehicular and pedestrian traffic count increase on the Town’s street system.
b. Type, condition, and capacity of the street system to serve the proposed development.
c. Total number of vehicles and pedestrians projected to serve the development.
d. On and off-site parking to be supplied.
e. Condition of existing street infrastructure, including its ability to minimize air and water quality degradation.
f. Location of existing or proposed public transit service.
g. Consistency with the Right-of-Way Specifications unless an alternative design has been reviewed and approved by the Public Works Department per the provisions of Section 3-302.C.1.b of this Division.
h. Consistency with the Streetscape Standards unless an alternative design has been reviewed and approved by the Public Works Department per the provision of Section 3-302.C.1.b of this Division.
i. Any other factors unique to the site or vicinity.
3-302.D. Procedures for Securing and Documenting Completion of Improvements. The completion of right-of-way improvements shall be secured by a suitable financial arrangement and an improvements agreement as required by Section 3-302.C.1.g of this Division. If right-of-way improvements are not appropriate at the time of building permit issuance or prior to issuance of a Certificate of Occupancy, an improvements agreement may be required by the Town in accordance with 3-302.C.1.g of this Division.
3-303.A. Purpose. The purpose and intent of these access requirements is to ensure that a permit not be issued for a building lot unless the lot has a lawfully established right of vehicular ingress and egress. Access to the lot must be of a standard and condition to safely and adequately accommodate the type and volume of traffic that currently uses the access, plus any increase in traffic that may be added by the permitted use. The term “traffic” includes emergency and fire fighting equipment and vehicles.
3-303.B. Adequate Vehicular Access Required. No person shall establish any new use or change the use located upon a lot unless a lawfully established route of adequate vehicular access, including both ingress and egress, to said lot is available. Adequate vehicular access shall only be determined subsequent to a determination of the intended use of the affected parcel of land. Intended use of the land shall be determined through an approval of development on the affected parcel by P&Z, HARC or the Planning Director, as applicable. Modification of design or access standards may be allowed under Article 6, Division 4, the Planned Unit Development process. A road or driveway must also be one of the following
3-303.B.1. A road maintained by the Town of Telluride, San Miguel County, or the State Highway Department. All new driveways or other access points onto publicly maintained right of way must be constructed in accordance with an access permit issued by the Town of Telluride. Where direct access is onto a road maintained by San Miguel County or the State Highway Department, an approved building permit shall satisfy this access permit requirements.
3-303.B.2. A public right of way that has been dedicated to the public and accepted as such by the Town or San Miguel County but which is not maintained by a public agency, or a road that has been found by the Town to be a public road in accordance with state statute, but which is not maintained by a public agency. However, in order to qualify as adequate access all such public roads must:
a. Be constructed to minimum driveway standards as set forth in Section 3-303.B.3 for that portion of the road that has a traffic volume with the permitted use of less than one hundred and fifty (150) Average Daily Traffic (ADT) as determined by the Public Works Department and as specified in the Right-of-Way Specifications, as hereafter may be amended. Responsibility for developing a traffic count shall be the developer’s according to procedures approved by the Public Works Department. In either case, the Public Works Department may, if deemed necessary, require road plans prepared by a Colorado Registered Professional Engineer.
b. Have access points to the public maintained road system constructed in accordance with access permits issued by the Town, San Miguel County or the State Highway Department, or other public agency.
c. Be subject to a maintenance waiver signed by the lot owner acknowledging that the Town does not maintain the roads and that the Town or area residents may form an improvement district for the purpose of constructing the roads to Town standards for public maintenance. This document shall be recorded with the San Miguel County Clerk and Recorder.
3-303.B.3. A private road or driveway. In order to qualify as adequate access, the road or driveway must meet the following requirements:
a. The owner of the building lot must have an easement or the legal right to cross other private lands or a permit to cross public lands, for vehicular access for the permitted use.
b. That portion of the road or driveway that has or will have a traffic volume with the permitted use of more than that which would be generated by a one family dwelling unit or more than ten (10) ADT, whichever is less, but less than one hundred and fifty (150) ADT, must be constructed to minimum standards, as specified in the Right-of-Way Specifications.
c. That portion of the road or driveway that has or will have a traffic volume with the permitted use of more than one hundred and fifty (150) ADT, must be constructed to residential street standards as specified in the Right-of-Way Specifications.
d. The road or driveway must have a minimum eighteen foot (18') width or be wide enough to contain the required physical improvements.
e. Any access points to the publicly maintained system must be constructed in accordance with access permits issued by the Town, San Miguel County, the State Highway Department, or other public agency.
f. The lot owner must sign a maintenance waiver acknowledging that the Town does not maintain the road or driveway. This document shall be filed for recording with the San Miguel County Clerk and Recorder.
3-303.C. Administration. Access requirements administration shall consist of the following:
3-303.C.1. Unless otherwise provided by this Title, the Public Works Department is responsible for the administration and implementation of the requirements of this Division. Such responsibilities include, but are not limited to:
a. Determining that the requirements of this Section have been satisfied and that all necessary permits have been obtained from public agencies when such prior approval is required before issuing any lot access approval;
b. Reviewing lot access approval applications, reviewing and inspecting proposed access routes, and issuing approvals if the application and proposed access route are in compliance with the requirements of this Title;
c. Analyzing submitted traffic volumes for access routes and taking measurements of actual traffic volumes if deemed necessary;
d. Determining the need for road plans to be prepared by a Colorado Registered Professional Engineer;
e. Approving the location, cross section, lines and grade and other physical characteristics of an access route based on the standards given in this section, the Right-of-Way Specifications, the Streetscape Standards and sound engineering judgment;
f. Developing and transmitting recommendations to the P&Z regarding requested variances to the provisions of this Division.
3-303.C.2. Lot access permit approval shall be obtained from the Public Works Department prior to the issuance of any building permit for any new use or change of use to be located upon a building lot. An application for lot access approval shall be filed with and on forms made available by the Public Works Department and shall include the following information:
a. The minimum contents for all applications specified in Section 5-202.C of this Title;
b. Location of parcel (Subdivision name, Block and Lot number and Section, Township, Range);
c. Location map of access road or driveway;
d. Name and location of the access point to the public maintained road system;
e. Existing or new access route;
f. General description of physical characteristics of access route including length, average traveled width, easement width, average grade, steepest grade, and surfacing material;
g. Estimated average daily traffic volume.
3-303.C.3. The Public Works Department shall approve an application for a lot access permit only if the lot access conforms to the minimum requirements set forth in, or incorporated by, this Section 3-303. In evaluating the ability of the lot access to safely accommodate the type and volume of traffic that may reasonably be anticipated, the Public Works Department shall consider the following factors:
a. The suitability of the access route for use by vehicles generally expected to use the access, as well as emergency and fire fighting equipment and vehicles, and the availability of alternative access routes;
b. The physical limitations of terrain on meeting maximum grade requirements.
3-303.C.4. The Building Official shall not issue any building permit or any use permit for the establishment of any new use or change of use to be located upon a lot, unless a lot access approval has been granted in accordance with the provisions of this Title.
3-303.C.5. A lot access permit approval shall expire three (3) years after the date of issuance if the applicant has not completed construction according to provisions of the approval.
3-303.C.6. If lot access permit approval is received as part of another development approval process, no fee will be charged. If a lot access permit is the only development application sought, the fee shall be based on the Building Department’s hourly inspection fee rate set forth in the Town’s adopted Fee Schedule.
3-303.C.7. Any person aggrieved by an inability to obtain lot access permit approval by the Public Works Department, or by any decision of the Public Works Department made in the course of the administration or enforcement of the provisions of this Section 3-303, may submit an appeal to the P&Z.
3-303.C.8. Nothing herein shall be construed to deprive P&Z or the Town Council of the authority to approve lot access or to modify lot access or street improvement standards, where such authority has been vested in P&Z or Council.
3-304.A. Purpose. Vehicular access to property shall be controlled in such a manner as to protect the traffic carrying capacity of the street upon which the property abuts as well as to protect the value of the adjacent property.
3-304.B. Permit Required. Any curb cut on a designated state highway must receive a permit from the Colorado State Highway Department prior to being issued a building permit. Any other curb cut must receive a lot access permit from the Public Works Department and be designed in accordance with the Right-of-Way Specifications.
3-304.C. Minimum Number. The minimum number of curb cuts necessary to serve the subject parcel are permitted. For property being platted outside of the historic grid pattern, no entrance or exit shall be located nearer than fifty feet (50') to any intersecting street right of way or nearer than ten feet (10') to any adjacent property line, except where it is possible to provide one access point that will serve both adjacent properties, or except onto an alley. If adherence to these requirements would leave a parcel of property without vehicular access, either or both of these setback requirements may be reduced by the Public Works Department to permit a single vehicular access point if the Public Works Department finds that the intent of this Section would still be served.
3-304.D. Acceleration-Deceleration Lanes. On arterial streets, acceleration deceleration lanes may be required of the development if the Public Works Department finds that they are necessary to preserve the safety or the traffic carrying capacity of the existing street. The Public Works Department shall determine the length of the required acceleration deceleration lane.
3-304.E. Direct Access. No residential structures shall have direct access onto an arterial. However, if no alternative street access is possible, a curb cut may be permitted with the spacing and acceleration deceleration lanes determined to be necessary by the Public Works Department to preserve the safety and the traffic carrying capacity of the arterial.
3-304.F. Exceptions. Exceptions to this Section may be made in areas within the Town’s historic grid and other areas if the Public Works Department determines that safe and reasonable access is provided. The requirements of this Section may also be varied pursuant to Article 6, Division 3, Planned Unit Development, to provide for safe and reasonable access.
3-305.A. Numbering System. Structures shall be numbered according to the Town of Telluride Streets and Addresses Map and the provisions of Telluride Municipal Code Chapter 8.21, “Building Street Addresses and Emergency Telephone Information”. The Building Official will issue a house number when issuing a building permit for a new structure.
3-305.B. Compliance Required. No person shall use an unauthorized address or fail to maintain the assigned address sign in compliance with the requirements of this Section and Chapter 8.21.
3-305.C. Street Names. Proposed new names for streets shall be subject to approval by the Town Council. Street names shall conform to the city street name plan on file at the Planning Department. Owners of real property may petition the Town Council to change a street name. Town Council may grant such change only after consideration of the historic grid system nomenclature.
3-306.A. Construction or Installation Authorized. Nothing in this Title shall be construed to prevent the authorized construction or installation, in any zone district, of a public utility facility or structure necessary for the transmission of commodities or services of a utility company including mains, transmission and distribution lines, substations and exchanges. The storage, maintenance and business facilities of public utilities shall be restricted to their zone districts in which they are listed as permitted uses or uses permitted on review.
3-306.B. New Lines To Be Underground. All new electric, telephone, and cable television utility lines, including main transmission, distribution, and building service lines, shall be located underground. Proposed new utility lines shall be reviewed by the Public Works Department prior to the issuance of a building permit. Upon modification, reconstruction, or repair or a building that exceeds twenty five percent (25%) of the value of the building, utility lines existing on the building lot and serving the building shall be relocated underground.
3-306.C. Depth. No underground electric lines installed in any public right of way shall be less than three feet (3') below finished grade. The Public Works Department may require greater burial depths if, as determined by the director, such burial depths are required to protect the safety of persons or property.
3-306.D. Excavation Permit Required. For any excavation within a public right-of-way or public easement for utility installation or repair, or surface improvements, an excavation permit issued by the Director of Public Works or his/her designee shall be obtained prior to commencement of work. Prior to any work, all contractors excavating in public rights-of-way may be required to post a bond or other financial security in an amount deemed necessary by the Public Works Department, such bond or security to warrant all surface or other repairs for a period of time as determined by the Public Works Department.
All fuel storage tanks, except propane tanks, shall be completely buried beneath the ground surface, and shall be subject to compliance with applicable local, state and federal laws. New propane tanks to supply energy for residential heating, cooking, etc. are prohibited from being located in Telluride, except that propane tanks for gas grills are permitted.
3-401.A. Signs. This chapter is to be known and may be cited as the Town of Telluride Sign Code, or the Telluride Sign Code.
3-401.B. General.
3-401.B.1. The purpose of this chapter is to afford the business and residential community equal and fair opportunity to advertise and promote its products and services without discrimination; to protect and enhance the community character and visual environment; to preserve the right of the citizens to enjoy our Town's scenic beauty; to improve pedestrian and traffic safety; to minimize the possible adverse effect of signs on nearby public and private property; and to enable the fair and consistent enforcement of these sign regulations.
3-401.B.2. This chapter addresses problems caused by signs apart from any message conveyed by signs, and to protect and promote Telluride’s governmental interests in a way that is unrelated to the topic discussed, the idea or message conveyed, the speaker's viewpoint, or any other content of the message displayed on a sign. It is neither the purpose nor the intent of this chapter to stymie any sign because of the message or idea it conveys.
3-401.B.3. The intent is to protect the constitutionally guaranteed right of free speech by enacting regulations to regulate the time, place, and manner under which signs are permitted, and not the content of signs. Content will not be used as a basis for determining whether a proposed sign may be permitted.
3-401.B.4. It is Telluride’s policy to regulate signs in a way that does not favor commercial speech over noncommercial speech and is content neutral as to messages which are within the protections of the First Amendment to the U.S. Constitution.
3-401.B.5. Where any provision of this code covers the same subject matter as other regulations of the State of Colorado or the United States, the applicant is advised that nothing in this chapter shall be construed as a defense to a violation of applicable state or federal law except as may be provided in the state or federal law.
3-401.C. Regulatory Scope.
3-401.C.1. The provisions of this division apply to the display, construction, installation, erection, alteration, use, location, maintenance, and removal of all signs within the town that are not specifically exempt from such application.
3-401.C.2. No sign shall be displayed, constructed, installed, erected, or altered within the town until the town has issued a sign permit, unless the sign is exempt from this division, partially exempt from this division, or the sign (or modification) qualifies for an exception to the permit requirement.
3-401.D. Interpretation.
3-401.D.1. If there is a conflict between the general provisions of this chapter and a specific sign regulation contained in this chapter, the specific sign regulation shall control.
3-401.D.2. If there is a conflict between the sign regulations of this chapter and any other provision of the Town of Telluride LUC, the provisions of this chapter shall control.
3-402.A. Words or phrases defined in the Town’s Land Use Code apply to this chapter unless such definition conflicts with a definition in this chapter. In the event a definition elsewhere in the Town of Telluride Land Use Code conflicts with a definition here, the one listed here will preside.
3-402.B. Where terms are not defined, they shall have their ordinary accepted meanings within the context that they are being used.
3-402.C. As used in this chapter, the following words have the following meanings:
ADVERTISE: The non-personal communication of information usually paid for and usually persuasive in nature about products, services, or ideas by identified persons.
ATTENTION GETTING DEVICE: Any flag, streamer, spinner, pennant, costumed character, light, balloon, continuous string of pennants, flags or fringe or similar device or ornamentation used primarily for the purpose of attracting attention to a commercial use if visible by the public.
BANNER SIGN: A strip of cloth or other flexible material on which a sign or message is placed.
BUILDING FRONTAGE: The lineal distance of the façade of a building measured along the lot frontage measured from the edge of a building to the edge of building, or to the centerline of a wall separating uses.

BUSINESS: A commercial use of real property for which a valid business and occupational license has been issued.
COMMERCIAL SIGN: A sign for a commercial business.
COMMERCIAL USE: A business or activity where services, goods or commodities are exchanged for money, or are carried out for pecuniary gain.
COPY (MESSAGE OR CONTENT): Any graphic, letter, numeral, symbol, insignia, text, sample, model, device, or combination thereof located on a sign.
CORNER LOT: A lot bounded on two (2) sides by streets that intersect with each other.
DAY: A calendar day unless a business day is specified. A "business day" is a day that the offices of the town of Telluride are open for business.
DEPARTMENT: The town's Department of Historic Preservation and Planning.
DIRECTOR: The town's Director of Historic Preservation and Planning, or such person's designee.
DIRECTORY SIGN: A sign that serves as a common or collective identification of two (2) or more uses on the same property and which may contain a directory to the uses as an integral part thereof or may serve as a general identification for such developments as shopping centers, industrial parks, and similar uses.
DISPLAY BOX: A freestanding or wall sign located on private property within 3’ of the entrance to a restaurant, bar, or lounge less than six (6) square feet.
ELECTRONIC MESSAGE SIGN: A sign that uses LEDs (light emitting diodes), CCDs (charge coupled devices), plasma, or functionally equivalent technologies to display a series of still images or full motion, usually remotely programmable and changeable. Also known as "electronic message centers", "message centers", and "electronic signs".
FLAG: A sign containing a noncommercial message that is typically made of cloth and is displayed outdoor by being hung on a pole or hung from a building.
FLASHING SIGN: A sign that has lights or illumination that flashes, has a reflective surface, rotates, revolves, oscillates, blinks, flickers, varies in intensity of color, or uses intermittent electrical pulsations. An electronic message sign is not a flashing sign.
FREESTANDING SIGN: A permanent sign on private property that is supported by one or more columns, upright poles, or braces extended from the ground or from an object on the ground, or which is erected on the ground, where no part of the sign is attached to any part of a building, structure, or other sign. The term includes a "pole sign", "pedestal sign", and "ground sign".
GOVERNMENT SIGN: A sign that is the expression of the federal, state or local governmental entity when erected and maintained according to law and includes but is not limited active construction, wayfinding or traffic control devices that are erected and maintained to comply with the Manual of Uniform Traffic Control Devices adopted by the State of Colorado.
HISTORIC PLAQUE: A sign placed on the outside of a building or structure that has received designation as a landmark under the town's historic preservation designation, or applicable Federal law.
INDUSTRIAL USE: A property or structure intended to be used in whole or in part for the manufacture, conversion, processing, cleaning, laundering or assembly of any product, commodity, or article.
INTERNALLY LIT SIGN: An indirect source of light which illuminates a sign by shining through a translucent surface of a sign, lit from an internal light source or gas (e.g., neon, argon).
LEANING SIGN: A one sided sandwich board sign supported by another object such as a building or tree.
LOT: Measured portion of a subdivision intended as a unit for transfer of ownership, lease, or for development; or a parcel of real property designated by a separate and distinct number or letter on a plat filed with the San Miguel County Clerk and Recorder or, when not platted in a recorded subdivision; a parcel of real property abutting upon at least one (1) public street or right of way and held under separate ownership.
MARQUEE SIGN: A tall roof-like projection above a theater entrance, usually containing the name of a currently featured play or film and its stars.
MERCHANDISE: The commodities or goods that are bought and sold in business.
MOBILE SIGN: A sign or signage placed on or wrapped onto a vehicle or by other mobile means of travel.
MONUMENT SIGN: A freestanding sign with a base, including any portion of the sign or supporting structure that exceeds two (2) square feet in ground area.
MOVING SIGN: A sign that moves or simulates motion.
MURAL: a one-of-kind, hand-painted, hand-tiled, or digitally printed image on the exterior of a building that does not contain any commercial message advertising a business, services rendered, or goods produced or sold. Murals are not regulated under this chapter but may be subject to review by the Telluride Public Art Commission, if located on town property.
OFF-SITE SIGN: A commercial message sign that does not advertise a business, merchandise, product, service, or entertainment that is sold, produced, manufactured, furnished, or that is available on the property where the sign is located.
ON-SITE SIGN: A commercial message sign that advertises a business, merchandise, product, service, or entertainment that is sold, produced, manufactured, furnished, or that is available on the property where the sign is located.
PERMANENT SIGN: A sign that is to be placed or erected for an indefinite period pursuant to a permit issued under this chapter. Permanent signs are typically made of durable material such as wood or material that mimics wood such as high-density urethane, glass, or metal.
PORTABLE SIGN: A sign that meets one or more of the following criteria:
1. A sign that is not permanently attached or designed to be permanently attached to the ground or other permanent structure and may be easily moved; 2. A sign that is designed to be transported by means of wheels, skids, runners, or moveable frames; 3. Sandwich boards (A-frame or T-frame) signs.
PUBLIC AREA: Any outdoor place to which the public or a substantial number of the public has access, including, but not limited to, transportation facilities, schools, places of amusement, parks, playgrounds, and the outdoor common areas of public and private buildings and facilities.
PUBLIC ENTRANCE: Entrance into a business that is unlocked and available for use by the general public for access to and egress from the business during regular business hours. A "deliveries only" entrance is not a public entrance.
PUBLIC RIGHT-OF-WAY (ROW): A public street, sidewalk, or alley.
REFLECTIVE SURFACE: Any material or device that has the effect of intensifying reflected light, including, but not limited to, reflective tape, Day-Glo, glass beads, mirrors, highly reflective metals, and luminous paint.
RESIDENTIAL USE: means land, buildings or structures or portions thereof used, designed, or intended to be used principally (or primarily) as living accommodation for one or more individuals.
REVIEWING AUTHORITY: The Town with respect to all permit applications submitted under this chapter.
ROOF SIGN: A sign painted on the roof of a building, or supported by poles, uprights, or braces extending from the roof of a building, or projecting above the roof of a building, but not including a sign projecting from or attached to a wall.
SANDWICH BOARD SIGN (A-FRAME/T-FRAME): A sign that is constructed with two (2) pieces of non-reflective metal, blackboard, whiteboard, wood, or similar material, connected at the top, which pieces form a triangular or “T” shape and are self-supporting; also known as an "A-frame" sign.
SEASONAL DECORATION: Temporary, noncommercial decorations or displays erected or displayed only on a seasonal basis when such are clearly incidental to the primary use of the building.
SEPARATE FRONTAGE: A second building frontage, parallel and adjacent to a public right-of-way and on the opposite side of a building's primary frontage that includes a public entrance.
SIGN: Any device or image fixed to, painted on, or incorporated in the building surface, or displayed from or within a building or structure, or freestanding upon the site, and which is visible from a public right of way, which conveys or directs a message to the public concerning the identification of the premises, any land use or activity conducted on the premises, or which advertises or promotes the interest of any private or public firm, person or organization.
SIGN AREA OR SURFACE AREA: The area of the plane geometric figure which encompasses the facing of a sign, including copy, insignia, background and borders.
SIGN ON PROPERTY UNDER DEVELOPMENT: A sign erected in connection with the development of real property.
SIGN OWNER: The permittee with respect to any sign for which a sign permit has been issued; or, with respect to a sign for which no sign permit is required, or for which no sign permit has been obtained, "sign owner" means the person entitled to possession of such sign, the owner, occupant, or agent of the property where the sign is located, and any person deriving a pecuniary benefit from the sign.
SIGN STRUCTURE: All supports, uprights, braces, housings, mounting devices, and framework of a sign to the extent necessary to support the sign.
STATUARY SIGN: Any sign which is a modeled or sculptured likeness of a living creature or inanimate object.
STREET: A public or private way, other than an alley, which affords the principal means of access to abutting property. Street includes any street, avenue, boulevard, road, lane, parkway, square, viaduct, or other way for the movement of vehicular or pedestrian traffic which is an existing street, county or municipal roadway, or a street or right-of-way shown upon a plat, recorded pursuant to law.
STRUCTURE: Anything constructed or erected, which requires location on the ground or attached to something having a location on the ground, but not including fences or walls used as fences less than six feet (6') in height, poles, lines, cables or other transmission or distribution facilities of public utilities.
TEMPORARY SIGN: A sign that is not a permanent sign.
TRAFFIC CONTROL DEVICE: A sign, signal, marking, or other device used to regulate, warn, or guide traffic, placed on, over, or adjacent to a street, highway, pedestrian facility, or shared-use path by authority of a public agency having jurisdiction.
VEHICLE SIGN: Any sign attached to or placed on a parked vehicle or trailer used principally for advertising purposes, rather than transportation, but excluding signs relating to the sale, lease, or rental of the vehicle or trailer and signs which identify a firm or its principal product on a vehicle operated during the normal course of business.
WALKING SIGN: Any sign that is carried by any person while walking on a public street or sidewalk that is visible from a public right-of-way, adjacent property, or a public area.
WALL SIGN: Any sign attached to, or erected against the building or structure, with the exposed face of the sign in a plane parallel to the plane of said wall.
WAYFINDING SIGN: A pedestrian or vehicle-oriented sign erected by the Town of Telluride that indicates the route to, direction of or location of an on-site or off-site park, community facility, or other similar destination utilized by the general public.
WINDOW SIGN: A sign that is painted on, applied, internally hung, or attached to a window. Including graphics and text attached to a window or displayed in any way so as to be viewed or legible from outside the window or structure.
WINDOW DISPLAYS: Merchandise displayed visibly in to be viewed or legible from outside the window or structure.
The signs described in this section are prohibited unless explicitly allowed by another provision of this chapter.
3-403.A. Any sign that is erected for which no valid permit has been issued or exists; or any sign that violates the terms, conditions, and restrictions of this chapter or the sign permit that approved the sign.
3-403.B. Any sign that is specifically prohibited by the provisions of this chapter.
3-403.C. Temporary signs, except as specifically authorized by this chapter.
3-403.D. Attention-getting devices.
3-403.E. Flashing, moving and/or signs emitting audible sounds, smoke, fumes, odors, or visible matter.
3-403.F. Beacons, lasers, or searchlights used for a commercial purpose.
3-403.G. Inflated signs, balloons, or inflatable devices.
3-403.H. Electronic message and digital displays. Signs using digital displays or other means to present images or messages. These signs typically use light emitting diode (LED), liquid crystal display (LCD), plasma or other technology to present a series of still images, full motion animation, or other text messages.
3-403.I. Internally lit signs placed on the exterior of a building, or within five feet (5') of a window of a building.
3-403.J. Roof signs.
3-403.K. Any signs projecting above any portion of a roof or parapet wall or above the sloping roofline of the gable end of a structure.
3-403.L. Off-site signs.
3-403.M. Signs affixed to trees or utility poles.
3-403.N. Abandoned signs, §3-413.
3-403.O. Sandwich boards constructed of plastic.
3-403.P. Marquee signs.
3-403.Q. Flags that obstruct pedestrian, bicycle, or vehicular traffic, and/or the bottom of the flag has a clearance less than eight (8’) feet vertical clearance.
3-403.R. Banner signs (unless authorized by a permit).
3-403.S. Simulated Traffic Signs: Any sign which simulates or imitates in size, color, lettering or design any traffic sign or signal, or which makes use of words, symbols, or characters in such a manner as to interfere with, mislead, or confuse pedestrian or vehicular traffic.
3-403.T. Prohibited Obstructions. In no event shall a sign, whether temporary or permanent, obstruct the use of:
3-403.T.1. Building ingress or egress, including doors, egress windows, and fire escapes.
3-403.T.2. Operable windows (with regard to movement only; obstruction of transparency is allowed as provided herein).
3-403.T.3. Equipment, structures, or architectural elements that are related to public safety, building operations, or utility service (e.g., standpipes, downspouts, fire hydrants, electrical outlets, lighting, vents, valves, and meters).
3-403.U. Vehicle Signs.
The following signs do not require a sign permit and are exempt from the requirements of this chapter. Exemptions to the sign permit requirement do not constitute exemptions to other applicable codes or permit requirements.
3-404.A. Government and wayfinding signs.
3-404.B. Signs required by Federal, State, or local law.
3-404.C. Historic signs on designated historic buildings not to exceed ten (10) square feet. Such signs shall be excluded from future sign area limitations.
3-404.D. Cornerstones when carved into stone, concrete, bronze or other permanent material land made an integral part of a building or structure.
3-404.E. Signs required by applicable building codes (e.g., address numbers).
3-404.F. Warning signs marking hazards on private property two (2) square feet or less in size.
3-404.G. Decorations that are clearly incidental, customary, and commonly associated with a holiday.
3-404.H. Flags where the bottom of the flag has at least eight (8’) feet vertical clearance.
3-404.I. Signs on commercial vehicles, including trailers, provided that the vehicles/trailers are not in violation of subsection 3-408.F of this chapter;
3-404.J. Scoreboards associated with an approved recreational field.
3-404.K. Any other sign for which a permit is specifically not required by this chapter.
3-404.L. The holder of a special event permit issued by the Town of Telluride Parks and Recreation Department may affix temporary signs per the approved permit.
3-404.M. Temporary Window Signs. Window signs designed to be temporary (less than 90 days) are limited to a maximum of twenty-four (24) square feet or twenty-five (25) percent of window area, whichever is less.
3-405.A. General. Unless specifically excluded by this chapter, all signs displayed shall be included in determining the total sign area for a building.
3-405.B. The total square footage of allowable sign area for any building shall be equal to one (1) square foot of sign area for each three (3) feet of building frontage not to exceed twenty (20) square feet of total combined sign area. Example: (Linear feet of building frontage) x 0.33 = total square footage of allowable sign area.
3-405.B.1. A total of two (2) signs are allowed per business per frontage and may be a combination of the following:
a. Freestanding sign. One (1) per use. Freestanding signs shall be located on private property only out of public right-of-way. A sandwich board sign shall be allowed only if located entirely on private property. The area of one side of a sandwich board shall count towards the total signage allowed for the business and all other sections of the code shall apply.
b. Projecting sign. Shall not extend more than four feet (4') from the building wall except where such a sign is an integral part of an approved canopy or awning, and no projecting sign shall exceed six (6) square feet in area where two (2) faces are visible or ten (10) square feet where only one (1) face is visible.
c. Wall sign. Shall not exceed ten (10) square feet on any one (1) building wall, exclusive of cut out letters.
d. Window signs. Any window sign square footage shall be subtracted from the total permitted.
3-405.C. Display Boxes. Each restaurant, bar, or lounge may have one display box sign. If the size of the display box is six (6) square feet or less the display box shall not count as sign area. If the size of the display box exceeds six (6) square feet, the area of the display box more than six (6) square feet will be calculated in allowable sign area.
In addition to the signage allowed by this chapter, the owner or lawful occupant of any property may place the following temporary signs on the owner's or occupant's property without a sign permit but subject to the limitations of this section:
3-406.A. Signs not to exceed a total of twelve (12) square feet in size for a period of up to forty-five (45) days prior to an election involving candidates for a Federal, State, or local office, or ballot question. No one sign shall exceed four (4) square feet in size. The signs shall be removed within five (5) days following the election. The signs must not be placed in the public right-of-way.
3-406.B. One sign on the property not larger than four (4) square feet in size when the property is being offered for sale. The sign authorized pursuant to subsection B must be removed once the sale of the property has been concluded.
3-406.C. One sign on the property not larger than four (4) square feet in size when the property is being offered for rent or lease. The sign authorized pursuant to subsection D must be removed once the property has been rented or leased.
3-406.D. One sign not larger than four (4) square feet in size, subject to the terms of this chapter and applicable law.
Any sign on property adjacent to the River Park Trail shall be permitted with the following limitations:
3-407.A. No sign shall be permitted along property fronting the River Park Trail within view of the trail if such property is fronting a publicly accessible right-of-way where a sign can be located out of view from the trail.
3-407.B. Signs are permitted along property fronting the River Park Trail or in view from the River Park Trail if the property has no frontage on a publicly accessible right-of-way where a sign cannot be located out of view from the River Park Trail.
All signs for which a permit is required under this chapter shall be subject to the following general limitations:
3-408.A. Signs shall be secondary features. Freestanding signs shall not obscure the patterns of front façades and/or based on the standards herein described.
3-408.B. Materials.
3-408.B.1. Signs shall be constructed of materials used historically, predominantly of natural materials, such as metal or solid wood. Alternative materials that mimic wood grain (e.g., natural colored high-density urethane with the appearance of wood grain) are permitted;
3-408.B.2. Plastic, PVC and/or highly reflective materials are not permitted.
3-408.C. Location.
3-408.C.1. Flush-mounted signs shall be positioned to emphasize established architectural elements. Mounted signs shall be placed within frames created by components of the façade design.
3-408.C.2. Projecting signs shall be positioned to highlight building entrances. They shall be mounted to align with others in the block to provide a canopy line giving scale to the sidewalk.
3-408.C.3. Signs shall not obscure existing historic and/or architectural details.
3-408.D. Pictographic symbols are encouraged on signs to add visual interest to the street and are permitted on on-site awnings.
3-408.E. Lighting standards.
3-408.E.1. Shielded Lighting: Light emitting devices used for illuminating a sign shall not be visible from the vehicular travel lanes of adjacent public rights-of-way. The use of shielding, designed so light from sign illuminating devices does not shine off site without first being reflected off the sign or its background, is required whenever sign lighting is used.
3-408.E.2. Color and Brightness: The color temperature of sign lighting shall not exceed 3,000 kelvins. The intensity of sign lighting shall be limited to the equivalent of the Lumen output of a 40-watt incandescent bulb. This is approximately 450-550 lumens, depending upon the manufacturer.
3-408.E.3. Direction of lighting: All lighting fixtures shall be placed above the sign and shall shine downward toward the sign. Illumination of signs shall not be directed off site.
3-408.E.4. Internally lit signs: No sign that is placed on the exterior of a building or on the interior of the building within five feet (5') of a window shall be internally lit.
3-408.E.5. Window display lighting: Off-sight light trespass from window displays (i.e. backlit panels and/or LED glowing edges) is not permitted.
3-408.E.6. Component painting: All light fixtures, conduit, and shielding shall be painted to match or compliment either the building or the supporting structure that serves as the background of the sign.
3-408.F. Clearance. Signs shall not be located with less than three feet (3') horizontal or eight feet (8') vertical clearance from overhead electric conductors.
The following regulations shall apply to the specific types of signs as indicated.
3-409.A. Cutout Letters/Painted Letters: Cutout letters mounted on a building surface, and letters painted on a building, are wall signs and the aggregate area of such signs shall be counted against the allowable sign area established by this chapter. Measurements for cutout letters shall begin at the top of the first letter or logo, and end at the end and bottom of the last letter or logo. Spacing between letters and words shall count toward the sign area.
3-409.B. Double Faced Signs: The two (2) sides of a double-faced sign must be parallel back-to-back, and no thicker than twelve inches (12").
3-409.C. Projecting or Hanging Signs.
3-409.C.1. Projecting or hanging signs may not extend above the ceiling of the first floor of any building, where this is not possible, signs may be located higher with approval.
3-409.C.2. Projecting signs shall not be located above the eave line or parapet wall of any building and shall have a minimum eight feet (8') vertical clearance when located adjacent to or projecting over a public right-of-way.
3-409.C.3. The allowable size of any projecting or hanging sign shall not include the sign structure portion necessary to support the sign.
3-409.D. Wall Signs: Wall signs shall not be mounted higher than the eave line or parapet wall of the principal building and no portions of such wall sign, including cutout letters, shall project more than six inches (6") from the building.
3-409.E. Signs On Property Under Development: Total sign area not to exceed ten (10) square feet may be erected when a valid permit for the development of real property has been issued. Such sign must be removed at or prior to the issuance of the certificate of occupancy, or when construction of the project is abandoned,
3-410.A. Banners on School District and Public Property. Banners on school district or public property shall be reviewed by the Town of Telluride Town Manager or their designee.
3-410.B. Banners on Private Property. Banner signs may be displayed externally, on-site, subject to the following restrictions:
3-410.B.1. The banner sign shall be on the same site as the sponsoring establishment.
3-410.B.2. The banner sign shall not be mounted on or projected into the public right-of-way.
3-410.B.3. The banner sign shall be displayed for a maximum of fifteen (15) consecutive days.
3-410.B.4. The banner sign shall not exceed 16 (sixteen) square feet.
3-410.B.5. The banner sign shall not be illuminated.
3-410.B.6. The banner sign shall be securely fastened on all sides to a permanent on-site structure, such as a building or wall.
3-410.B.7. The banner sign shall be constructed of durable and weatherproof materials, such as vinyl or woven nylon, and shall be continuously maintained in good condition.
All signs must be structurally sound, maintained in good repair and may not constitute a hazard to safety, health, or public welfare by reason of inadequate maintenance, dilapidation or electrical shock. The display surfaces of all signs shall be kept neatly painted or posted at all times. In addition to other remedies provided for in this chapter, the Director shall have the authority to order the painting, repainting, repair, maintenance, or removal of any sign that has become dilapidated or a hazard to safety, health, or public welfare. If such a condition is determined by the Director to exist, the Director shall give notice to the sign owner at the address shown on the sign permit by certified mail, return receipt requested. If, within fifteen (15) days from service of the notice, the Director's order is not complied with, the Director may remove the sign, or cause it to be removed, and the cost of removal shall be charged against the sign owner and the sign owner's property.
Signs that were legally installed prior to the effective date of this chapter, but are inconsistent with the requirements of this chapter, are considered legal nonconforming signs, and are exempted by this chapter. As such, they may continue to exist; provided they shall not be altered, modified, or changed in any way that would increase their nonconformity. When such modification, alteration, or change occurs or is proposed the sign shall be brought into compliance with this chapter.
3-413.A. Signs Must Be Removed; When: A commercial message sign shall be removed within thirty (30) days after the activity, product, business, service, or other use that is being advertised has ceased or vacated the premises. Exceptions: The requirements of this subsection A shall not apply to:
3-413.A.1. Permanent signs for businesses that are open only on a seasonal basis if there is clear intent to continue operation of the business, or
3-413.A.2. Noncommercial message signs.
3-413.B. Signs May Be Removed by Town; When: After fourteen (14) days and notice to the permit holder, a sign that has not been removed as required by this section may be removed by the Town and the costs of such action may be collected from said owner.
This Division contains standards and procedures with respect to landscaping, outdoor illumination and maintenance, removal and relocation of trees. Applicable standards shall be met by each development within the Town of Telluride.
3-502.A. Landscape Plan Required. All developments are required to provide a landscaping plan designed in accordance with Article 7, Division 1, and H.A.R.C. design standards contained in Design Guidelines and Standards for Building in Telluride and other adopted landscape plans, policies and standards.
3-502.B. Landscape Materials. All material required in a landscaped area shall be live, predominantly native, or other climatically appropriate plant material. Non living plant materials such as bark or river rock may be used only if approved as part of the overall landscaping plan.
3-502.C. Water Usage. Landscaping materials and plants shall be designed to conserve and make efficient use of water and shall incorporate high efficiency plumbing fixtures. All landscaping shall be subject to applicable terms and limitations imposed by the Telluride Municipal Code Chapter 13, Article 5 (Water Conservation Code). New or remodeled landscapes shall submit an irrigation plan, prepared by an irrigation specialist, that includes a water budget evaluation determining the amount of water required for the health and survival of the landscaping and the results of a water audit following completion of irrigation and landscape installation.
3-502.D. Revegetation. Land disturbed by development activities shall be revegetated at least to its pre development condition.
3-502.E. Design Standards. All materials planted under the provisions of this Section shall meet the H.A.R.C. design standards contained in Design Guidelines.
3-502.F. Maintenance Required. The developer or applicant shall maintain the landscaping plan as originally approved and may be required to provide a financial guarantee for replacement of plant materials that have died, for a period of two (2) years from the issuance of a certificate of occupancy or certificate of completion.
3-503.A. Landscape Plan Required. No building permits or development approvals shall be granted for lands falling within the River Park and Trail Corridor as defined in Design Standards without providing and receiving approval for a plan to construct and maintain the trail system and associated landscaping improvements in accordance with Design Standards.
3-503.B. Securing Easements. In the event that no development is proposed on land within the River Park and Trail Corridor, the Town shall have the right to secure necessary easements for trail construction and to construct the River Park and Trail Corridor at Town expense. At such time as development occurs, the Town shall be reimbursed at a dollar value (per linear foot of trail constructed) consistent with costs incurred by other properties within the corridor.
3-504.A. Purpose. The purpose of this section is to regulate outdoor lighting fixtures and lamps (bulbs) to promote energy efficiency, decrease light pollution, maintain nighttime public safety and security, preserve the night sky and prevent light trespass which is detrimental to the environment and to the public use and enjoyment of public and private property. Outdoor illumination is regulated by the Land Use Code and the Design Guidelines.
3-504.B. General Provisions. All non-exempt outdoor light fixtures and illuminating devices permanently or temporarily installed outdoors, shall meet the following requirements:
3-504.B.1. They shall be down lit and shielded so that no light rays are emitted at angles above the horizontal plane.
3-504.B.2. Exterior bulbs shall be limited to the equivalent of the Lumen output of a 40 watt incandescent bulb. This is approximately 450-550 lumens, depending upon the manufacturer.
3-504.B.3. Blinking, flashing, rotating or moving lights are prohibited.
3-504.B.4. Exterior lighting fixtures require approval through the H.A.R.C. process, which review will include, but not be limited to the number of fixtures, location, type, compatibility and conformance.
3-504.B.5. Movement sensor lighting requires approval from the Planning Director who shall consider nuisance and impacts to adjacent properties when determining appropriateness.
3-504.C. Exemptions. The following are exempt from the provisions of 3-504.B.
3-504.C.1. Approved Historic Lighting Fixtures. Non-conforming lighting fixtures attached to a rated structure which are consistent with the character of the rated structure may be exempted with approvals from the H.A.R.C. Approved fixtures shall be consistent with the architectural period and design of style of the structure and the bulb shall not exceed approximately 450-550 lumens.
3-504.C.2. Governmental Lighting. All governmental lighting installed for the benefit of public health, safety and welfare.
3-504.C.3. Holiday Lighting. Holiday lighting which is temporary in nature shall be exempt from the provisions of this section, provided that such lighting does not create dangerous glare on adjacent streets or properties, is maintained in an attractive condition, and does not constitute a fire hazard. LED and energy efficient holiday lighting is encouraged.
3-504.D. Applicability. A lighting plan and cut sheets shall be submitted along with the established submittal requirements as required by the Land Use Code and Design Guidelines for both new construction and redevelopment.
3-504.D.1. New Construction. Compliance with the requirements of this section shall be required for all new development.
3-504.D.2. Redevelopment Standards. Expansion to the square footage or an exterior remodel of the building or unit triggers compliance with the requirements of this section as follows:
a. When the actual accumulative costs of all development or redevelopment undertaken exceeds twenty-five (25) percent of the value of the existing improved property, all exterior lighting fixtures and lamps shall be brought into full conformance with the requirements of this section.
b. No final inspection of the development or redevelopment of an existing structure shall be performed until the applicable exterior lighting requirements have been completed by the property owner.
3-504.E. Nonconforming Lights. The right to operate a lawful nonconforming light shall terminate upon new construction or redevelopment per 3-504.D.
3-505.A. Purpose. The purpose of this Ordinance is to facilitate the creation, maintenance, and protection of a diverse Community Forest that will be healthy and resilient for many years into the future, with a specific mix of tree species and ages throughout the Town. The Town recognizes that trees provide important environmental and aesthetic benefits to residents and guests of Telluride that extend well beyond the boundaries of the property on which they grow. The provisions herein are intended to govern the Town’s urban forest environments, but do not apply to the Open Space Zone Districts which are governed by other management practices and plans.
3-505.B. Maintenance, Removal, or Relocation of Trees. It is therefore unlawful for any person, including utility companies, without first obtaining a permit as herein provided, to top, cut down, remove, relocate or cause to be topped, cut down, removed or relocated, or knowingly damage so as to require the cutting down or removal, any cottonwood or aspen tree with a trunk diameter of six (6) inches or greater, or any other deciduous tree or coniferous tree with a trunk diameter of three (3) inches or greater, the measurement of which is to be taken at the Diameter at Breast Height (DBH) which is four feet six inches (4'6") above the highest existing grade at the base of the tree. Normal Tree Maintenance, as defined by the LUC, shall be exempt from the requirements and scope of this Section. Tree topping is prohibited.
Permits to cut down relocate or remove a tree as required under this Section shall be made to and issued by the Planning Director or his designee on such form as he or she shall provide. A permit applicant shall provide such information as the Planning Director deems necessary to adequately evaluate the permit request, including but not limited to a site plan of the subject property illustrating the following:
3-505.B.1. The location of existing or proposed structures, fences, driveways, sidewalks, public rights-of-way and utility lines, poles or pipelines.
3-505.B.2. The location of all existing cottonwood and aspen trees with a diameter of six (6) inches or greater and all other deciduous trees and existing coniferous trees with a diameter of three (3) inches or greater. All measurements are to be taken at the Diameter at Breast Height (DBH) which is four (4) feet six (6) inches above existing grade. Each tree is to be specified by trunk diameter and species.
3-505.B.3. The identification and location of any diseased or damaged tree, its size and species, and any tree endangered by or encroaching upon any utility line, pipeline, public right-of-way or structure.
3-505.B.4. The designation of all trees to be removed, retained or relocated and areas which shall remain undisturbed.
3-505.B.5. An identification of all proposed grade changes that could adversely impact the installation, maintenance, or growth of any tree to be retained on the site.
3-505.B.6. The proposed tree replacement plan consistent with the prioritized methods identified in section 3-505.E.1-3.
3-505.B.7. A Qualified Arborist assessment and recommendation as deemed necessary by the Planning Director.
3-505.C. Permit Application. Permit applications shall be accompanied by the appropriate fee and reviewed by the Planning Director, or his designee. The Planning Director may choose to refer the application to other departments such as Parks and Recreation and Building Department as necessary. The Planning Director may also request third party information such as a Qualified Arborist assessment and recommendation regarding the removal of the tree(s). A site visit with the permit applicant may be conducted prior to the issuance of a permit.
3-505.C.1. Standards for Removal. Permit applications shall be reviewed pursuant to the following standards:
a. Whether the tree cannot be reasonably preserved in its existing location, or can it be relocated on site.
b. The known or anticipated impact of the intended removal or relocation of a tree on flood, snow slide and landslide hazards, water runoff and erosion, public right-of-way, windbreaks and other trees and vegetation.
c. Whether removal or relocation of a tree is necessary to eliminate or minimize shade on solar panels used for energy production.
d. Whether removal or relocation of a tree is necessary to eliminate or minimize disease, danger of tree-fall, danger to utility infrastructure or structures, dangers to public rights-of-way, dangers to buildings or other structures, dangers to other trees, or constitutes a Hazard as defined by the LUC.
e. The number and kind of trees on the site and in the neighborhood of the site, the contribution of the subject tree to the aesthetic or historic character of the site or neighborhood, and the impact of the removal or relocation of the tree upon the property value of the site and adjoining properties.
f. Whether the removal or relocation of a tree is reasonably necessary for the development of the subject property or site or that of adjoining properties or sites involving from, by way of example, encroaching root systems or tree crowns. The party performing the development shall first consult with the affected property owner(s) and attempt to formulate an agreeable plan for removal or pruning of the encroaching tree(s), and shall bear all resulting permitting costs and fees.
g. Whether sustainable urban forestry practices, as defined by a Qualified Arborist and including the consideration of the number, spacing and species of trees on the site or adjoining properties, warrant the removal or relocation of the subject trees.
h. The value and impact of the subject trees to the spatial and architectural relationships between existing or planned structures on the site with other structures or trees.
3-505.D. Valuation of Trees. When, in accordance with this section, the value of a tree must be determined, the Basic Value shall equal twenty-five dollars ($25.00) per square inch of the cross sectional area of the tree at the Diameter at Breast Height (DBH).
Calculating the Basic Value, the following equation shall be used:
Basic Value = $25.00 x 3.14 x (D/2)2
3-505.E. Conditions of Permit Approval. Whether tree removal is sought for land development or improvement, the construction of structures, or tree removal in and of itself, the Planning Director, or his designee, shall require as a condition of permit approval one of the following in order of priority:
3-505.E.1. The replacement of such tree with another tree on the subject property. The replacement tree shall, where practicable, be of the same or comparable size and kind of the tree removed. The difference in value, which shall be estimated using the Basic Value method or another method recognized and practiced by a Qualified Arborist, whichever is less, shall be paid as a fee to the Tree Fund. This approach precludes application of the “caliper for caliper” mitigation approach, which allows six 1-inch tees to replace one 6-inch diameter tree, as the smaller trees are not a true replacement of the ecological value of the larger tree.
3-505.E.2. If a replacement tree may not reasonably be located on the subject property, then the Planning Director, or his designee, may require the permit applicant to plant the replacement tree on public or other private property within the neighborhood of the subject property, or within a public park or public open space area within the Town. The difference in value, which shall be estimated using the Basic Value method or another method recognized and practiced by a Qualified Arborist, whichever is less, shall be paid as a fee to the Tree Fund.
3-505.E.3. Alternatively, the Planning Director, or his designee, may allow the applicant to pay a cash-in-lieu fee equal to the Basic Value of the tree that was cut down and removed. Such fee shall be applied to the Tree Fund. The appraisal shall be conducted using the Basic Value method or another method recognized and practiced by a Qualified Arborist, whichever is less. The requirement for a mitigation tree and the difference in value paid to the Tree Fund may be reduced or waived at the discretion of the Planning Director for site specific situations when the purpose and the standards for removal section of this ordinance can still be met.
3-505.F. Hazard Trees. If the tree represents a Hazard as defined by this code, then the mitigation requirement may be reduced or waived at the discretion of the Planning Director. To reduce or waive the mitigation requirement the Hazard condition must be of natural causes, such as age, disease or other factors outside of the applicant’s control, and not the result of human actions to intentionally create a Hazard tree. A tree removed based upon human actions to create a Hazard tree or typical site development will require mitigation as specified in section 3-505.E.
3-505.G. Heritage Tree. Heritage Trees shall receive a special level of protection and consideration. An application for removal of a Heritage Tree shall exhaust all other alternatives before receiving Town approval for removal of the Heritage Tree. Upon recommendation from the public or the Town, the Planning Director may designate a tree as a Heritage Tree provided the tree’s health, aerial space, and open ground area for the root system have been certified as sufficient. No tree on private property can be designated without the consent of the property owner. This consent shall bind all successors, heirs, and assigns. As an incentive for designation, a Heritage Tree on either public or private land shall be eligible for maintenance or other services as provided by the Tree Fund (e.g., cabling reinforcement). Changes and modifications to a Heritage Tree designation over the course of its life are anticipated, provided they are subject to consideration by the Town Manager per the Appeal section 3-505.M of this Division.
3-505.H. Maintenance Required. As a condition of tree protection during construction the Planning Director, or his designee, may require a permitee to post security or provide a guarantee insuring a tree is in good health and free from disease for up to two (2) full growing seasons from the date it was sought to be protected during construction. Such a requirement is intended to be consistent with the Maintenance Required section of the LUC 3-502.F.
3-505.I. Tree Protection. It is unlawful for any person in the construction of any structure or other improvement to do the following:
3-505.I.1. Place material, machinery or substantially disturb the soil within the drip line of any cottonwood and aspen tree with a trunk diameter of six (6) inches or greater, or any other deciduous tree and coniferous tree with a trunk diameter of three (3) inches or greater, the measurement of which is to be taken at the Diameter at Breast Height (DBH) which is four (4) feet six (6) inches above grade; and during construction, the Planning Director, or his designee, shall require the erection of suitable protective barriers around all trees equal to the canopy of the tree. In addition, during construction, no attachments or wires other than protective guy wires shall be attached to any trees. Notwithstanding the above prohibitions, soil disturbance within the drip line of a tree may be allowed if it is determined by a Qualified Arborist that such activity can be done in a manner that would not negatively impact the health and vigor of the tree.
3-505.I.2. Cut the primary roots of existing trees within the drip line without oversight from a Qualified Arborist. If absolutely necessary roots greater than 2" in diameter shall be cut by hand.
3-505.J. Hazard Tree Removal. A permit need not first be obtained before the removal or cutting down of such tree. However, any person removing such a tree, or causing the removal or cutting down thereof, shall make all reasonable efforts to consult the Planning Director and/or a Qualified Arborist prior to removal of the tree. In all cases the removal of the tree shall be reported within seventy-two (72) hours thereof to the Planning Director. Once the Hazardous condition has been addressed, a tree removal permit shall be sought consistent with the requirements of this Section.
3-505.K. Consolidation of Reviews. The cutting down, relocation or removal of a tree may be consolidated with a duly processed and approved Development Application for New Construction or an Addition as issued under the Land Use Code.
3-505.L. Vesting. The cutting down, relocation or removal of a tree or trees, in and of itself, shall not constitute or be construed as development as that term is defined in the Land Use Code, and this Section shall regulate and govern the permitting of such activity. Tree removal approval shall be valid for a period of three (3) years from the effective date of the Tree Removal Permit. A Tree Removal Permit independent of a HARC Certificate of Appropriateness shall not constitute a site specific development plan for the purposes of establishing a vested property right.
3-505.M. Appeal. In the event that agreement cannot be reached upon the issuance of a permit, the permit application shall be referred to and resolved by the Town Manager. The appeal process is at the discretion of the Town Manager.
Renting or leasing a structure, (including but not limited to a dwelling, dwelling unit, or lock-off unit) for short term rental purposes in a residential zone district is subject to the following requirements:
3-601.A. Short Term Rental Period. A structure may be rented or leased for a short term period, which is defined as a length of time that is less than thirty (30) consecutive days (that is, any length of time between 1 to 29 consecutive days). A structure may be rented or leased for a maximum of three (3) times during a calendar year. For example, a property can be rented once for 14 days, once for 10 days and once for 5 days.
3-601.B. Long Term Rental Period. A structure may be rented or leased for a long term period, which is defined as a length of time that is thirty (30) consecutive days or longer. A structure may be rented or leased long term for a maximum of three (3) times during a calendar year. Long term rentals are not subject to the rental restrictions and requirements listed herein.
3-601.C. Exchanges. This Division does not prohibit the exchange for short term rental use of a structure in Telluride for the use of any other structure not in Telluride, for any period of time, except that if any such “exchange” includes the transfer of money, consideration, or any other thing of value other than the use of a structure, the “exchange” shall not constitute an allowable use under this Code. Exchange stays sold through non-profits for the purpose of fundraising shall be considered an allowable use.
3-601.D. Use. Short term rental is allowed if it is listed in the LUC as a use permitted by right in the underlying zone district.
3-601.E. Trash Storage. There is a clearly defined trash and recycling storage area and an adequate number of wildlife-proof trash and recycling containers provided.
3-601.F. Owner Representative. There is an owner representative within the Town of Telluride, who is on call full time to manage the property during any period within which the property is occupied as short term accommodations. The name, address, and phone number of the owner representative shall be listed on the business license which is on file at Town Hall. The owner representative shall keep record of the dates the structure is rented during each calendar year. It is the responsibility of the owner representative to inform short term rental tenants regarding town ordinances including but not limited to pets, parking, trash and noise.
3-601.G. Business License and Taxes. A business license has been granted by the Town prior to advertising the short term rental or lease of a structure.
3-601.H. Sales Tax Number. A local and state sales tax number has been received to provide for the collection of local and state sales taxes.
3-601.I. Excise Tax Number. A local excise number has been received to provide for the collection of local excise tax.
3-601.J. Affidavit. An annual affidavit is required to be filed for each calendar year including such information as is determined by the Town Clerk.
Any person who short term rents or leases, or causes to be rented or leased, any structure, or portion thereof in excess of an accumulative twenty-nine (29) days in excess of three (3) times in a calendar year, or who otherwise violates the provisions of this Division, shall be violating the terms of this Article.
This division is intended to provide for the creation of affordable and employee housing within the Town and the Telluride Region through a combination of:
3-710.A. Affordable housing requirements applicable to new development as further defined in Section 3-720 below;
3-710.B. Affordable housing included as part of a PUD application for which such units are intended to ensure compliance with Section 6-304.C., “Review Standards”;
3-710.C. Affordable housing or employee dwelling units constructed voluntarily in zone districts where such use is allowed either by right or as a use permitted on review; and;
3-710.D. Incentives available for the construction of affordable housing or employee dwelling units as further defined in Section 3-760 below.
3-720.A. Findings and Purpose.
3-720.A.1. Findings. It is essential and necessary for the preservation and maintenance of the Telluride community to ensure the provision of affordable housing within the Town and the Telluride region, as delineated on the Telluride Region Map in the San Miguel County Comprehensive Plan (“Telluride region”), which serves both year round and seasonal employees. Recognizing that new development generates additional employment needs, and consistent with the desire to have new development mitigate impacts attributable to such development, the Town finds it necessary to require new development to provide affordable housing. Maintaining permanent and long-term housing in proximity to the source of employment generation serves to maintain the community, reduce regional traffic congestion, and minimize impacts on adjacent communities. Housing must be affordable to the local labor force in order for the local economy to remain stable.
3-720.A.2. Purpose. The purpose of this Division is to create housing which is affordable, the need of which is created by new development. This is accomplished through the establishment of the affordable housing requirements for new development that requires the production of affordable housing units, deed restricting existing housing stock to affordable housing, the conveyance of land for affordable housing, or, as a less preferred alternative, cash payments.
3-720.A.3. Applicability. The standards of this Section apply to all single-family, duplex, multi-family, commercial, accommodations and other nonresidential new development within the incorporated limits of the Town of Telluride. This Section shall also apply to a change of use that generates additional employees. For the purpose of this Division, “development” shall be defined as set forth in Article 2, Division 1, except development shall not include dredging, excavation, drilling, demolition, clearing, and deposit as defined in Article 2, Division 1.
3-720.B. Exemptions. The following development is exempt from the requirements of this Section:
3-720.B.1. Redevelopment of Pre-Existing Use and Change in Use. Redevelopment or remodeling of an existing use or the change from one use to another is exempt from the requirements of this Section, provided such activity does not create additional employment generation as determined by Table #1 in subsection C.1.a of this Section, and provided the redevelopment or remodeling does not meet the definition of Section 2-309, Demolition. Only the uses and floor areas that existed prior to the redevelopment or remodeling when demolition has not occurred shall be exempt from the requirements of this Division. Any new floor area or unit or any change in use which creates additional employee generation as determined by Table #1 in subsection C.1.a of this Section shall be subject to the provisions of this Section. When demolition has occurred, the replacement of any existing floor area or unit shall be exempt from the requirements of this Section only if those spaces have previously provided mitigation in conformance with the current affordable housing mitigation requirements of this Title.
3-720.B.2. Affordable Housing and Designated Employee Dwelling Units. Development of affordable housing and designated employee dwelling units as defined in this Title are exempt from the requirements of this Section.
3-720.C. Calculation of Minimum Affordable Housing Requirements.
3-720.C.1. Minimum Affordable Housing Requirements. The minimum affordable housing requirements shall be determined according to the following steps:
a. Step 1: Determine the Number of Employees Generated by the Development. Calculate the number of employees generated by the proposed development (as determined by using the applicable generation factor in Table #1).
Table 1.
Land Use | Generation Rate |
|---|---|
Commercial/Public Facility Uses | 4.5 employees per 1,000 s.f. of net floor area |
Hotels and Accommodations Uses | 0.33 employees per unit |
Multifamily Dwelling and Mixed-Use Residential | 0.33 employees per dwelling unit |
One- and Two-Family Dwellings | Generation Rate = 0.070174(e)(0.000322 X Proposed, New Gross Floor Area) + 0.11 employees per 1,000 s.f. of gross floor area |
The employee generation of any use not listed in the table shall be determined by an Independent Calculation, pursuant to Subsection 3-720.D.2. New Gross Floor Area is calculated per the definition in Article 2 plus any Basement or Cellar Space and excluding garages and other unheated, non-living space. Affordable housing requirements for dwelling units in mixed-use development consisting of two or fewer residential units may be reduced or eliminated pursuant to the PUD process.
b. Step 2: Calculate the Amount of Required Mitigation. The amount of required mitigation shall be calculated using the following formula, based on (i) the number of Employees generated by the development as determined under Step 1 above (“Employees Generated”) multiplied by (ii) the provision of four hundred (400) square feet of Gross Floor Area per employee generated by the development multiplied by (iii) the Required Percentage Mitigation that is (A) forty percent (40%) for commercial uses; (B) ninety percent (90%) for multifamily, accommodations uses (except hotels); and single-family and duplex (two-family dwelling) uses; and (C) forty percent (40%) for a hotel equals the minimum number of employees required to be provided with affordable housing.
Employees Generated X 400 sq.ft. X Required Percentage Mitigation = Gross Floor Area of affordable housing mitigation requirement.
c. Step 3: Apply Any Affordable Housing Mitigation Credit. For one and two-family development that is submitted for a HARC review on or after July 1, 2010 that is required to provide for affordable housing mitigation as required by this section, a credit for already provided mitigation will be calculated. No credit is provided for one or two-family floor area development that is submitted for HARC review prior to July 1, 2010. The credit will be calculated by first determining the total floor area for the project that was submitted for HARC review and development on or after July 1, 2010 and constructed after such (“Mitigated Floor Area”), along with the corresponding number of employees generated (“Provided Mitigation”). The Mitigated Floor Area is then added to the new proposed floor area, with this total used to determine the new mitigation requirement using the exponential formula listed in Table 1 above. (“New Mitigation Requirement”). The amount of mitigation required is then determined by applying the provided Mitigation credit to the New mitigation requirement as follows (“Required Mitigation”).
New Mitigation Requirement – Provided Mitigation = Required Mitigation
Example: A 2,000 sq. ft. one family dwelling that submits for HARC review on or after July 1, 2010 that subsequently builds such floor area will provide a payment in-lieu for 0.13 employee according to the formula set forth in Table 1 above and mitigation is provided in the form of a payment in-lieu (This is the Provided Mitigation). Two years later, the owner is proposing an addition of 1,000 sq. ft. that results in a new total floor area of 3,000 sq. ft. Using the exponential formula listed in Table 1 above, a 3,000 sq. ft. one-family home generates a total of 0.18 employees (“New Mitigation Requirement”). The amount of new mitigation required is then calculated based determining the difference between the New Mitigation and the Provided Mitigation as follows: 0.18 employee – 0.13 employees = 0.05 employees that must be mitigated by a payment in-lieu.
Example: An existing one family dwelling built prior to 2009 is proposed to have an addition of 1,000 sq. ft. that generates 0.09 employees, with mitigation provided by a payment in-lieu (This is the Provided Mitigation). There is no credit for the existing home since no mitigation was provided when originally built. Five years later, the owner wants to add an additional 2,000 sq. ft. of floor area bringing the total floor area developed since 2009 to 3,000 sq. ft. that results in a mitigation of 0.18 employees per the exponential formula listed in Table 1 above (This is the new Mitigation Requirement). The amount of Required Mitigation is calculated as follows: 0.18 – 0.09 = 0.09.
3-720.C.2. Independent Calculation. An applicant may submit an independent calculation of the number of employees to be generated by a proposed development, to be used in place of the employee generation requirements Table #1.
a. Approval Authority and Review Criteria. Approval of the results of the independent calculation shall be at the sole discretion of the Planning and Zoning Commission. (“P&Z”) Prior to approval of any Independent Calculation, the Telluride Housing Authority Subcommittee (“THA”) shall review the Independent Calculation and forward a recommendation to the P&Z. In determining whether approval of an independent calculation should be granted, the Commission shall consider the following criteria:
(1) Data and records, including but not limited an independent pay roll audit, supporting employment generation for the proposed use. The Commission may employee, at the applicant’s expense, a professional of the Commission’s choosing to evaluate the independent calculation.
(2) Future changes in use for the property permitted by the underlying zoning and provisions of this Division.
(3) Actual employment rates of similar businesses and activities within the Telluride Region and other resort communities.
(4) Whether approval would be consistent with the intents and purposes of this Division and the Telluride Master Plan.
Any acceptance of an Independent Calculation shall be site and use specific, non transferable and be memorialized in a Development Agreement between the property owner and the Town. Such Agreement shall be executed prior to issuance of any building permit.
Should the independent calculation not be accepted, then the applicable employee generation factor from Table #1 shall be applied to the proposed development.
b. Independent Payroll Audit. The P&Z may require the applicant to have an independent payroll audit performed two (2) years following the project’s occupancy to determine if the number of employees in the project corresponds with the applicant’s calculation. The P&Z shall adjust the applicant’s housing requirement in accord with the results of the audit, and the Development Agreement shall be so amended. The P&Z may waive the Independent Payroll Audit.
c. Appeal. Upon final approval or denial of the Independent Calculation by the P&Z an appeal to Town Council may be filed pursuant to Section 5 207.A.
d. Public Notice. No public notice of an independent calculation shall be required other than listing such applications on the P&Z’s and the THA’s agendas.
3-720.D. Housing Mitigation Plan.
3-720.D.1. Housing Mitigation Plan Required. An applicant for any new development or change in use shall submit a Housing Mitigation Plan to the Planning Director, unless exempted pursuant to Section 3-720.B, “Exemptions”.
a. Content. The Housing Mitigation Plan shall include the following:
(1) Calculation and Method. The calculation of, and method by which housing is to be provided, in compliance with section 3-720.C, “Calculation of Minimum Affordable Housing Requirement” and Section 3-740.A.2, “Method for Providing Housing”.
(2) Unit Descriptions. If affordable housing units are to be developed, a site plan and building floor plans (if applicable), illustrating the number of units proposed, their location, the number of bedrooms in and Gross Floor Area of each unit, the rental/sale mix of the development, and the eligibility categories and price restrictions consistent with the Guidelines.
(b) Timing of Review/Amendments. The Housing Mitigation Plan shall be submitted to and approved by the Planning Director prior to, or concurrent with, application to the Town for the free market portion of the initial development plan. Review and approval of plans by the Town for construction of affordable housing shall be prior to, or concurrent with, the free market portion of the development plan. Any amendment to the Housing Mitigation Plan shall require Planning Department approval.
3-720.D.2. Certification of Action. The Planning Director, or its designee, shall certify the Planning Department’s approval, approval with conditions, or denial of the Housing Mitigation Plan, or of an amendment thereto. Such approval, approval with conditions, or denial shall be based on compliance with the provisions of this Division and the Telluride Affordable Housing Guidelines (“Guidelines”), unless an exception is granted by the THA.
3-720.D.3. Appeal. Upon final approval or denial of the Housing Mitigation Plan by the Planning Director an appeal to Town Council may be filed pursuant to Section 5-207.A.
Affordable Housing may also be
3-730.1. Included as part of a PUD application for which such units are intended to ensure compliance with Section 6-304.C., “Review Standards”; or
3-730.2. Constructed voluntarily in zone districts where such use is allowed either by right or as a use permitted on review.
When proposed for either of these purposes, the applicant must submit a plan for the provision of such affordable housing which meets all of the provisions of section 3-720.D. above except that no calculation of minimum affordable housing requirements under section 3-720.C. shall be included unless a PUD also has to provide required mitigation based on the intended use and the requirements of this Section.
3-740.A. Provision of Affordable Housing. When proposed either to satisfy the housing requirements established in Section 3-720.C, “Calculation of Minimum Affordable Housing Requirements”, or to provide affordable housing pursuant to section 3-730, affordable housing must meet the following requirements.
3-740.A.1. Minimum Requirements.
a. Deed restriction Affordable Housing Unit. Any Affordable Housing unit shall be deed restricted to rental or sales terms and occupancy limitations which comply with the Guidelines unless an exception is granted by the THA.
b. Telluride Affordable Housing Guidelines. The units shall be developed in accordance with the Guidelines.
c. Timing of Occupancy. The units shall be ready for occupancy no later than the date of the initial or temporary certificate occupancy or certificate of completion of the free market portion of the project. If the free market units are to be developed in phases, then the affordable housing units can be developed in proportion to the phasing of the free market units.
3-740.A.2. Allowed Methods of Providing Affordable Housing.
a. For all new development or redevelopment within all zone districts, the following methods may be used to provide affordable housing:
(1) Construction of unit(s) on the site on which the development is proposed.
(2) Construction of unit(s) within the Town of Telluride, provided such land, site or structure has not been previously deed-restricted to employee or affordable housing by any party, public or private, including the Town, the Town of Mountain Village or San Miguel County.
(3) Construction of unit(s) outside the Town of Telluride but within the Telluride Region (as defined by the Telluride Master Plan), provided such land, site or structure has not been previously deed-restricted to employee or affordable housing by any party, public or private, including the Town, the Town of Mountain Village or San Miguel County. Prior to construction of such unit(s), consent of the relevant jurisdiction or homeowner’s association (if required) to placement of a Town of Telluride deed restriction on the unit(s) must be obtained, in addition to any required land use approvals.
(4) Deed restricting existing free market unit(s) within the Town or the Telluride Region.
(i) As a condition of approval when the deed restriction of existing free market unit(s) is proposed, Applicants must obtain the approval of THA for the specific unit(s) to be deed restricted. Applicants must demonstrate to the satisfaction of THA that (a) the long term affordability of the proposed unit(s) is adequately protected, considering issues including but not limited to long term maintenance and homeowner’s assessments; and (b) the affected projects government documents, if any, do not prohibit the type of housing proposed. THA may request additional information about the proposed unit(s) as reasonable to make such a determination. Such approval may contain provisions to insure that any unit(s) so restricted meets long term standards for maintenance and affordability.
(ii) Prior to deed restriction of such unit(s) when located outside the Town of Telluride, consent of the relevant jurisdiction or homeowner’s association (if required) to placement of a Town of Telluride deed restriction on the unit(s) must be obtained, in addition to any required land use approvals.
(5) Fees in lieu pursuant to Section 3-740.A.3. not to exceed ten percent (10%) of the total affordable housing requirement.
(6) Conveyance of land pursuant to Section 3-740.A.4.
(i) Land may be within Telluride or the Telluride Region provided such land has not been previously restricted to employee or affordable housing by any party, including the Town, the Town of Mountain Village or San Miguel County.
(ii) Land located outside of Telluride must have approvals by the relevant jurisdiction or homeowner’s association (if required) for use as affordable housing and approval for placement of a Town of Telluride affordable housing deed restriction on the land and/or the resulting constructed housing.
(7) Any minimum affordable housing requirement required pursuant to Section 3-720.C., either fractional or whole, may be combined with other developments’ housing mitigation plans.
b. The ten percent (10%) limit regarding payment of fees in lieu described in Section 3-740.A.2.a(5) shall not apply when:
(1) The required affordable housing mitigation is equal to or less than four hundred (400) square feet; or
(2) The minimum affordable housing requirement per Section 3-720.C. is greater than fifteen percent (15%) of the gross floor area of the development, excepting gross floor area allocated to affordable housing. In this situation, only that portion of the affordable housing requirement above fifteen percent (15%) of the gross floor area of the development shall be eligible to be mitigated by payment of fees in lieu.
3-740.A.3. Payment of In Lieu Fee.
a. A payment in-lieu fee has been developed by the Town and adopted by the Town Council. Any payment of the in-lieu fee shall be made in amounts for each housing category, as these categories have been defined in the Guidelines. The fees shall be reviewed and updated within two (2) years of their original adoption, and at least every two (2) years thereafter. The adoption of a new fee can be included on the overall Planning and Building Department Fee Schedule as adopted by the Town Council.
b. Time of Payment and Use of Funds. Payment of the in lieu fee shall be made to the Town prior to the issuance of any building permits for the free market portion of the development.
(1) Interest Bearing Account. The Town shall transfer the funds to an interest bearing account.
(2) Authorized Uses of Fees. The funds, and any interest accrued, shall be used only for the purpose of planning for, subsidizing or developing affordable and employee housing.
c. Refund of Fees.
(1) Seven Year Limit. Fees collected pursuant to this section may be returned to the then present owner or property for which a fee was paid, including any interest earned, if the fees have not been spent within seven (7) years from the date fees were paid, unless the Town Council shall have earmarked the funds for expenditure on a specific project, in which case the Town Council may extend the time period by up to three (3) more years.
(2) Written Request. To obtain the refund, the present owner must submit a written request to the Planning Director within one (1) year following the end of the seventh (7th) year from the date payment was received.
(3) Payments Determined. For the purpose of this section, payments collected shall be deemed spent on the basis that the first payment shall be the first payment out.
d. Deferral of Payment-In-Lieu Fee.
(1) The Town Council has approved and implemented a deferral of the required payment-in-lieu fee program for owners of property within the Town of Telluride that are subject to an affordable housing payment-in-lieu fee under the following conditions:
(A) Pursuant to a review of the factors and eligibility criteria establishing qualifications for Town electors and residency for the same under Telluride Home Rule Charter Section 2.4, the individual property owner can demonstrate by the filing of an affidavit available from the Town, along with all necessary and supporting documentation, to establish that the structure that is the subject of the payment-in-lieu fee is currently the primary residence of the individual applying for the deferral of the required payment-in-lieu fee.
(B) An individual can also apply for a deferral of a payment-in-lieu fee if he or she is constructing a structure that is the subject of the payment-in-lieu fee that will become his or her primary residence within one (1) year after a certificate of occupancy for the same structure has been obtained from the Town of Telluride. The individual shall also file an affidavit with the Town and shall commit to providing all necessary and supporting documentation to demonstrate that the structure has become the primary residence of the individual no later than one (1) year after the certificate of occupancy has been issued as mentioned above.
(C) In addition to the criteria for demonstrating either current or future primary residence, at least one (1) person that is on title to the primary residence must also demonstrate at least one thousand four hundred (1,400) hours per year of employment during the previous twelve (12) calendar months within the boundaries of the Telluride R-1 School District and:
i. Continue to demonstrate, following the approval of the deferral of the required payment in lieu, at least one thousand four hundred (1,400) hours per year of employment within the boundaries of the Telluride R-1 School District for the next four (4) calendar years after the certificate of occupancy for the primary residence has been issued by the Town; or,
ii. After a sale has occurred to a subsequent purchaser, the purchaser must continue to demonstrate at least one thousand four hundred (1,400) hours per year of employment within the boundaries of the Telluride R-1 School District for the next four (4) calendar years who can also meet the standards of subsections A.3.d(1)(A) through C of this Section for a continued deferral of the required payment-in-lieu fee.
(2) Upon satisfaction of the above requirements described in subsections A.3.d(1)(A) through C of this Section, a deferral of the required payment-in-lieu fees shall only entitle the deferral of seventy-five percent (75%) of the amount due and owing the Town pursuant to the applicable payment-in-lieu fee. The Town and the person eligible for the deferral of the payment-in-lieu fee shall enter into a legal agreement that shall be recorded in the real property records of San Miguel County and shall run as a burden on the property until the deferred amount, plus interest calculated and compounded at an annual interest rate of the Wall Street Journal Prime Rate, is paid back to the Town upon one of the following occurrences:
(A) The real property that is the subject of the deferred payment-in-lieu fee has been sold or conveyed to a purchaser who does not meet the qualifications for the deferral of the required payment-in-lieu fee provisions of subsections A.3.d(1)(A) through C of this Section, in which case the obligation to pay the outstanding and deferred payment-in-lieu fee shall be a responsibility for the purchaser and any other person to whom a transfer is made with joint and several liability for the payment of the deferred payment-in-lieu fee at the time of closing;
(B) The real property that is the subject of the deferred payment-in-lieu fee is no longer the primary residence of the individual that received the deferral for the payment-in-lieu fee; or,
(C) There has been a failure to provide convincing proof to demonstrate satisfaction of the required employment hours, including the provisions requiring continued demonstration of at least one thousand four hundred (1,400) hours per year of employment within the boundaries of the Telluride R-1 School District for four (4) calendar years after the certificate of occupancy, under subsection A.3.d(1)(C) of this Section.
As to compliance with the payment-in-lieu fee deferral provisions of subsections A.3.d(1) and 2 of this Section, the Town Manager, following consultation with the Town Planning Director and the Town Attorney, shall be charged with rendering the final decision on behalf of the Town as to whether an individual can demonstrate that they have met the requirements to be eligible for a deferral of the payment-in-lieu fee.
3-740.A.4. Conveyance of Land. The applicant may convey land in fee to the Town, whose fair market value is at least equal to the equivalent in-lieu fee, as calculated pursuant to Section 3-740.A.3, “Payment of In-Lieu Fee”.
a. Establishment of Fair Market Values. Fair market value shall be established by a licensed real estate appraiser.
(1) Preliminary Value. Fair market value shall be established on a preliminary basis at the time the Housing Mitigation Plan is reviewed, pursuant to Section 3-720.D, “Housing Mitigation Plan”.
(2) Final Value. Fair market value shall be confirmed at the time of final development plan approval.
(3) Value Net of Commission. Fair market value shall be net of any customary real estate commission for the sale of the land.
b. Time of Dedication. Land conveyance shall occur prior to the issuance of any building permit for the free market portion of the development.
c. Location and Condition of Land. Approval of the location of land to be conveyed shall be by the Planning Director. The Planning Director may require, as a condition of approval, that the land be fully developed and ready for construction, with roads, water supply, sewage disposal and other basic services in place. A soils report or other necessary environmental report may also be required, stipulating whether the land is suitable for the type of construction contemplated and identifying any special construction techniques which may prove necessary for its development.
d. Subsequent Conveyance Permitted. The Town Council shall be permitted to sell the land without restrictions on its future use.
(1) Interest Bearing Account. All proceeds from the sale of the land shall be placed in an interest bearing account.
(2) Authorized Use of Proceeds. The proceeds from the sale, and any interest accrued, shall be used only for the purposes of planning for, subsidizing or developing affordable and employee housing.
3-740.B. Size and Design Standards for Affordable Housing Units. Affordable housing units shall comply with the size requirements and other design standards established within the Guidelines unless an exception is granted by the THA.
3-740.C. Homeowner’s Association.
3-740.C.1. If an affordable housing unit is developed as part of a mixed free market/affordable housing development project for sales purposes, then any documents creating the condominium association or homeowners association shall state that the affordable housing unit shall only be assessed monthly dues and other shared assessments based on whichever of the following two (2) formulas results in the lower cost for the affordable housing unit:
a. “The size of affordable housing unit in square feet as compared to the total size of the other units in the development”; or
b. “The size of the lot on which the affordable housing unit is located as compared to the total size of the other lots in the development”.
3-740.C.2. The initial general annual assessment for the Affordable Housing Unit shall not exceed one and a quarter percent (1.25%) of the initial allowed sales price of the Affordable Housing Unit.
3-740.C.3. Any general annual assessment, special assessment, or any other assessed charge for such Affordable Housing Unit shall be subject to an initial assessment and/or annual assessment increase limitation equal to 3% of the prior year’s general annual assessment for the Affordable Housing Unit, or the increase applied to the entire homeowners association, whichever is less.
3-740.D. Parking Requirements. Each development with an Affordable Housing unit shall provide a minimum of one parking space for each Affordable Housing Unit.
3-740.E. Provision of Affordable Housing in Advance of a Requirement.
3-740.E.1. Affordable housing may be provided in advance or in excess of a requirement of Section 3-720, or in advance or in excess of other affordable housing (voluntary or PUD), subject to all of the following conditions and provisions:
a. The housing has been constructed and deed restricted in full compliance with the applicable provisions of the Guidelines and this Division.
b. The amount of housing provided must be at least three hundred and fifty (350) square feet or more in excess of any affordable housing that is either required pursuant to Section 3-720 above or provided to ensure compliance with Section 3-720 above or provided to ensure compliance with Section 6-304.C., “Review Standards”. Increments of one hundred (100) square feet shall be permitted after the first increment of three hundred and fifty (350) square feet, but they must be contained within a single housing unit, unless mitigation requirements are combined and approved concurrently pursuant to Section 3-740.A.2.a(7).
3-740.E.2. Provided the above conditions have been met, the Director of Planning shall issue an Affordable Housing Mitigation Certificate which shall be referenced in the deed restriction, numbered, and in recordable form. The Certificate shall be fully assignable and transferable. The Certificate shall be recorded, and upon reliance on the Certificate in satisfaction of required housing, the Town shall file for record a certificate of cancellation.
3-740.E.3. Credit for excess affordable housing shall be granted only for the difference between the housing mitigation required pursuant to this Division or pursuant to a PUD or other Town process, and maximum square footage for the unit type established in the Guidelines.
3-750.A. Approval Standards.
3-750.A.1. Unit Design. A designated employee dwelling unit may be proposed for construction within a principal building structure or building or as a secondary structure or building. Additionally, an existing secondary and/or accessory structure or building may be converted to and/or designated as a designated employee dwelling unit.
a. All designated employee dwelling units shall comply with the design standards and size limitations specified in the Guidelines, unless an exception is granted by the THA.
b. All designated employee dwelling units shall meet the minimum size and design requirements for an “efficiency dwelling unit” as defined by the Uniform Building Code, as amended.
c. Ownership and Occupancy. The owner(s) shall restrict the use of the designated employee dwelling unit by executing and recording a covenant in favor of the Town and THA that shall burden and run with the land upon which the unit shall be constructed and which shall provide that it shall be owned by a THA qualified owner and occupied by a THA qualified household according to the provisions of the Guidelines. The Town and THA shall each be a named beneficiary of the covenant and may enforce it by any action available at law or equity. The form of the deed restriction shall be satisfactory to the Town Attorney.
3-750.A.2. Construction Deadlines. The construction or renovation of a designated employee dwelling unit must commence within one (1) year of the date of approval as granted under this Section and must be completed within two (2) years from approval. The issuance of any building permit or temporary or permanent certificate of occupancy shall be conditioned upon compliance with these time frames. Failure to comply with the specified time frames shall be grounds for revocation of the approval or suspension or revocation of such permits or certificates issued as a result of such approval.
3-750.A.3. Telluride Housing Authority Subcommittee Responsibilities. The THA shall have the responsibility for determining eligibility and qualifying households for occupying designated employee dwelling units according to the provisions of the Guidelines.
3-750.A.4. Condominiumization of Employee Dwelling Unit. Within the Residential, Hillside Transitional, Hillside Developing One, Hillside Developing Two, Medium Density Residential and Historic Residential zone districts, the owner(s) in title shall not sell, condominiumize or subdivide a designated employee dwelling unit apart from the original qualifying lot. Within other zone districts where EDUs are an allowed use, an EDU that is developed in accordance with this Section shall be allowed to propose a condominium subdivision in accordance with the Subdivision Regulations.
3-750.A.5. Demolition or Removal of Designated Employee Dwelling Unit. No designated employee dwelling unit shall be demolished, partially demolished, removed or relocated to another property unless approved by Town Council. Relocation of an employee dwelling unit on the same property shall require the approval of the Planning Director and THA.
3-760.A. Intent and Purpose. The intent of this Section is to provide incentives and opportunities to construct and lease or sell designated employee dwelling units, or affordable housing units, to THA qualified households within zone districts which permit such uses by right. Designated employee dwelling units and affordable housing units may be constructed and occupied under the terms of this Section provided:
3-760.A.1. The standards of this Division and all other applicable codes and regulations of the Town have been complied with; and
3-760.A.2. The designated employee dwelling unit(s) or affordable housing unit(s) are not included as part of a PUD application for which such units are intended to ensure compliance with Section 6-304.C., “Review Standards”; and
3-760.A.3. The designated employee dwelling unit(s) or affordable housing unit(s) are not part of a Housing Mitigation Plan submitted to comply with the provisions of Section 3-720 above.
3-760.A.4. Affordable housing or employee dwelling units which meet the conditions in Section 3-760.A. above are eligible for the following waivers and credits:
a. The Building Official shall waive that portion of any water and/or sewer tap fee attributable to a designated employee dwelling unit, or affordable housing unit provided such unit is deed restricted per Section 3-720.B.
b. All building and development application fees shall be paid at the time of application, however, the fees paid associated with the designated employee dwelling unit(s) or affordable housing unit(s) will be credited toward the amount required for the building permit fee.
3-760.B. Annual Review. The operation and enforcement of this Section and THA in administering portions of this Section may be reviewed annually by the Town Council upon the report of the Planning Director and the THA Executive Director, such report(s) to be submitted before the first Council meeting in March of each year.
The purpose and intent of the Wetland Regulations is to 1) protect and enhance the natural environment; 2) ensure the safe and healthy existence of the present population and future generations; 3) ensure that the wetlands in the Town are identified and protected; and 4) protect the vital, beneficial functions and values of wetland areas and the associated riparian areas within the Town of Telluride. Protecting riparian and wetland areas helps prevent degradation of valuable habitat that is vital to proper ecological function of the San Miguel Watershed, the San Miguel River, and its tributaries. Telluride considers these sensitive, natural features to be important resources because they give the community a special, natural character that it depends on for economic, environmental, aesthetic, and open space benefits. Therefore, the intent of the Wetland Regulations is to protect wetland areas and the associated riparian areas so that such areas will continue to:
3-810.A. Retain and slow flood waters thereby decreasing flooding impacts downstream;
3-810.B. Provide sediment and storm water mitigation by reducing peak runoff volumes and velocities, which increase as impervious surfaces in the watershed increase;
3-810.C. Recharge groundwater;
3-810.D. Provide a temporary refuge for riparian and wetland fauna during high water episodes;
3-810.E. Provide robust habitat for migrating, threatened, endangered, and/or commercially and recreationally important wildlife;
3-810.F. Provide an area to accommodate variations in riparian and wetland boundaries over time due to hydrologic and climatic change;
3-810.G. Act as a remediation and filtration area to remove and store nutrients, sediments, petrochemicals, pesticides, debris and other pollutants as they move from uplands toward riparian and wetland areas;
3-810.H. Keep disturbances at a distance, thereby reducing the impact of noise, traffic and other direct and indirect adverse human impacts; and
3-810.I. Provide a corridor that facilitates wildlife movement from upland and down valley habitats to and from riparian and wetland areas.
These regulations are intended to provide wetland protection and for buffers adjacent to wetlands to protect these critical functions and values.
3-820.A. Soil Disturbance Prohibited. Soil disturbance and wetland fill within wetland areas is prohibited unless such soil disturbance is associated with the exemptions listed in Section 3-820.C. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if a variance to this requirement is requested, any approval of such variance may require mitigation of wetland fill at a 2:1 ratio.
3-820.B. Wetland Setback.
3-820.B.1. 25-foot Wetland Setback. No soil disturbance, development activity or other formal activities shall occur within twenty-five 25 feet of a wetland area, including but not limited to fences, gazebos, play equipment, wells, roadways, driveways, utilities, other infrastructure and site development activities (including but not limited to clearing, storage or materials, grading, filling, retaining, etc.) unless an activity in the wetland setback is administratively approved by the Planning Director per the criteria in Section 3-830.
3-820.B.2. 5-foot Absolute Setback to Wetlands. In no event shall soil disturbance, development activity or other formal activities be allowed within five (5) feet of a wetland area, including but not limited to: 1) buildings or structures, including but not limited to driplines, bay windows, chimneys, cantilevered construction and decks; or 2) other development or disturbance activities, including but not limited to fences, gazebos, play equipment, lawns, formal landscaped areas, wells, roadways, driveways, utilities, other infrastructure and site development activities, including but not limited to clearing, storage or materials, grading, filling, retaining, etc. The five (5) foot wetland setback areas shall only be left in, or restored back to, a natural state.
3-820.B.3. Subsurface Soil Disturbance Prohibited. Subsurface soil disturbance is also prohibited within five feet of a wetland area, including but not limited to soil nailing and other similar building devices.
3-820.C. Exemptions to Wetland Regulations.
3-820.C.1. Exemptions. Work in a wetland setback is exempt from the wetland setback requirement if the proposed activity is to:
a. Revegetate and\or landscape the wetland setback to a natural, weed-free state without extensive grading;
b. Restore wildlife habitat;
c. Maintain public trails and related facilities (bridges, signs, benches, drainage, etc.) that existed as of April 7, 2006;
d. Install or maintain Town-wide water quality protection ponds and drainage features related thereto;
e. Maintain the River Park, including but not limited to necessary dredging operations related thereto;
f. USGS or other governmental water gauges;
g. Maintain utility lines, public roads and other public facilities that are dedicated to the Town;
h. Maintain or install wetland mitigation areas;
i. Maintain existing improvements in the wetland setback that exist as of April 7, 2006; or
j. Achieve either vehicular or utility access to property, and no other access route avoiding the wetland setback is technically feasible.
3-820.C.2. Written Approval of Exemption and Potential Mitigation. For an activity to qualify as exempt, the Planning Department must issue an exemption letter for such an activity prior to commencement of the same. An applicant for an exempt activity shall be required to submit a narrative explaining the activity, and the Planning Department may require the submission of a site plan showing a wetland delineation, the proposed activities and the proposed disturbance. Even if an activity is determined to be exempt, the Planning Department may require a mitigation plan as provided for in Section 3-850 and an improvements agreement and financial guarantee in accordance with Section 3-860 to ensure that wetlands and the associated wetland setback are not adversely impacted.
3-820.D. Development Review Procedures. Unless an activity is exempt from the Wetland Regulations as provided for Section 3-820.C, any soil disturbance within the 25-foot wetland setback shall be evaluated and administratively acted on by the Planning Director. If a Certificate of Appropriateness (CA) is required for an activity per Article 7, Historic and Architectural Review, the Wetland Regulations will be evaluated, and a determination made prior to submitting an application per Article 7.
3-820.E. Wetland Setback For Annexations and Planned Unit Developments. For annexation or PUDs, the Town may require a wetland setback of up to 100 feet from wetland areas, which may be reduced by the Planning and Zoning Commission per the criteria contained in Section 3-830.
3-820.F. Wetland Delineation Required. A wetland delineation shall be submitted concurrent with other applicable land use applications as required by this Title when there is a wetland area on a property, or a wetland area adjacent to a property. Such delineations shall be conducted in accordance with the 1987 edition of the Corps of Engineers Wetlands Delineation Manual. This submittal requirement shall apply to all lots that are located on or adjacent to either the San Miguel River or Cornet Creek, or other projects that have wetlands in close proximity to proposed development. Such delineation shall be prepared by a consultant approved by either the United States Army Corps of Engineers or the Town to conduct wetland delineations.
The Planning Director or, for annexations and PUDs, the Planning and Zoning Commission, may administratively approve disturbance of the wetland setback if the disturbance meets the following criteria:
3-830.1. There is no practical alternative to avoiding the wetland setback.
3-830.2. The proposed activity in the wetland setback is to either: 1) meet a policy of the Telluride Master Plan, or 2) allow reasonable use of the property.
3-830.3. The impact on the wetland setback will be mitigated in accordance with the requirements of the Wetland Regulations.
3-830.4. The mitigation area will be preserved by a legal restriction that runs with the land, which shall include the purpose and intent of protecting the wetland setback, a requirement for perpetual maintenance of the mitigation substantially in a natural state in general accordance with the approved mitigation plan, and the prohibition on development of the mitigation area as specified in Section 3-820.B.
3-840.A. Plan Requirements for Wetland Setback Disturbance Plan. Where soil disturbance and\or other activities are proposed in the wetland setback, an applicant shall submit a wetland setback disturbance plan that shows:
3-840.A.1. Wetland Delineation. A wetland delineation prepared by a qualified professional (as describe above in Section 3-820.F) that delineates the wetland area (as defined in Article 2) boundary and surveyed by a Colorado Licensed Surveyor.
3-840.A.2. Project Narrative. A description of the proposed activity causing disturbance in the wetland setback, including the proposed amount, location and area of wetland setback area soil disturbance, and a description of how the applicant is meeting the criteria contained in Section 3-830.
3-840.A.3. Schedule. A detailed timeline and description of the proposed best management practices throughout the construction process, including subsequent monitoring after the completion of construction.
3-840.A.4. Grading Plan. Details about grading and erosion control, including use of soil stabilization measures and practices to minimize the impacts of the proposed disturbance on the wetland setback. No disturbance in the 25-foot wetland setback shall be permitted until approved measures are in place unless disturbance is to install an approved measure. The grading plan details shall be consistent with the site construction mitigation plan as required by Title 15, Chapter 15.35 of the Town Municipal Code.
3-840.A.5. Construction Plan. A construction plan showing how the wetland setback will not have any development activity, including but not limited to construction activity, shall be submitted. No staging, scaffolding, grading equipment or other construction equipment can be conducted within the wetland setback and the setback line shall have appropriate fencing in place prior to mass excavation to ensure the integrity of the wetland setback is protected.
3-840.A.6. Site Plan. The proposed site plan for the entire property, including but not limited to existing conditions (topography in two foot contours), and proposed buildings and other structures.
3-840.A.7. Mitigation Plan. Details regarding the mitigation of impacts caused by the proposed activity in the 25-foot wetland setback, clearly stating whether the proposed mitigation will occur on site or off site. The following shall be included:
a. A clear illustration of the proposed setback area to be restored or created, supporting hydrology, and the location of the improvement.
b. Authority to conduct mitigation measures if the proposed mitigation is off site.
c. A revegetation and monitoring plan:
(i) The plan shall be prepared by an engineer or scientist trained in wetlands area mitigation.
(ii) A detailed planting plan that shows the location, quantity, species and size of plants to be installed.
(iii) Detailing methods and materials for interim soil stabilization.
(iv) Mitigation per the provisions of Section 3-850.
3-840.A.8. Mitigation Criteria. The following criteria shall be used by applicants in creating proposed mitigation plans. The following criteria shall also be used in evaluating a proposed mitigation plan:
a. Wetland setback area restoration, enhancement or creation shall be considered on-site first, then, if such is determined to not be practical, mitigation may be considered in the close proximity to the impacted area, preferably contiguous with existing wetland areas, or identified wildlife habitats or wildlife corridors, where practical. Mitigation shall not be proposed for sites outside of the Telluride Town Limits.
b. Mitigation shall provide the functional equivalent of the disturbed 25-foot wetland setback, to the extent that such functions and values can be practically replicated. It is preferred that a restored or created wetland setback area be in close proximity to the impacted wetland area and\or wetland setback and is of similar type and function and value.
c. General conformance with the mitigation provisions of Section 3-850, unless other mitigation is approved by the Town as provided for in that section.
3-850.A. Mitigation Measures. The following is a list of potential mitigation measures that may be required by the Town. Notwithstanding the foregoing, other mitigation may be considered and required by the Town to mitigate the impacts to wetland setbacks:
3-850.A.1. Wetland setback area disturbance should be mitigated at a 1:1 ratio, with plantings of equal or higher value, maintaining the function and value of the impacted wetland setback area. For example, if 10,000 square feet of soil disturbance is proposed in the wetland setback, 10,000 square feet of plantings should occur to mitigate the adverse impacts.
3-850.A.2. Where less than a 25-foot setback is proposed, provide an intensively landscaped buffer of deciduous trees, coniferous trees and shrubs to mitigate the effects to the wetland area.
3-850.A.3. Where practical, dig up the existing wetland setback area vegetation, place in burlap balls and retain and preserve on the site for replanting.
3-850.A.4. Retain natural, existing topsoil of the wetland setback area to reuse in revegetation and replanting.
3-850.A.5. Time grading and construction to minimize soil exposure during periods of snowmelt and rainy periods.
3-850.A.6. Retain and protect natural vegetation; strip only the area required for construction in stages.
3-850.A.7. Infiltrate runoff from impervious surfaces by locating infiltration trenches below driplines, walkways, parking areas and driveways.
3-850.A.8. Minimize length and steepness of exposed slopes by designing with the natural topography; prevent erosion on exposed slopes by placing barriers, such as waddles.
3-850.A.9. Keep runoff velocities low to prevent high erosive powers by using flow barriers (vegetation, rip-rap, etc.).
3-850.A.10. Protect drainageways and outlets from increased flows by using appropriate materials, such as vegetation, geofabric or rip rap.
3-850.A.12. Trap sediment on-site by using waddles, filter fences and sand bags.
3-850.A.13. Any disturbed areas must be replanted with native vegetation.
3-850.A.14. Natural hydrologic flows will be maintained through the site.
3-850.A.15. Minimize earth movement by avoiding cut and fill slopes.
3-850.A.16. Any structure or fill authorized shall be properly maintained, including maintenance to ensure public safety.
3-850.A.17. Appropriate erosion and siltation controls must be used and maintained in effective operating condition during construction, and all exposed soil and other fills must be permanently stabilized at the earliest practical date.
3-850.A.18. No activity may substantially disrupt the movement of those species of aquatic life indigenous to the water body, including those species that normally migrate through the area, unless the activities primary purpose is to impound water.
3-850.A.19. Heavy equipment working in wetlands must be placed on mats or other measures must be taken to minimize soil disturbance.
3-850.A.20. Any other appropriate best management practices as deemed necessary by the Town.
An improvements agreement shall be required for projects prior to issuing any permits for grading or construction. Between June 1st and October 1st, the Town will not issue a certificate of occupancy until the required and approved mitigation has been completed. Between October 2nd and May 31st, a financial guarantee shall be required by the Planning Director prior to issuing a certificate of occupancy to ensure the mitigation is installed in accordance with the approved plans. Such an agreement may require that the financial guarantee be held for two years from the date of the installation of the mitigation to ensure successful plant establishment. Financial guarantees shall meet the requirements of, and be held, released or drawn upon, as applicable, in accordance with Sections 6-409 E through J.
In addition to any and all other remedies provided for violations under Title 1, Chapter 1.16 of the Municipal Code, the Town may seek an injunction requiring complete restoration of any wetland area or wetland setback area disturbed in violation of these Wetland Regulations. In addition, the Town may also issue stop work orders, withhold any further permits for site development, and cease the processing of any site development applications related to the property that has a violation of the Wetland Regulations.